Month: February 2023

Urgent Appeal by Children’s Health Defense for donations, going to be used to protect US Children.

 Dear Johannnes,This month, the CDC took the vile step of adding COVID vaccines to the childhood vaccine schedule — for babies as young as 6 months old.Children’s Health Defense will pursue every avenue, in the courts and elsewhere, to block this corrupt agency’s evil-minded war on innocent children… including suing any state that tries to mandate these shots.Please make a tax-deductible donation today to help us protect children from the corrupt technocracy that seeks to inject them with one of the most dangerous medical products in history.Donate TodayThe CDC’s latest move is even more obscene because Pharma’s indentured servants on Capitol Hill have anointed Pfizer and Moderna with immunity that guarantees no matter how many infants and children they injure or kill, they will never be held liable for their crimes.It also means that depraved state public health officials and schools will be able to require these experimental vaccines — 2 primary series and 1 booster shot — as a prerequisite for attending school.If you’re Pfizer or Moderna, this is the Holy Grail — a guaranteed trapped market for a shoddily tested, liability-free, endless revenue-generating mandated vaccine.Do these companies care that CDC’s reckless recommendation could be a death sentence for your child?Thanks to Freedom of Information Act lawsuits, we now know the CDC ignored hundreds of safety signals for these toxic products96 in the 12- to 17-year-old age group and 66 in the 5- to 11-year-old group.Given their horrendous safety profile and stunning inefficacy against COVID, any rational government would yank these products from the market. Instead, the CDC recommended them for children. Why? Because Pharma owns our mercenary public health institutions.CHD has already won some key legal battles this year. We prevailed in temporarily blocking California’s law seeking to punish doctors for spreading “COVID misinformation.”We won a landmark New York Supreme Court ruling declaring the state’s COVID vaccine mandate for healthcare workers “null and void.”In all, CHD is funding and fighting more than 50 lawsuits against some of the most powerful corporations in the world.Every one of these lawsuits is about defending free speech, our right to medical freedom, and our children’s right to a healthy future.Today, I’m asking you to support our efforts to wage these legal battles . . . and to help us gear up for the most important battle of all: preventing schools from mandating COVID vaccines for infants and children.Please make a tax-deductible donation today to help us protect children from one of the most dangerous medical products in history

How they managed to capture/control the masses in The West.


How the Powerful Captured the Public in a Pandemic

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

  • February 25, 2023

Previous

Next

Contact Tracing Apps Violate Privacy

Contact Tracing Apps Violate Privacy

Tuft’s (Junk) Food Compass Is Worse Than We Thought

Tuft’s (Junk) Food Compass Is Worse Than We Thought

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1295381&v=20230225&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Robert F. Kennedy Jr. speaks the truth about the authoritarian pandemic response that continues to threaten democracy and liberty as we know it
  • In an interview with journalist Kim Iversen, Kennedy explains how the military industrial complex uses mind control techniques and fear to exert control over the population
  • Fear is the enemy, as it allows totalitarian systems to take control of people, destroying democracy in the process
  • While democracy is resilient, we now have the technology available to control human behavior at a large scale
  • Democracy is dependent on the free flow of information, while censorship leads to totalitarianism

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. speaks the truth about the authoritarian pandemic response that continues to threaten democracy and liberty as we know it. It’s cost him friendships and 40 years of political contacts, not to mention loss of income and business relationships.

But the threats to his reputation and credibility, as the media have attacked him and his message, don’t feel like a sacrifice, Kennedy says, as he feels called upon to advocate for this issue.

In an interview with journalist Kim Iversen, Kennedy explains, “I look at it as a gift. I was raised in a milieu, in a family, where we assume that our lives would be consumed in some controversy, and that it would be a privilege if we were able to take some meaningful role in that.”1

Living Through a Real-World Milgram Experiment

Kennedy is part of the estimated 30% of the population who remained skeptical of the mainstream narrative throughout the pandemic. The majority, however, were not, instead buying fully into the fear and propaganda being sold to them.

He references the now-infamous experiment conducted by Yale University psychologist Stanley Milgram in 1962, during which he tested the limits of human obedience to authority. The Milgram experiment was conducted following the trial of Nazi Adolf Eichmann, who used the Nuremberg defense, or “befehl ist befehl,” which translates to “an order is an order.”

The Milgram experiment clearly showed that people would act against their own judgment and harm another person to extreme lengths simply because they were told to do so.2 It was associated with the CIA’s top-secret MKULTRA project, which engaged in mind control experiments, human torture and other medical studies, including how much LSD it would take to “shatter the mind and blast away consciousness.”3

MKULTRA was just one of a number of mind control experiments conducted by the CIA in the 1960s and 1970s. According to Kennedy:4

“The CIA did a lot of experiments with universities, almost 200 universities around the country with social scientists to study humans, human behavior, and they were experimenting with all kinds of things like psychiatric drugs, with psychedelic drugs, LSD, etc., with torture, with sensory deprivation, and all kinds of means for controlling not only individuals, but entire populations with propaganda, fear, all these things.

So you had all of these universities getting hundreds of thousands and millions of dollars from the CIA or from CIA front groups for programs that were called MKULTRA. The reason it’s called MK is that’s code for mind control. So MK Dietrich, MKULTRA, MK Naomi, Operation Artichoke, Operation Bluebird, many, many others, were all about funneling money to universities to study controlling human behavior.”

Yet, even during the Milgram experiment, 33% of the people got up and walked out, refusing to violate their ethics.

“They may be from a whole range of political backgrounds and parties, who just … maintain that capacity for critical thinking, and is not subject to … that override from authority,” Kennedy said. “And it seems to me … that we’re all now in the grips of this huge Milgram experiment, where we have a Dr. Anthony Fauci, who is this trusted authority, telling us to do things that we know are wrong, like censor speech.”5

Fear Is the Enemy

Fear is the enemy, as it allows totalitarian systems to take control of people, destroying democracy in the process, Kennedy says.6 It’s commonly used by people in authority to exert further control, like shot mandates and lockdowns. Children’s Health Defense, which Kennedy founded, has filed more than 50 lawsuits, many of them addressing COVID mandates.

In the beginning, even judges were too frightened to rule against the state dictates, leading to “really crazy decisions that … made no sense,” Kennedy says. They’ve since made some progress, including in New York, where a judge said since the shot doesn’t prevent transmission, you can’t have a mandate for it.7

But he points out that a government will not only not relinquish power, but will also abuse any power it has to the maximum extent possible. Just because the pandemic is over, the desire to control won’t go away. He explains:8

“People should keep in mind that nobody ever complied their way out of totalitarian regime rules. So, if you think that you know, by abandoning these rules, that somehow things are going to get better or it’s going to satiate the need to control you, it’s not. It’s just going to embolden them to do something worse.”

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

Unprecedented Times, Technology Threaten Democracy

Kennedy also states that we’re facing a situation we’ve never been in before. It’s not that democracy hasn’t been threatened, and lost, in the past, but now the technological tools are available for widespread surveillance:9

“There have been many times when we lost democracy. There has been polarization that was this bad before, particularly during the Civil War. But other times in our history, there have been very, very toxic polarization.

There’s been times when we lost democracy and that large corporations, particularly during the Gilded Age in the 1880s and 1890s … — you know, the big oil companies like Standard Oil — were running our country, and that we really did not have a functioning democracy.”

The difference was that, back then, “we started cutting away at this monolith of corporate and government power, the merger of corporate power that had abolished democracy,” and were able to restore it. What’s different today is that we now have the technology available to control human behavior at a large scale:10

“The problem is that we’ve now got these instrumentalities, these technologies, for human behavioral control that we never had before. The ambition, the intention of every totalitarian regime in history is to control every aspect of human behavior — our speech, our thoughts, our transactions, our movements, everything that we do — but they’ve never been able to do that, because nobody, no government, has ever had that reach.

But today, we have facial recognition systems all over the place. We have satellite systems. Bill Gates says his satellite system, which is 61,000 satellites … will be able to look at every square inch of the Earth 24 hours a day. We’re now beginning on the road to adopting digital currencies, which is economic slavery. As soon as that happens, we lose all rights because they will be able to starve you.

And we already have an example of that with a trucker strike, and in our demonstration in Toronto, Trudeau sent people out to look at the license plates for these truckers and then froze their bank accounts. So they couldn’t pay their mortgage, they couldn’t put their kids in school, they couldn’t buy food for their family. None of them were charged with a crime.”

There’s No ‘Pandemic Exemption’ in the Constitution

Kennedy also makes the point that the framers of the Constitution did not add any exemptions due to pandemics. They were well aware of them, having experienced multiple epidemics during the Revolutionary War. But the Constitution was protected and allowed to function as intended. Adding exceptions is something new. Kennedy notes:11

“There were epidemics in every city that killed tens of thousands of people — yellow fever, cholera, smallpox and many others. So, the framers knew all about it. But they didn’t put an epidemic or pandemic exception in the United States Constitution. It’s a new thing … we had a civil war and Lincoln — at a time when our country was really ‘this far’ away from being destroyed, 669,000 Americans died. It’s like 20 million people died today.

And yet, when he tried to get rid of Habeas Corpus, the Supreme Court said, ‘You can’t do that.’ There’s no exemption for war … there’s no exception for pandemics. We had a Spanish flu pandemic in 1918 and that killed 50 million people. And yet, we did not stop the Constitution from functioning.”

Censorship Destroys Democracy

Kennedy says the remedy to stop totalitarian control is democracy. But, “My father always said that democracy was completely dependent on the free flow of information.”12 Open debate, allowed for by free speech, leads to the best ideas and solutions that allow a country and its population to thrive.

“If you shut off the free flow of information and start censoring things,” Kennedy says, “we lose the one advantage that we have. And, of course, once you start doing censorship, you are on the slippery slope to totalitarianism.”13 Right now, we’re facing institutional corruption, with the military industrial complex at the helm.

“I think if you removed Anthony Fauci … he’s going to be replaced by another Anthony Fauci,” Kennedy explains.14 Meanwhile, he says, it’s the military industrial complex, which also owns the press, that we need to take democracy back from:15

“We’re living in the era that Dwight Eisenhower warned us against on January 17, 1960 … in his farewell speech, Eisenhower gave probably the most important speech … in American history, where he warned Americans against the emergence of the military industrial complex — the intelligence agencies, the Pentagon and the associated industries, and he included the scientific bureaucracy.

He specifically spent a lot of time in that speech arguing about the federal scientific bureaucracy, meaning NIH, that they would be the authors of the destruction of American democracy if we allowed them to do that … And then 9/11 … turned America really into the beginnings of a surveillance state. And COVID completed the task.

… and the job of the CIA is to develop a pipeline of new wars that America could fight to feed this machine, the military contractors, and look what happened in COVID — 138 companies were involved in manufacturing and distributing the vaccine.

They’re all military contractors. The Pentagon and the National Security Agency ran the entire pandemic response. Pfizer and Moderna don’t really own those vaccines. They slap their labels on them, but it was a Pentagon project. And so, you know, we’re dealing with a military industrial complex.”

Can Democracy Withstand Turnkey Totalitarianism?

With totalitarian forces angling to control every aspect of human behavior, the time for dissent is now. The first step is waking up to the truth. The next is to stand up for what you believe in. The ultimate outcome, however, remains to be seen. According to Kennedy:16

“The levels of control that they have now over human behavior are greater than we’ve ever seen. It’s what I call turnkey totalitarianism … we’re trying to educate the public and build our army to restore democracy.

And they’re rising at the same time to put this infrastructure in place that will give them total control, destroy dissent and disable any kind of insurgency or subversion or any difference with the official government narrative, and the orthodoxies … when they put that in place, it’s really hard to predict whether democracy will have the resiliency to restore those institutions.”

Background on human behavior/manipulations.

Social media.

Human behavior on social media is similar to that of starlings in a murmuration. Masses
of people react to a stimulus, such as a social media post, seemingly as a cohesive unit
without a designated leader and, as a result, something goes “viral”



It appears to be a spontaneous event that no one can control, but it really isn’t. Curated
information, pushed ahead of other information on people’s newsfeeds, can dramatically
influence crowd behavior. It’s a form of social engineering

This kind of social engineering has a drawback. Financial incentives have driven social
media companies to promote any content with high engagement. Those who seek to
censor certain types of information now struggle to determine how to get Big Tech to
change their underlying design


The Department of Homeland Security’s Cybersecurity Infrastructure Security Agency
(CISA) is the key coordinator of illegal government censorship. Its original directive was
to defend the U.S. against foreign cybersecurity threats. Now, CISA’s primary focus is
domestic threats, i.e., Americans who challenge the government narrative


CISA works with a collective called the Election Integrity Partnership (EIP), which does
the actual censoring. The EIP consists of four social media monitoring groups: Stanford
Internet Observatory, Washington University’s Center for an Informed Public, the Atlantic
Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab, and Graphika

Echo Chambers and Directed Trends
In her essay, DiResta also describes how online platforms expanded individuals’ social
networks using algorithms, connecting people with similar interests. Initially, this was
done for commercial purposes, but in addition to matching advertisers to the
appropriate markets, it has also had unintended consequences. Social networks have a
tendency to become echo chambers, making “online murmurations” more likely. DiResta
continues:


“After the nudges to assemble into flocks come the nudges to engage …
Twitter’s Trending Topics, for example, will show a nascent ‘trend’ to someone
inclined to be interested, sometimes even if the purported trend is, at the time,
more of a trickle — fewer than, say, 2,000 tweets.
But that act, pushing something into the user’s field of view, has consequences:
the Trending Topics feature not only surfaces trends, it shapes them.
The provocation goes out to a small subset of people inclined to participate.
The user who receives the nudge clicks in, perhaps posts their own take —
increasing the post count, signaling to the algorithm that the bait was taken and
raising the topic’s profile fortheir followers.
Their post is now curated into their friends’ feeds; they are one of the seven
birds their followers see. Recurring frenzies take shape among particular flocks
… even as very few people outside of the community have any idea that
anything has happened.


Marx is trending for you, #ReopenSchools for me, #transwomenaremen for the
Libs Of TikTok set. The provocation is delivered, a few more birds react to
what’s suddenly in their field of view, and the flock follows …
We often deploy the phrase ‘it went viral’ to describe our online murmurations.
It’s a deceptive phrase that eliminates the how and thus absolves the
participants of all responsibility. A rumor does not simply spread — it spreads
because we spread it, even if the system is designed to facilitate capturing
attention and to encourage that spread.”


Social Media Companies Are in a Catch-22
While having something go viral can be beneficial for a given cause, it can also be
disastrous if and when people react to something they don’t fully understand. The
curating of likeminded individuals into networks also has the drawback of limiting
opposing views, which might create a better balance, from entering into that network.
Many today insist that the answer to “misinformation” going viral is content curation,
moderation and censorship. But that’s putting the cart before the horse, since it’s the
design of the algorithms on social media that create these networks and online
murmurings in the first place.
Social media companies profit by increasing engagement, thus they encourage
expanding social networks with likeminded ideas and nudging networks into mass
responses. High engagement means more exposure for advertisers, and hence greater
ad revenue for the social media company.
According to DiResta, a better solution would be to “move beyond thinking of platform
content moderation policies as ‘the solution’ and prioritize rethinking design.”
“For example, Twitter might choose to eliminate its Trending feature entirely, or
in certain geographies during sensitive moments like elections — it might, at a
minimum, limit nudges to surfacing actual large-scale or regional trends, not
simply small-scale ragebait.
Instagram might enact a maximum follower count … These are substance

agnostic and not reactive … We might re-evaluate how platforms connect their
users or how factors that determine what platform recommenders and curation
algorithms push into field-of-view …
This could potentially have a far greater impact than battling over content
moderation as a path toward constructing a healthier information ecosystem.”
Who Is Renee DiResta?
Here, I’m going to change course a bit and ask you to consider DiResta’s essay within
the context of what she’s really talking about, which is social engineering through better
and more palatable forms of censorship. If you didn’t catch that angle, it’s in part
because of the sections I chose to quote, but it’s also because you probably don’t know
who DiResta is.
While her essay comes across as well-reasoned, readers would do well to consider
whom she works for, who’s in her network, and why she might be proposing what she’s
proposing.
According to DiResta, social media algorithms have created a landscape in which
“misinformation” flourishes and spreads like wildfire. Worse, it’s a landscape in which
wrong thinkers end up forming lasting ties — and join together with other wrong thinkers
to form much larger groups that support each other.
6
“The networks designed years ago — when amoral recommendation engines
suggested, for example, that anti-vaccine activists might like to join QAnon
communities — created real ties,” she writes.
In addition to the suggestions quoted above, she also suggests another option: “A mass
exodus from the present ecosystem into something entirely new … the metaverse,
perhaps.”


I’ve previously written about how the globalist cabal behind The Great Reset intends to
drive us into digital identity, a social credit score, digital twins and an increasingly virtual
reality. So, she actually tips her hand when suggesting a mass migration into the
metaverse, because that’s where the globalist cabal ultimately wants us.


A New World Order Propagandist
So, who is DiResta? She’s the research manager for the Stanford Internet Observatory,
founded in June 2019 to promote internet censorship policies and conduct real-time
social media narrative monitoring. She’s a Mozilla Fellow in Media, Misinformation and
Trust, an adviser to Congress and the State Department, and a member of the Council
on Foreign Relations (CFR).
CFR is financed in part by the Gates, Rockefeller, Ford and Carnegie foundations, and
has influenced U.S. foreign policy ever since its inception 95 years ago. Almost all U.S.
secretaries of defense have been lifetime members, as have most CIA directors. This is
of crucial importance, considering the CFR’s goal, from the start, has been to bring
about a totalitarian one world government, a New World Order (NWO) with global top

down rule.

[The CFR’s goal is] submergence of U.S. sovereignty
and national independence into an all-powerful oneworld government … This lust to surrender the
sovereignty and independence of the United States is
7
8
9 10
pervasive throughout most of its membership … In the
entire CFR lexicon, there is no term of revulsion
carrying a meaning so deep as ‘America First.’ ~ CFR
member Admiral Chester Ward, 1975”
In 1950, the son of one of the CFR’s founders, James Warburg, said to the Senate
Foreign Relations Committee: “We shall have world government whether or not you like
it — by conquest or consent.” Similarly, in 1975 CFR insider Admiral Chester Ward wrote
that the goal of the CFR was “submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national
independence into an all-powerful one-world government.”
According to Ward, the desire to “surrender the sovereignty and independence of the
United States is pervasive throughout most of its membership,” and “In the entire CFR
lexicon, there is no term of revulsion carrying a meaning so deep as ‘America First.'”
With Ward’s last comment in mind, published in 1975, it’s interesting to contemplate
who has opposed President Trump’s America First agenda, and why. Many Americans,
even if they don’t like or support Trump personally, agree that taking care of America
and Americans’ interests first is a rational decision for any leadership, and they’ve been
hard-pressed to rationalize how an anti-America First policy can be good for the nation.
Well, Ward gives us the answer. Those who oppose America First policies do so because
they’re working on behalf of a network that seeks to eliminate nationalism in favor of a
one-world government.
DiResta is a CFR member and a “misinformation specialist.” As such, her essay becomes
an interesting example of subtle NWO propaganda. While some of her suggestions
seem like they would have beneficial effects, what’s missing is a discussion of how a
redesign of the algorithms on social media platforms can censor people and views even
more efficiently.
You Are the Designated Enemy in World War III
11
12
What else do we know about DiResta? Well, we know she’s part of The Lancet
Commission on Vaccine Refusal, Acceptance and Demand. At the end of 2021, she coauthored an article in The Lancet, along with Chelsea Clinton and Dr. Peter Hotez,
among others, in which they discuss the impact of vaccine misinformation on COVID jab
uptake.
In doing so, they present what they call in The Lancet “a coordinated, evidence-based
education, communication, and behavioral intervention strategy that is likely to improve
the success of COVID-19 vaccine programs across the U.S.”
She also has an integral role in the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) move to
establish a domestic censorship bureau. In November 2022, the Foundation for
Freedom Online published an extensive article detailing this transition, and the key
players involved. As explained by Foundation for Freedom Online:
“This story has two main institutional sides: the government within DHS and the
non-governmental side consisting of a web of like-minded private sector and
civil society partners. Together, this network forms the DHS public-private
censorship network …”
On the government side, the Cybersecurity Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), a subdepartment of the DHS, is the key coordinator. When it was founded in 2018, its directive
was to defend the U.S. against foreign cybersecurity threats like Russian hackers and
foreign propaganda.
Since then, and especially in the last three years, CISA has morphed into a government
entity focused almost solely on domestic threats, meaning Americans who challenge
the government narrative — a narrative that, again, is in favor of a one-world government
and firmly against American nationalism.
On the nongovernmental side, a collective called the Election Integrity Partnership (EIP)
is the main hub. The EIP consists of four social media monitoring groups: Stanford
Internet Observatory, Washington University’s Center for an Informed Public, the Atlantic
Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab, and Graphika.
13
14
15
DiResta is directly connected to CISA’s censorship directorate through the Stanford
Internet Observatory — where she’s a top lieutenant and directs research on
misinformation and malicious narratives — which is part of the EIP. She’s also given a
number of lectures at CISA disinformation summits. But there’s more. Foundation for
Freedom Online writes:
“The prominent role Renee DiResta plays in EIP — a government-partnered
Internet censorship consortium — is particularly worrisome and disturbing.
Before DiResta became research manager at the Stanford disinfo lab, she was
research director for a now-notorious, scandal-laden and disgraced political
hatchet firm known as New Knowledge LLC.
In December 2018, the New York Times exposed that DiResta’s Democrat
donor-funded small cybersecurity firm, New Knowledge, had clandestinely
created thousands of fake ‘Russian bots’ (user accounts generated with a
virtual private network (VPN) to simulate a Russian IP address) on Twitter and
Facebook then mass subscribed those fake ‘Russian bots’ to opposition
Republican Senate candidate Roy Moore’s campaign.
DiResta did this — or at least the small firm where she was a director did this —
in the heat of the Nov. 2017 Alabama special election, which substantially
decided the party control of the US Senate. It was a race in which Moore
narrowly lost, and for whose loss New Knowledge – in its own report — took
credit.
At the time, mainstream news genuinely thought Roy Moore was being backed
by Russians. But it was just DiResta’s professional disinformation firm
interfering in the election.”
Censoring to Secure a One World Government
Foundation for Freedom Online continues:
16,17
18
19
“One common thread connecting these four entities is that each of their
directors were involved in aggressively alleging (unsubstantiated) claims from
January 2017 through early 2020 that Russian interference had helped Donald
Trump win the 2016 election by using inauthentic bots and troll accounts on
social media …
Each of the four entities comprising EIP is also deeply connected to the US
military and foreign policy establishment … It is very helpful to understand EIP’s
network and operations in depth, because it was through EIP that DHS built the
infrastructure for its current role as government coordinator of takedowns and
throttling of US citizen speech online.”
To get a better grasp on this censorship network, please refer to the original article, as I
only have room to provide an overview summary here. In a nutshell, the EIP was created
by the DHS/CISA as a way for government to circumvent the law and shield its illegal
censoring of the American public behind the veneer of private corporations and
nongovernmental organizations.
In an Atlantic Council interview, the leader of EIP, Alex Stamos (former security chief at
Facebook), admits that the DHS-EIP partnership was set up to outsource censorship
that the government could not do due to “lack of legal authorization.”
They coordinate the take-down of undesirable content using a real-time chat app that
the DHS, EIP and social media companies all share. Specific platforms, such as
Facebook and Twitter, also have their own special portals where government officials
can point to content they want removed.
EIP Interferes in Elections and Controls COVID Narratives
The EIP first sprang into noticeable action to control the outcome of the 2020
presidential election, but controlling elections is far from its only focus. With the
emergence of COVID-19, censorship quickly turned to all things COVID. Foundation for
Freedom Online explains:
20
21
22
“… after the 2020 election, EIP changed its name and re-branded as an entity
called the ‘Virality Project’ (VP). VP did the exact same government censorship
job EIP did, except censoring COVID-19 instead of censoring elections …
VP ended up censoring, with its government partners, 66 unique social media
narratives going viral online concerning COVID during the 2021 calendar year.
Not 66 posts. 66 entire narratives. That had the effect of impacting millions of
posts and potentially altering the entire political trajectory of the American
citizenry’s response to the COVID pandemic.”
Understanding the Information Battlefield
Based on what we know about DiResta, we can now begin to see how her starling essay
is an exposition on a) the social engineering role of Big Tech in the past, b) the
drawback of Big Tech’s financial motivations when it comes to censoring NWO
counternarratives, and c) how the NWO cabal wants Big Tech to shift methods in the
future to limit the reach of undesirable content. It would behoove us to take note.
A great deal of the propaganda war involves people and organizations that say they’re
one thing but do the complete opposite. For example, DiResta is the head of policy for
Data for Democracy, while at the same time taking part in a plot to directly circumvent
the democratic election process.
From her membership in CFR, we can glean the intent behind such anti-democratic
behavior. She is working on behalf of those who seek to establish a one-world
government. To that end, she also works with organizations specializing in censorship
on behalf of the government.
Illegal government censorship is bad enough, but it doesn’t end there. As discussed in
“Censorship Wasn’t Enough, They Want to Destroy Us,” when censorship and
deplatforming fails, the gloves come off and more destructive cyberwarfare tactics are
deployed. Our government is literally waging war against the American public, and while
23
information control is the preferred measure, they don’t shy away from more aggressive
tactics.
The idea of government waging war on its own citizens seems completely irrational and
inexplicable — until you realize that the CFR has controlled U.S. foreign relations for
nearly a century, and its primary goal has always been to undermine U.S. sovereignty
and abet the creation of a one-world government.
Today, there’s a vast network of individuals and organizations that work together to
achieve this aim, including a long list of government officials. Before anything can
change, the public needs to understand the battlefield and what the battle is really
about.
The battle, really, is about the surrender of the U.S. unto a one-world government and, in
a circuitous way, DiResta’s essay — with her background exposed — helps us understand
how the war is being fought. They always have a goal, and a plan for getting there. Then,
they fashion the narratives needed to implement that plan.
Now that the ultimate end goal is clear — the establishment of a one-world government
— it becomes much easier to determine how a given narrative is being used to further
that goal. As we move forward, as many as possible need to become adept at
identifying how different narratives are being used to curate the flock and make people
move in a desired direction.
Sources and References
Noema Magazine November 3, 2022
Twitter Renee DiResta November 5, 2022
CNAS Renee DiResta Bio
Wakeup-World August 31, 2016
Gates Foundation Grants to CFR
CFR Funding
The Lancet December 11, 2021; 398(10317): 2186-2192
Foundation for Freedom Online November 9, 2022
CISA.gov Cybersummit 2021
Twitter Lee Fang October 31, 2022
1, 4, 5, 6, 7
2
3
8, 11, 12
9
10
13
14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 22
17
21
PBS May 17, 201

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

Did UFO interfere with nuclear war heads?

Supposedly there are no UFO’s

MailOnline - news, sport, celebrity, science and health stories

Privacy Policy Feedback

Wednesday, Feb 22nd 2023 3PM 8°C 6PM 7°C 5-Day Forecast

Previous

Next

TWO Air Force vets have testified to Pentagon’s UFO office about seeing mysterious objects TURN OFF ten nuclear warheads and blast test missiles out of the sky at US bases

  • Two Air Force veterans told DailyMail.com they have testified about their experiences with UFOs interfering with US nuclear missiles  
  • Former officer Robert Salas told of his encounter with an orange flying disc that turned off 10 warheads at Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana in 1967
  • Dr. Robert Jacobs has briefed the office on footage he shot for the Air Force in 1964 that allegedly caught a flying saucer shooting a test missile out of the sky

By JOSH BOSWELL FOR DAILYMAIL.COM

PUBLISHED: 20:42, 21 February 2023 | UPDATED: 21:46, 21 February 2023

681shares

843

View comments

The Pentagon‘s UFO office is investigating historic reports of mysterious objects interfering with key nuclear missile silos.

Two Air Force veterans told DailyMail.com they have testified to the All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office (AARO) this month about their experiences of UFOs interfering with US nuclear missiles.

One email shows AARO staff contacted former US Air Force ICBM launch officer Robert Salas to gather information about his chilling encounter with an orange flying disc that inexplicably turned off 10 warheads at Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana in 1967.

And another former officer, Dr. Robert Jacobs, has briefed AARO on a 35mm film he shot for the Air Force in 1964 that allegedly caught a flying saucer shooting a test missile out of the sky.

The accounts offer a rare glimpse into the often classified work of the government unit tasked with probing unidentified phenomena in the air, sea and space.

Two Air Force veterans told DailyMail.com they have testified about their experiences of UFOs interfering with US nuclear missiles. Some of the encounters were at Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana (pictured)

+11

View gallery

Two Air Force veterans told DailyMail.com they have testified about their experiences of UFOs interfering with US nuclear missiles. Some of the encounters were at Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana (pictured)

Robert Salas

+11

View gallery

Robert Salas as a young airman

+11

View gallery

US Air Force ICBM launch officer Robert Salas (pictured left, and as a young man, right) told of his encounter with an orange flying disc that turned off 10 warheads at Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana in 1967  

Dr. Robert Jacobs, another former Air Force officer, briefed the office on his footage that allegedly caught a flying saucer shooting a test missile out of the sky

+11

View gallery

Dr. Robert Jacobs, another former Air Force officer, briefed the office on his footage that allegedly caught a flying saucer shooting a test missile out of the sky

TRENDING

Huge relief for Democrats as Senator Jon Tester says he WILL run again

2.1k viewing nowMissing hobby balloon: Republicans mock Biden for military operation369 viewing nowWhite hotel boss is filmed mocking Native American guests’ accents237 viewing now

AARO director Dr. Sean Kirkpatrick is also interviewing nine other witnesses of similar cases, according to author Robert Hastings, who has previously spoken to 167 veterans regarding ‘more than a hundred UFO incursions at nuclear weapons sites during the Cold War era and beyond’.

Hastings wrote a book on the incidents called UFOs and Nukes: Extraordinary Encounters at Nuclear Weapons Sites.

All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office (AARO) director Dr. Sean Kirkpatrick is interviewing several UFO witnesses

+11

View gallery

All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office (AARO) director Dr. Sean Kirkpatrick is interviewing several UFO witnesses 

In a blog post on Sunday, he revealed that he had been asked by Kirkpatrick to connect him with Salas, Jacobs, and other witnesses, after an unnamed Senate staffer read the book and recommended it to the AARO director for investigation.

Salas, 82, told DailyMail.com he was impressed by the outreach, after decades of having his account either ignored or denied by the government.

‘I’ve been wanting to tell a government agency my story for over 50 years,’ Salas told DailyMail.com. ‘It was a great big relief.

‘They were very magnanimous. They listened intently. I gave them a complete report on the Malmstrom incidents.

‘I’m more confident now than I was going in that they’re trying to make a sincere effort.’

MORE TRENDING

Ex-child actor who said ‘Accrington Stanley, who are they? is murderer

7.1k viewing nowWatchdog probe over police contact with Nicola Bulley before death12.7k viewing nowISIS bride Shamima Begum loses appeal and won’t be allowed to return5.7k viewing now

One AARO staffer wrote to Salas on Friday thanking him for giving evidence to the UFO office, in an email obtained by DailyMail.com.

‘I want to pass along a big “thank you” from the AARO team,’ the email said. ‘Your dedication to this issue and the resources, time, and energy you invested in researching and documenting your experience, and associated events, are greatly appreciated.

‘I’m glad we were finally able to document this accounting and evidence into the intelligence record and will include this information in our investigation as an authorized disclosure IAW [in accordance with] the FY23 NDAA [National Defense Authorization Act].

‘I’m hopeful the collective contributions of patriots like you and the current level of government interest and investment will provide answers to the questions the citizens of our country have demanded for such a long time.’

Salas gave an interview to DailyMail.com last year about his fury that Pentagon chiefs seemed unaware of the disturbing and unexplained shutdown of US nukes at his Malmstrom base when questioned about it in the public congressional UFO hearing in May.

Since then the 2023 NDAA, the annual defense spending bill, has been signed into law with an amendment requiring AARO to review government files on all UFO incidents going back to 1945 – explaining Kirkpatrick’s interest in the 1967 Malmstrom case.

+11

View gallery

An email shows AARO staff contacted former US Air Force ICBM launch officer Robert Salas to gather information about his encounter. He tweeted his thank you email from AARO 

https://youtube.com/watch?v=Vtopkywm1AU%3Frel%3D0%26showinfo%3D1%26start%3D47%26hl%3Den-US

'I've been wanting to tell a government agency my story for over 50 years,' Salas told DailyMail.com. 'It was a great big relief'

+11

View gallery

‘I’ve been wanting to tell a government agency my story for over 50 years,’ Salas told DailyMail.com. ‘It was a great big relief’ 

The alleged Chinese spy balloon shot down by US fighter jets this month also flew near Malmstrom as well as other nuclear silos, reportedly triggering emergency security measures at those bases.

Salas tweeted about his email with the AARO official on Friday, and UFO researcher David Haith shared a copy of it on Twitter. 

Hastings wrote in his blog post that he had a conference call on January 13 with Kirkpatrick, two other AARO staffers and a congressional researcher, and subsequently connected them with 11 veterans to give evidence of UFOs allegedly interfering with America’s nuclear defenses.

Author Robert Hastings wrote a book on the incidents called UFOs and Nukes: Extraordinary Encounters at Nuclear Weapons Sites.

+11

View gallery

Author Robert Hastings wrote a book on the incidents called UFOs and Nukes: Extraordinary Encounters at Nuclear Weapons Sites.

‘Since 1973, I have interviewed 167 of those veterans regarding their experiences,’ Hastings wrote. ‘Kirkpatrick asked whether I would be able to contact the individuals with whom I am still in touch, to learn whether they would be willing to testify before AARO staffers.

‘I suggested that Kirkpatrick’s staff first contact former US Air Force ICBM launch officer Bob Salas, who had been on duty during an incident at Malmstrom AFB, Montana, on March 24/25, 1967, when an orange, disc-shaped UFO had briefly hovered over the front gate at the Oscar Flight Launch Control Facility.

‘Seconds after one of Salas’ Security Police guards frantically called down to the launch capsule to report the UFO to him, all ten of the ICBMs dropped offline, one after the other. In other words, they were un-launchable and it took several hours to repair and retarget them.’

Though an investigation was launched by the military and voluminous reports were compiled, no explanation was found for the missiles’ shutdown.

Salas and his colleagues said they were interviewed at the time by agents from the Air Force Office of Special Investigations and made to sign NDAs.

But in 1996, he broke his silence by authoring an article about the incident, and in 2010 Salas and other former military officials gave a televised press conference in Washington DC warning about the alleged dire security threat presented by reports of strange disks and orbs appearing to fly over US nuclear sites with impunity.

Jacobs said he was told to keep quiet about the footage by his boss, Major Florenze J. Mansmann (pictured), who viewed it with him in a meeting with two CIA officers in the days after the incident. Mansmann, who died in 2000, confirmed the account in a May 1987 letter to UFO researcher

+11

View gallery

Jacobs said he was told to keep quiet about the footage by his boss, Major Florenze J. Mansmann (pictured), who viewed it with him in a meeting with two CIA officers in the days after the incident. Mansmann, who died in 2000, confirmed the account in a May 1987 letter to UFO researcher

Ex-First lieutenant in USAF Robert Jacobs, pictured middle bottom row, with his crew

+11

View gallery

Ex-First lieutenant in USAF Robert Jacobs, pictured middle bottom row, with his crew

Jacobs, another former Air Force officer who testified to AARO this month, was in charge of a telescopic camera team that filmed test missile launches at Vandenberg Air Force Base in California in the 1960s.

He claims that he reviewed footage of a September 15 1964 launch where a disc flew up to the moving missile, shot a series of ‘beams’ at it and sped away, causing the dummy warhead to topple out of the sky.

‘We watched the third stage burn out, and into the frame came something else,’ the former lieutenant, 84, said in a 2000 video interview.

‘It flew into the frame and it shot a beam of light at the warhead.

‘Now remember, all this stuff is flying at several thousand miles an hour. So this thing fires a beam of light at the warhead, hits it, and then it moves up… fires another beam of light… goes down and fires another beam of light, and then flies out the way it came in. And the warhead tumbles out of space.

‘The object, the points of light that we saw, the warhead and so forth, were traveling through subspace about 60 miles straight up. And they were going somewhere in the neighborhood of 11,000 to 14,000 miles an hour when this UFO caught up to them, flew in, flew around them, and flew back out.

‘Now I saw that. I don’t give a goddamn what anybody else says about it. I saw that on film. I was there.’

Jacobs said he was told to keep quiet about the footage by his boss, Major Florenze J. Mansmann, who viewed it with him in a meeting with two CIA officers in the days after the incident.

Mansmann, who died in 2000, confirmed the account in a May 1987 letter to UFO researcher Scott Crain, and said he watched the video four times before the CIA officers shipped it to an undisclosed location on the east coast.

Deputy Director of Naval Intelligence Scott Bray played a video of an 'unidentified aerial phenomena', commonly referred to as UFOs, during a groundbreaking UFO hearing in May 2022

+11

View gallery

Deputy Director of Naval Intelligence Scott Bray played a video of an ‘unidentified aerial phenomena’, commonly referred to as UFOs, during a groundbreaking UFO hearing in May 2022

‘I ordered Lt. Jacobs not to discuss what he saw with anyone because of the nature of the launch, the failure of the launch mission and the probability that the optical instrumentation (the film) showed an interference with normal launch patterns,’ Mansmann wrote.

‘The object was saucer-shaped,’ he added. ‘I released the film to the Chief Scientist’.

Jacobs told DailyMail.com he testified to AARO on February 10.

‘I found it to be the most sensitive, the most honest, the most welcoming interview that I’ve ever had regarding this subject,’ he said.

‘At the end of our chat, I said, “I’ve been trying for over 40 years to get the government to listen to my testimony.” And he said, “You just did.”

‘The government finally listened. I’m not sure who they’re going after next. But I have great faith in this organization, as much as I’ve had in any government.’

Hastings declined to be interviewed by DailyMail.com about his interactions with the UFO office.

The Pentagon did not respond to a request for comment on Monday.

ADVERTISEMENT

Share or comment on this article: 

Air Force vets testified to witnessing UFOs TURN OFF nuclear warheads

Alien based information similar to the Oracle in Delphi, ancient Greece.

HUMANITY

War in and for Antarctica.

By Jan Kleinen on Sunday, September 10, 2017

The latest on the German forces who left for Antarctica about 20000 people in size. It is also the story about the wish/desire to create a master race and reduce the rest of the population and what would be left as slaves. Now in its end-face and the creation of the digital prison.

My flying machine will have neither wings nor propeller. You might see it on the ground, and you would never guess that it was a flying machine.

Yet it will be able to move at will through the air in any direction, with perfect safety, [achieving] higher speeds than have been reached, regardless of “holes in the air” or downward currents.

It will ascend in such currents if desired. It can remain absolutely stationary in the air, even in wind, for
great lengths of time. Its lifting power will not depend upon any such delicate devices as the bird has to employ, but upon positive mechanical action.16
The first fully functional embodiment of Tesla’s flying machine was developed in 1930-1936, as seen in
leaked archival photographs of the first Nazi prototype, fitted on its underbelly with three double-drum
Tesla gravity motors (above), originally designed and constructed in 1927-1930 with the aid of Edgar
Cayce and Thomas Townsend Brown (Readings 195-51–69, 4665-1–13, 4666-5).


Due to the extreme temperatures generated by friction and HHO plasma that forms within each pair of
offset rotating drum units comprising the antigravity motors, a liquid mercury/oil mixture was used instead of ball bearings. This special fluid combination eliminated air in each of the tubular ducts enclosing the central axle, as specified by Cayce during a trance reading for mechanical engineer –and covert OSS agent– Thomas Townsend Brown on November 23, 1930 (Reading 195-67):
Q: What liquid will balance best with mercury in ducts as the relieving factor?
A: Oil –castor oil… Better for the gravity in same and the resistive forces are better balanced.
Q: [By] adding mercury and other fluid to ducts all air is eliminated.

After the covert Nazi completion and testing of Tesla’s antigravitic HHO plasma aircraft in 1936, strategic
planning of World War II involved close collaboration between Germany, Italy and Japan. Prior to the
assassination of Nikola Tesla by Nazi/OSS agents in January 1943, Japan purchased 1,500 tons of
mercury from Italy for planned mass production of Tesla’s antigravity discs, to be delivered by German U-boats during the following war years, sealed in canisters inside the flooded keel and ballast tanks.
German and Italian boats and submarines made at least 98 different attempts to transport mercury to
Japan, crossing from the Atlantic into the Indian Ocean off South Africa, as revealed by the surrender of the Italian submarine ‘Amiraglio Cagni’, loaded with mercury cargo, which capitulated at Cape Town, South Africa after the September 8, 1943 Italian collapse.17
Many German and Italian vessels tasked with delivery of mercury cargo never completed the long journey, for various reasons including Allied torpedo strikes and other significant hull damage requiring repairs, as was the case for the German U-864. The presence of 67 tons of mercury cargo on German U-864 was documented in the Norwegian Coastal Administration (NCA) technical report, detailing recent salvage operations of U-864 located on the sea floor 2 nautical miles from the coast of Norway’s Fedje Island:
Approximately 1,500 tons of mercury was purchased by the Japanese in Italy from 1942 to the time of the Italian collapse [in September 1943]. This special commodity held the highest priority for shipment to Japan by submarine. Information on shipments during the period of surface blockade running is fragmentary, but successful shipments are believed to have amounted to 141 tons, allied sinkings may have totaled 119 tons.
Approximately 620 tons of mercury was shipped in numerous submarines from Europe since the summer of 1943 with a known loss of approximately 420 tons. One of the submarines which made a successful round-trip, was the U-861 commanded by Jürgen Oesten. He left Germany on April 20, 1944, with 100 tons of mercury-filled steel canisters which were stored in the keel, and reached Penang September 23 the same year…

For the last years of the war, the blockade running submarines operated out of Kiel. The whole operation was classified “Secret”, and was supervised by Admiral Hans-Georg von Friedenburg, who was both commanding Admiral of submarines as well as Chief of the “Organisations-abteilung”… U-864 was part of this scheme… [and] commanded by Korvetten-kapitän Ralf-Reimar Wolfram, left Kiel with its cargo December 5, 1944 to arrive in Horten (Norway) four days later… [En route, U-864] reported a breakdown and was ordered to return to Bergen…
Having discovered the U-864, Lt. Launders, Captain of the HMS Venturer, followed the U-boat working out the target plot and decided to fire his torpedoes resulting in the sinking and breaking up of the U-864…
The Norwegian Submarine Inspection received the first request about U-864 in September 1997. The search for the submarine started spring 2001, but the wreck was not located until February 2003 (sonar, above). In the fall the same year, the NCA started sediment testing of the seabed and discovered high concentrations of mercury…

The only known record of U-864’s cargo list is compiled from the ULTRA archives in London. According to the ULTRA archives U-864 had 1,857 mercury canisters (approximately 67 tons) stored in the keel when torpedoed on February 9,1945… That the mercury was contained in steel canisters was confirmed when one of the canister’s containing mercury was located and brought to the surface during surveys on the wreck in 2005.
During investigations on the wreck, two mercury canisters have been found. One of these was a forged canister, while the other was a welded canister (cylinder shaped). A mercury canister was salvaged and opened in 2005 and contained 36 kg (2.7 liters) metallic mercury. Assuming all canisters contained approximately the same amount of mercury, we can estimate that there was approximately 67 metric tons of mercury on board U-864 when torpedoed February 9, 1945.18
Other Axis submarines bearing mercury destined for Japanese manufacturing plants for mass producing
Tesla’s antigravitic aircraft made the greater part of the transoceanic journey before being sunk by Allied
warships. Such was the fate of German U-859, sunk in Indonesian waters in the Strait of Malacca:
German submarine… U-859 was sunk on the 23rd September 1944 near Penang in the Straits of Malacca, by torpedoes from the British submarine HMS Trenchant… [leaving] 47 dead and 20 survivors. At the time of her sinking the U-859 was carrying a valuable cargo of metal destined to support the Japanese war effort. This consisted of some 77 tons of mercury held in metal flasks in her docking keels, along with some 25 tons of lead.19
While the successful prevention of mercury transports to Japan by Allied ships are well documented,
explanations given for the technical application of the mercury by Japanese do not add up. What application could possibly require 1,500 tons of the metallic liquid? Certainly, such huge volumes are not needed for any known conventional weapons, including nuclear warheads, as cited by all sources on the subject.


Edgar Cayce’s psychic readings for the Tesla Gravity Motor provide the only coherent explanation for the
massive mercury cargo transport operations undertaken by Nazi vessels during World War II. After losing approximately 420 tons of an estimated total of 620 tons to Allied naval blockade, Germany abandoned the prospect of mass production of Tesla antigravity aircraft in Japan, and opted for more secluded production sites in Antarctica, where secret Nazi bases were being established within massive caverns below the bedrock and glacial ice sheets. U-boats surrendered off Argentina in 1945 were destined for Antarctica.20
In early 1945, Nazi war efforts were strategically shifted to covert operations at Antarctic bases, with the
remaining 980 tons of mercury not delivered to Japan (or lost in combat) rerouted to Antarctica to supply
Nazi manufacturing plants for mass production of Tesla’s antigravity aircraft over the following decades:
Just before the end of the WWII, two German provision U-boats, U-530 and U-977,… [transported] members of the antigravity-disk research and development teams (ULTRA), and the last of the most vital disc components…
This included the notes and drawings for the latest saucer or aerial disk designs, and… the gigantic underground complexes and living accommodations based on the remarkable underground factories of Nordhausen…
21
The reality of Nazi reconsolidation efforts within Antarctic bases is also evidenced by extensive post-World War II intelligence-gathering missions to Antarctica conducted by the US Navy. Codenamed Operation High jump, these top-secret missions were organized by Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd, Jr. and led by Rear Admiral Richard H. Cruzen, facilitating comprehensive surveillance efforts that included 4,700 men, 13 ships, and 33 aircraft, lasting from August 1946 to February 1947.22 Later statements given by Admiral Byrd revealed further details concerning the Antarctic presence that have been withheld from the general public:
But… the part of the story that is seldom told, at least in ‘official’ circles, is that Byrd and his forces encountered heavy resistance to their Antarctic venture from “flying saucers” and had to call off the invasion. This aspect of the story was pushed forward, again, a few years ago, when a retired Rear Admiral, allegedly living in Texas, …allegedly claimed that he knew there had been “a lot of aircraft and rocket shoot-downs” …
‘Operation Highjump’, which was, basically an invasion of the Antarctic, consisted of three Naval battle groups, which departed Norfolk, VA, on 2 December 1946. They were led by Admiral Richard E. Byrd’s command ship, the ice-breaker “Northwind,” and consisted of the catapult ship “Pine Island,” the destroyer “Brownsen,” the aircraft-carrier “Phillipines Sea,” the U.S. submarine “Sennet,” two support vessels “Yankee” and “Merrick,” and two tankers “Canisted” and “Capacan,” the destroyer “Henderson” and a floatplane ship “Currituck.” A BritishNorwegian force,… [as well as] Russian,… Australian and Canadian forces were also involved…

On 5 March, 1947 the ‘El Mercurio’ newspaper of Santiago, Chile, had a headline article “On Board the Mount Olympus on the High Seas” which quoted Byrd in an interview with Lee van Atta:
Adm. Byrd declared today that it was imperative for the United States to initiate immediate defense
measures against hostile regions. Furthermore, Byrd stated that he “didn’t want to frighten anyone
unduly” but that it was “a bitter reality that in case of a new war the continental United States would be
attacked by flying objects which could fly from pole to pole at incredible speeds”.


Interestingly, not long before he made these comments, the Admiral had recommended defense bases at the North Pole. These were not “isolated” remarks… Admiral Byrd later repeated each of these points of view, resulting from [what] he described as his “personal knowledge” gathered both at the north and south poles, before a news conference held for International News Service

He was [later] hospitalized and was not allowed to hold any more press conferences. Still, in March 1955, he was placed in charge of Operation Deepfreeze which was part of the International Geophysical Year, 1957-1958, exploration of the Antarctic. He died, shortly thereafter… in 1957… [and] many have suggested he was murdered…
Secrecy seems to be in no scarcity as it relates to several Antarctic expeditions; perhaps in no small way due to a continued concern that the Nazis had a remnant left in Antarctica from their infamous 1938-9 ‘New Schwabenland’ colonization of Antarctica… The map of Neu Schwabenland… cannot be exhibited in Germany, on penalty of imprisonment…23
German exploration of Neu Schwabenland in 1938-1939 is commonly referenced by all sources on the
subject of Nazi bases in Antarctica, yet the actual location of the base is situated hundreds of miles away in Neu-friedland (named after Admiral von Friedenburg), on an island named Mausenberg in the Highjump Archipelago. As the not-so-clever naming of ‘Operation Highjump’ directly indicates, US Naval forces had identified the development of this extensive Nazi base in 1946 by monitoring German submarine activity for delivering >1,000 tons of mercury required for mass production of a fleet of Tesla’s anti-gravitic disc aircraft.


The Highjump Archipelago Nazi base can be directly entered by submarines through submerged tunnel
systems that are protected by dozens of miles of ice cover from the nearest open seas. For this specific
reason, US ice-breaking vessels were dispatched among the many warships and aircraft utilized during
Operation Highjump. The 7-month-long surveillance mission suffered heavy losses due to the growing fleet of Tesla antigravitic disc aircraft already produced by Nazi engineers at Mausenberg underground base

Satellite imagery of the Antarctic Mausenberg, Neufriedland base entrance provide evidence for not only
the reality of ongoing large-scale underground Nazi activities at that site, but offer significant confirmation of Nazi mass production of Tesla’s optically invisible anti-gravitic aircraft utilizing >1,000 tons of mercury.


Located on a mountain slope without glacial coverage, the Highland Archipelago base’s high-elevation
entry/exit portal for disc aircraft is roughly 40m in height by 90m in width, and protected from snowfall
accumulation by a domed metallic roof lined with heating elements clearly visible in photographs (above).
The Nazi Mausenberg base aircraft portal (66.553217°S, 99.838294°E) is situated 7,549 miles from the
Great Pyramid of Giza, Egypt; a resonant distance comprising 30.33% of Earth’s mean circumference of
24,892 miles. The special geoposition of this site suggests it is located directly above an ancient subterran
city originally built by the Atlantean civilization, which was discovered by the Nazis before World War II.

We are automata entirely controlled by the forces of the medium being tossed about like corks on the
surface of the water, but mistaking the resultant of the impulses from the outside for free will…
A very sensitive and observant being, with his highly developed mechanism all intact, and acting with
precision in obedience to the changing conditions of the environment, is endowed with a transcending
mechanical sense, enabling him to evade perils too subtle to be directly perceived.2

Exactly what does Dr. Tesla mean? What imperceptible force so directs consciousness? Infrasound.
Focused low-frequency sound cancels the force of gravity,3
known to the ancients as the syllable ‘Om’.
Nikola Tesla (1856-1943) was a thoughtful scientist who did not rely on belief, but on his knowledge of
universal laws.

Our physical universe we are part of is energy based. Meaning that there is no need for fossil-based fuel, oil, coal and gas. Not only have there been a number of highly developed civilizations on earth like the pyramid ones and none using oil/gas and coal as such. You can find pyramids not only all over our planet but also Mars and Ceres to name a few. It was Tesla and his knowledge about energy did prove be joined any doubt the existence and principles of it around end 1800 and beginning 1900. Only to be silenced and murdered in the end. Energy as seen and often mentioned as the fourth dimension.

His dialogs with Swami Vivekananda provided a Sanskrit cosmological framework that
merged seamlessly with his pragmatic scientific understandings of the electrical nature of the soul and
the universe – simultaneously the perceiver and the perceived. Tesla describes the matter/energy
relationship in Sanskrit terms in an article, posthumous published, entitled ‘Man’s Greatest Achievement’:

Long ago… [mankind] recognized that all perceptible matter comes from a primary substance, or tenuity
beyond conception, filling all space, the Akasha or luminiferous ether, which is acted upon by the life-giving Prana or creative force, calling into existence, in never ending cycles all things and phenomena. The primary substance, thrown into infinitesimal whirls of prodigious velocity, becomes gross matter; the force subsiding, the motion ceases and matter disappears, reverting to the primary substance

The information is copied from channeled information as contain in the book of called Tesla Rebirth.

and can be free downloaded but because of its size only the channeled fragments used.

Given the staggering implications of these facts –directly confirming first-hand knowledge of underground Nazi bases shared in deathbed confessions by Nazi/CIA agent Otto Skorzeny– ongoing CIA suppression of information concerning Tesla’s Gravity Motor and HHO invisibility-cloaking inventions coherently explains the complete eradication of relevant public records pertaining to the great lifetime achievements and covert government assassinations of Edgar and Gertrude Cayce, Nikola Tesla, Lillie Delaney and several other members of the Delaney family. How does this information relate to current events in the present time?
The broader hyperdimensional significance of these Nazi manipulations and assassinations in preparation
for World War II emerged during a much later series of highly detailed revelations through the Cassiopaea transmissions channeled by Laura Knight-Jadczyk,24 during a session conducted on December 2, 1995:

Q: (L) Did the Germans construct a time machine during WWII? A: Yes…

Q: (L) Where? A: Mausenberg, Neufriedland… Antarktiklandt.

Q: (L) Who is in control of or running this machine? A: Klaus Grimmschackler…
Q: (L) Did they use this machine to transport themselves there and also in time?
A: Has been performed in Glophen… They got the information on such things from channeled sources.
Q: (L) Did the Germans get the information from the Vril Society? A: Partly. Also Thule Society.
Q: (L) These individuals who have this time machine in Antarctica,… what do they plan to do with it?
A: Exploring time sectors through loop of cylinder… Complex, but is profile in 4th through 6th density.
Q: (L) Are there any particular goals… in doing this “time exploration?”

A: Not up to present, as you measure it.
Q: (L) Well, if they escaped and took this time machine to Antarctica, are they working with any of the so-called “aliens?” A: 4th density STS [or Service To Self].

Q: (L) Are these Germans and their time machine, any part of the plan to take over Earth when it moves into 4th density. A: Maybe.
The advanced technological process of time travel was described in greater detail during another
channeling session with the Cassiopaean 6th density thoughtforms conducted on November 14, 1994:
Q: (L) I would like to know what is the specific mode of time travel? A: Complex… Trans dimensional transfer utilizing electromagnetic adjustment of atomic structure to alter speed of time cycle convergence… The first step is to artificially induce an electromagnetic field. This opens the door between dimensions of reality. Next, thoughts must be channeled by participant in order to access reality bonding channel. They must then focus the energy to the proper dimensional bridge. The electrons must be arranged in correct frequency wave. Then the triage must be sent through realm “curtain” in order to balance perceptions at all density levels…

Triage is as follows: 1. Matter, 2. Energy, 3. Perception of reality. That is it folks.
Time travel experiments conducted by the US Navy in 1941 used Tesla’s Gravity Motor on the USS Eldridge.
The Nazi German mass migration to the Mausenburg underground base in Neufriedland, Antarctica was
addressed further during another fascinating dialog with the Cassiopaeans, conducted on August 31, 1996:
Q: (L) Now, in talking about these large underground cities or enclaves that we’ve talked about…

(T) When did they go underground? A: Several occasions, the most recent being, on your calendar: 1941 through 1945… Last episode of mass migration, mostly Deutschlanders… Antarctica. Under there… Entry port…
Q: (T) They went underground in Antarctica, they built a large underground base there, this is where the Germans, as in the Nazi Germans, claimed as Vineland, I think it is, where the older maps that show Antarctica…

Yes, but they entered through their constructed base, as instructed, then were assimilated.
Q: (L) They were assimilated into the population already existent? Underground cities, underground bases? A: Yes…
Q: (T) They were instructed to go there? A: [By] those identifying themselves as “Antareans”… An STS race from Orion that is humanoid… The Thule Society originated contact…


Q: Admiral Byrd was sent down there, supposedly to go to the South Pole… but he took a large military force with him… The large military force encountered resistance and got their asses whupped real good down there. But, they kept it real quiet… they just said, oh, it was a scientific expedition… (T) They lost a whole lot of people and a whole lot of ships, and a lot of equipment down there… A: This is where “The Master Race” is being developed.


Essential background information concerning the psychopathic Nazi obsession with creating the Aryan STS “Master Race” had been previously discussed with the Cassiopaeans on September 24, 1995:
Q: (L) Why was Hitler so determined, beyond all reason, even to his own self-destruction, to annihilate the Jews?


A: Many reasons and very complex. But, remember, while still a child, Hitler made a conscious choice to align himself with the “forces of darkness,” in order to fulfill his desires for conquest and to unite the Germanic peoples.
Henceforth, he was totally controlled, mind, body, and soul, by STS forces. Q: (L) So, what were the purposes of the STS forces that were controlling Hitler causing him to desire to annihilate an entire group of people?


A: To create an adequate “breeding ground” for the reintroduction of the Nephilim, for the purpose of total control of the 3rd density earth prior to elevation to 4th density, where such conquest is more difficult and less certain!
Q: (L) Do you mean “breeding ground” in the sense of genetic breeding? A: Yes. Third density.


Q: (L) Did they accomplish this goal? A: No. Q: (L) So, the creation of the Germanic “Master Race” was what they were going after, to create this “breeding ground?” A: Yes.


Q: (L) And, getting rid of the Jews was significant? Couldn’t a Germanic master race be created without destroying another group? A: No… Because of 4th density prior encoding mission destiny profile…

This means encoding to activate after elevation to 4th density, thus if not eliminated, negates Nephalim domination and absorption.

Jews were prior encoded to carry out mission after conversion, though on individual basis. The Nazis did not exactly know why they were being driven to destroy them, because they were being controlled from 4th density STS. But, Hitler communicated directly with Lizards, and Orion STS, and was instructed on how to create the “master race.”
Consequences of the negative spiritual orientation of the Reptilian extraterrestrial humanoids (or Lizards)
was explained in a previous Q&A session with the Cassiopaeans that took place on October 22, 1994:
[T]hose who are described as the Lizards have chosen to firmly lock themselves into service to self [STS]. And, since they are at the highest level of density where this is possible, they must continually draw large amounts of negative energy from those at the third level, second level, and so on, which is why they do what they do.

This also explains why their race is dying, because they have not been able to learn for themselves how to remove themselves from this particular form of expression to that of service to others [STS]. And, since they have such, as you would measure it, a long period of time, remained at this level and, in fact, become firmly entrenched in it, and, in fact, have increased themselves in it, this is why they are dying and desperately trying to take as much energy from you as possible and also to recreate their race metabolically.

Q: (L) Well, if we are sources of food and labor for them, why don’t they just breed us in pens on their own planet? A: They do.
Q: (L) Well, since there [are] so many of us here, why don’t they just move in and take over?
A: That is their intention. That has been their intention for quite some time. They have been traveling back and forth through time as you know it, to set things up so that they can absorb a maximum amount of negative energy with the transference from third level to fourth level that this planet is going to experience, in the hopes that they can overtake you on the fourth level and thereby accomplish several things. 1: retaining their race as a viable species. 2: increasing their numbers; 3: increasing their power;

4: expanding their race throughout the realm of fourth density. To do all of this they have been interfering with events for what you would measure on your calendar as approximately 74 thousand years.

And they have been doing so in a completely still state of space-time traveling backward and forward at will during this work. Interestingly enough, though, all of this will fail.
Complex hyperdimensional dynamics described in these lengthy replies given by the Cassiopaeans allude
to a convergence of events, with plans for overt world domination by the Nazi “Master Race” being linked with major astronomical events now building toward culmination on the December Solstice of 2017.
The timeframe reference for the “transference from third level to fourth level that this planet is going to experience” was not clearly stated back in 1994, when that channeling session took place, yet strong indications have been given in recent sessions in 2017. On August 5, 2017, the Cs stated planetary chaos would occur “Soon!” A few sessions later, on October 14, 2017, strikingly chaotic behavior patterns were characterized by the Cassiopaeans as an effect of the imminent approach of the realm border crossing:

General chaotic energies of transition affect environment in many ways…
Q: (L) You say the word, “transition”… What kind of transition are we talking about here?
A: Planetary movement through space-time area of realm border.


Strategic long-term plans of the time-traveling Orion STS humanoids, who directed the Nazi migrants to subterrain bases, aim to exploit the mass confusion and amplify the natural fear response that will inevitably be evoked by the upcoming transference from 3rd density to 4th density reality on Earth. Subversion of Nikola Tesla’s technological developments from the awareness of the great masses of Earthly humanity inhabiting the planetary surface appears to have been a crucial disorienting factor facilitating their control.


However, genetic enhancement of terrestrial humans who are consciously aligned to receive the DNA upgrade to restore the original 135 chromosomes of the full human genome will be conferred by

the atmospheric luminosity of the impact of the Galactic Super wave of June 22-24, 2018. This is the crucial factor that will negate the controlling influence of the Orion STS consortium, causing their failure.


Omniscient explanations offered by the Cassiopaeans through Laura Knight-Jadczyk clarify the peculiar
situation described in Laura Peppard’s psychic aura reading for Alex Putney, given on March 19, 2008:
There’s another present here that you’re working to find [brief pause]. Like maybe you could say it’s the Lord of Karma, is one sense I get from it… [H]ere’s this little thing that looks like… a wormhole. It’s like if I look through it, then it comes up, maybe let’s say on another planet, I don’t know, another place, and there’s somebody else reading these past lives –accessing your information, say. So, now my conclusion is that they’re probably your past lives, but that somebody else is reading them, you know, like we would watch TV. Or, those experiences are available, so, you’re like an open book…
You know, normally whatever energy you run in your space that’s creating consequences in the world, and you’re getting those consequences and learning and growing from it, and that’s generally how people change and grow.
This is in a sense not letting that happen, as I see in the layers. Kind of more like you’re on a mountaintop, or protected? I’m feeling another presence in this layer too… Somebody else’s energy is there jealous of your ability, but I don’t think necessarily a physical person [here on this planet].
You know, I’m just getting these weird things I don’t usually see in readings, but it’s kind of like this person… feels like a boy, kind of a thing… but a peer. It’s like taking your communication, but like, to another planet and using it, but it’s yours. But… he’s presenting it as his. You know, taking it from you, but it’s not in this world… [The energy of this being–] it’s smoky and goopy at the same time, and it’s kind of gray and mustard, too. So, I’m kind of assuming that this being is part of this group that you’re either working with, or they’re kind of holding you hostage –we haven’t arrived at that conclusion yet…
In the crown chakra, there’s some green there… and then there’s a funnel, almost to a point. I see a funnel, but like this way [gestures to show it open above and narrowing to a point below]. And there’s a tremendous amount of information or energy in that cone, or funnel. But it’s not really interacting with your space, but yet it’s putting your growth, kind of, on hold. Like you’re not getting any growth out, even though you’re holding that in your space…
Now, either you have a group of beings or aliens that have pretty much commandeered your space because you’re pretty capable, and you are running it, or you have some soul agreement with the group. You know, I don’t really see your growth or your empowerment in this agreement, but it might be, you know, not a place where I can understand adequately –[which might explain] why I arrive at that [idea]. A lot of the levels of information seem very profound and… of a high vibration.
Psychic imagery being interpreted by Laura Peppard in these statements on the aural profile of Alex Putney describe karmic limitations imposed by the Orion STS consortium upon the trans dimensional work initiated by Nikola Tesla and Lillie Delaney –and carried forward in their next incarnations as Alexander Putney and Suzanne Benoit. The imposing weight of these severe limitations will soon disintegrate under the enhanced luminosity of twin suns and Earth’s red auroral cocoon, upon global transition to 4th density reality.
Forthcoming Red Dawn events represent the Creator’s gift of ascension in the light of knowledge. Clearly,
the greatest accomplishment of modern technological endeavor manifested through the timeless spiritual
companionship of Nikola Tesla and Lillie Delaney that has dramatically re-emerged in the present work of
Alexander Putney and Suzanne Benoit, revealing prime truths that penetrate the illusions of our reality.

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

References

1
– (2017) ‘Readings’ RenoPsychic Institute, online · http://www.renopsychicinstitute.com/readings.html
2 Cayce E, Cayce G (2006) ‘The Complete Edgar Cayce Readings, CD-ROM Version 2.0’ ARE Press
3
– (2017) ‘Suzanne Name Meaning & Origin’ Baby Name Wizard, online
· http://www.babynamewizard.com/baby-name/girl/suzanne
4
– (2017) ‘United States Census, 1900’ Family Search, online
· https://www.familysearch.org/ark:/61903/3:1:S3HY-DYX9-X4G?i=11&cc=1325221
5
– (2017) ‘Lillie B. Delaney – 1910 Census Record’ Moose Roots, online
· http://us-census.mooseroots.com/l/432785157/Lillie-B-Delaney
6
– (2017) ‘United States Census, 1910’ Family Search, online
· https://www.familysearch.org/ark:/61903/3:1:S3HY-XX89-3PW
7 — (2017) ‘Lillie Grace (Amos) DeLaney (1870 – aft. 1910)’ Wiki Tree, online · https://www.wikitree.com/wiki/Amos-1455
8 Jarus O (2016) ‘ Built by the Huns? Ancient Stone Monuments Discovered Along Caspian’ Live Science, online
· https://www.livescience.com/56855-ancient-stone-monuments-discovered-along-caspian.html
9
– (2017) ‘Martha Ann Delaney (1869 – 1925)’ Find A Grave Memorial, online
· https://www.findagrave.com/cgi-bin/fg.cgi?page=gr&GRid=82304999
10 – (2017) ‘Elbert Ernest Delaney (1887 – 1936)’ Find A Grave Memorial, online
· https://www.findagrave.com/cgi-bin/fg.cgi?page=gr&GRid=139600632
11 – (2017) ‘Ida L. Delaney Ford (1892 – 1984)’ Find A Grave Memorial, online
· https://www.findagrave.com/cgi-bin/fg.cgi?page=gr&GRid=82304114
12 – (2017) ‘Georgia Olive Delaney Seay (1894 – 1938)’ Find A Grave Memorial, online
· https://www.findagrave.com/cgi-bin/fg.cgi?page=gr&GRid=112505982
13 Fischer M (2006) ‘Curious George Writer Murdered; No Yellow Hat Involved’ Cinematical, February 8, online
· http://www.cinematical.com/2006/02/08/curious-george-writer-murdered-no-yellow-hat-involved/
14 Putney A (2009) ‘Veil of Invisibility’, Human Resonance, pp. 11-12, online
· http://www.human-resonance.org/Veil_of_Invisibility.pdf
15 Putney A (2015) ‘Infraworld’, Human Resonance, pp. 57-58, 87-122, online
· http://www.human-resonance.org/Infraworld.pdf
16 — (1911) ‘Tesla’s New Monarch of Machines’ New York Herald Tribune, Oct. 15, online
· http://www.teslaengine.org/page/te.html
17 — (2004) ‘Transport Submarine Carried Uranium for Japan’s Atomic Program’ WW2 Pacific, online
· http://www.ww2pacific.com/u-234.html
18 — (2008) ‘Technical Report No. 23916-7: Salvage of U864 – Supplementary Studies – Study No. 7: Cargo’
Kystverket Norwegian Coastal Administration, online · http://www.kystverket.no/globalassets/beredskap/vrak/u864/rapporter-u-864/2008-tilleggstudier/u-864—supplementary-study-no.7—cargo—v1.0.pdf
19 — (2014) ‘U-859 Submarine 1943-1944’ Wrecksite, online · https://www.wrecksite.eu/wreck.aspx?14568
20 Farelly E (2016) ‘These Were The Last Two German U-boats To Surrender In WW2’ War History Online, online
· https://www.warhistoryonline.com/world-war-ii/last-german-u-boats-surrender-x.html
21 — (2015) ‘Antarctica Nazi Underground Base Found On Google Earth In New Swabia!’ Youtube, video online
· https://youtu.be/mtZ6yGPvHuc
22 — (2014) ‘Operation Highjump’ Wikipedia, online · https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operation_Highjump
23 Choron EJ (2014) ‘Operation ”Highjump” and The UFO Connection’ Biblioteca Pleyades, online
· https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/antarctica/antartica11.htm
24 — (2017) ‘The Cassiopaeans Logs: Transcripts from 1994 to 2000’ Biblioteca Pleyades, online
· http://bibliotecapleyades.lege.net/vida_alien/cassiopaeans/cassiopaeans.htm#Content

Remote viewing, Scientology and CIA

Home .|. The Newsroom .|. Copyrights .|. Trademarks .|. Documents .|. Veritas .|. Remote Viewing .|. Complaint Dept.
THANK YOU FOR CONTRIBUTIONS
Thanks to everyone who has written in with additional information for the timeline. The response has been overwhelming (with creaking bandwidth, too). Although we can’t respond to individual email, it’s all being read, and all verifiable relevant entries are being added as fast as possible. Some have been very revealing. All are greatly appreciated.We welcome your comments, suggestions, and information.
Contact us here: or mail to: postmaster (at) sc-i-r-s-ology(dot)com
The page below was sent to us and it began to answer many of the previously unanswered questions that had been raised by the information on this site. We’re presenting it the way we received it. We’ve now deleted the red box on censorship that came with it. Based on the response, the censorship by Wikipedia and Ed Dames are meaningless. We are proud to have the opportunity to present this extraordinary document:
Remote Viewing TimelineThis timeline details United States government development of parapsychology for military intelligence purposes, leading to a secret CIA-initiated program that became commonly known as “remote viewing.” The timeline reaches to the beginnings of Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) mind research and experimentation in the late 1940s, and includes parallel information on similar research being carried out simultaneously in the Soviet Union during the Cold War.Because of a secret contract between the CIA and highly trained Scientologists at the inception of the CIA-initiated remote viewing program, events related to Scientology and L. Ron Hubbard that led up to the unlikely marriage of CIA and Scientology are included.Also included are key events involving CIA and other U.S. intelligence agencies that are parallel to the evolution of remote viewing, and that are linked to its development in ways that are as inexplicable as they are inextricable. As a result, the remote viewing timeline necessarily is a partial timeline of events and people related to the Pentagon Papers and Watergate.Contents1940s1950s1960s19701971197219731974197519761977197819791980s to PresentAfterwordReferences
1940s
October 1943E. Howard Hunt is confirmed for service in Office of Strategic Services CIA’s E. Howard Hunt(OSS), forerunner to CIA. Hunt goes to Catalina Island for training. Among the people Hunt trains with is Lucien Conein.[1]
1946Psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding joins the Veteran’s Administration (VA) in Los Angeles as staff psychiatrist and instructor in clinical psychiatry. When Fielding joins the VA, and intermittantly over the next several years, Dianetics and Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard is living in and around L.A., doing Dianetic research. He has opened an office in Hollywood, California, and is delivering Dianetic processing to people. When there, he is associated with the Los Angeles Veteran’s Administration. [NOTE: Fielding later will be integral to incidents involving CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, Daniel Ellsberg, Lucien Conein, the Pentagon Papers, and the Watergate scandal—at the very time that CIA is secretly setting up its remote viewing program using highly trained Scientologists. See timeline years 1971 and 1972.][2][3][4]
Thursday, 18 September 1947The National Security Act of 1947 establishes the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). Robert Komer is in the CIA at its inception. [NOTE: Komer will become a close associate of Daniel Ellsberg at Rand and will be with Ellsberg in Vietnam.] [5][6]
Wednesday, 15 October 1947A letter purportedly from L. Ron Hubbard, dated 15 October 1947, ends up in his Veteran’s Administration files in Los Angeles, where Lewis J. Fielding is staff psychiatrist. The subject of the letter is Hubbard pleading with the VA for psychiatric help. [NOTE: The letter never surfaces until decades later, and then only as a copy several generations removed, making its authenticity impossible to prove or disprove.][7]
June 1948With CIA liaison for administration and supply, a separate clandestine organization called Office of Policy Coordination (OPC) is created. On CIA orders, E. Howard Hunt reports to Washington, D.C. to begin service in OPC.[1]
July 1949CIA’s head of Scientific Intelligence goes to Western Europe to learn Soviet techniques in mind control and interrogation, including use of LSD.[8]
1950s
Thursday, 20 April 1950CIA’s mind control program Project BLUEBIRD is authorized. CIA-contracted psychiatrists begin secret experiments with ice-pick lobotomies, electroshock, hypnosis, pain, and drugs, including cocaine, heroin, and LSD. In coordination with the Veteran’s Administration, U.S. military veterans are used as unwitting subjects for many of the experiments.[9][8]
Tuesday, 9 May 1950The book Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental Health by L. Ron Hubbard is released. It decries hypnosis, and describes techniques for safely accessing in the mind the contents of incidents involving unconsciousness, hypnosis, drugs, and pain. It becomes a bestseller.[10][11]
Saturday, 27 May 1950The Office of Naval Intelligence in Washington, D.C. sends an officer to put L. Ron Hubbard into civilian service in the government to continue his researches on the mind. Hubbard says no. The officer says that if he refuses, Hubbard will be ordered back to active duty, since his Naval commission has not been terminated. Hubbard quickly takes advantage of a letter of permission he has from the Secretary of the Navy to resign his commission, thereby putting Dianetics and Scientology out of the reach and control of the U.S. government.[12][13]With Dianetics a bestseller, L. Ron Hubbard (right) is lecturing around the country when U.S. Naval Intelligence attempts to force him into service for the U.S. government. He refuses.
September 1950As CIA’s Project BLUEBIRD expands, the CIA-contracted psychiatrists’ experimental purposes and activities include inducing amnesia, inserting hypnotic access codes in subjects’ minds, controlling behavior from remote transmitters with brain electrodes, administering LSD to children, and using electroshock to erase memories.[9]
1951Office of Policy Coordination (OPC), where E. Howard Hunt is working, is merged with CIA. Over the coming years, during his CIA career, Hunt has other occassions to work with Lucien Conein, who is on contract to CIA.[1]
January 1951L. Ron Hubbard introduces the “Theta-MEST Theory” stating that thought (Theta) is separate from the physical universe (Matter, Energy, Space and Time—MEST): that Theta can operate in and with MEST, that Theta can consider itself integrated with MEST, and that Theta can consider itself to be MEST, but that creative thought and perception reside in Theta, not MEST.[14]
Monday, 25 June 1951L. Ron Hubbard exposes “a carefully guarded secret of certain military and intelligence organizations.” CIA’s Sidney GottliebIn a new book, Science of Survival, Hubbard says: “It required Dianetic processing to uncover pain-drug-hypnosis. Otherwise, pain-drug-hypnosis was out of sight, unsuspected, and unknown.” Hubbard denounces its use as a “vicious war weapon” that may be “of considerably more use in conquering a society than the atom bomb.” [NOTE: It’s not until decades later that CIA’s pain-drug-hypnosis experimentation during this period begins to be investigated and reported by Congress. By that time, CIA’s Richard Helms, Sidney Gottlieb, and others will have destroyed many of CIA’s records of such activities. See January 1973.][15]
Monday, 20 August 1951CIA’s Project BLUEBIRD evolves into Project ARTICHOKE, with goals such as “get control of an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against fundamental laws of nature.”[16]
Monday, 7 January 1952A secret internal CIA document discusses a multi-level prorgram to research and develop the use of extrasensory perception for “practical problems of intelligence.”[17]
July 1952L. Ron Hubbard releases a book, History of Man (published also as What to Audit), that describes some of the native capabilities of thought (Theta) in the individual as including communication by telepathy and the moving of material objects by “throwing an energy flow at them.” Hubbard describes Scientology processes to rehabilitate these potentials.[18]
Wednesday, 6 August 1952Alexander Puharich delivers a lecture called “On the Possible Usefulness of Extrasensory Perception in Psychological Warfare” to a Pentagon conference.[19]

“On the Possible Usefulness
of Extrasensory Perception in Psychological Warfare”
becomes a decades-long intelligence agenda
for the Cold War.

December 1952George Hunter White, on loan to CIA from the Federal Narcotics Bureau, begins administering LSD to unwitting U.S. citizens at a CIA “safehouse” in Greenwich Village.[20]L. Ron Hubbard delivers a series of over 50 lectures in Philadelphia on processes for attaining a state he calls “Operating Thetan” (OT), described as a being stably exterior from the body and able to perceive, communicate, and operate in the physical universe without reliance on the sense channels or mechanics of a body.[21]
1953James McCord, later to be involved in the Watergate break-in, joins CIA.[22]
Friday, 10 April 1953CIA director Allen Dulles gives a speech before the National Alumni Conference at Princeton University, lecturing on “how sinister the battle for men’s minds” has become in Soviet hands.[23]
Monday, 13 April 1953CIA Director Allen Dulles authorizes a new expanded mind-control program, MK-ULTRA, brainchild of Richard Helms, a high-ranking member of CIA’s Clandestine Services. E. Howard Hunt is working at CIA headquarters at the time as a “chief of covert operations” under Clandestine Services. [23][24][1]CIA’s Richard Helms
Thursday, 19 November 1953On a 3-day holiday for CIA officials at Deer Creek Lodge in the mountains of Maryland, Sidney Gottlieb—head of CIA’s MK-ULTRA—secretly slips LSD into the after-dinner drinks. An Army scientist and germ warfare specialist named Frank Olson, who is working on an MK-ULTRA project, experiences a “bad trip,” becoming very disoriented. [NOTE: Olson soon commits suicide.][20]
Circa July 1955George Hunter White moves his CIA “safe house” operation, equipped with one-way mirrors and surveillance gadgets, to San Francisco, under the aegis of MK-ULTRA and Sidney Gottlieb. The code name is Operation Midnight Climax. He hires prostitute addicts who lure men from bars to the safe houses after their drinks have been spiked with LSD. White films the events. The purpose of these “national security brothels” is to enable CIA to experiment with the act of lovemaking for extracting information from men.[25]Factions of the U.S. government are making efforts to “seize Scientology in the United States.”[26]
Monday, 15 August 1955Staff of CIA Director Allen Dulles complete “A Report on Communist Brainwashing.”[27]
Wednesday, 2 January 1957The Church of Scientology of California, the senior church, is granted tax exemption.[28]
July 1957The CIA has file No. 156409 on L. Ron Hubbard and his organizations.[29]
January 1958L. Ron Hubbard introduces the “American Blue E-meter,” a transistorized improvement over earlier prototypes, to be used as an aid for Scientology practitioners. Newer Scientology technology begin to require the use of the meter as a guide to the use of processes toward the attainment of Operating Thetan (OT).[11]
June 1958Daniel Ellsberg arrives at Rand to spend the summer as a consultant.[30]
Circa July 1958U.S. corporations, including Westinghouse, General Electric, and Bell Telephone have begun telepathy research.[17]
Saturday, 8 November 1958The Herald Tribune in New York reports that Westinghouse Electric Corporation has begun to study ESP using specially designed apparatus.[17]L. Ron Hubbard discovers measurable sentience in plants, first using an E-meter with geraniums in his greenhouse at St. Hill, England, later with tomatoes
Saturday, 25 July 1959Westinghouse Corporation’s Friendship Laboratory undertakes an experiment in ESP with the U.S.S. Nautilus, linking one person on land (the sender) with another person in the submarine (the receiver),while the vessel is submerged. Representatives of the U.S. Navy and Air Force are present during the experiments, which run for sixteen days under Air Force Colonel William H. Bowers. The experiments result in a 70% success rate.[17]
Friday, 18 December 1959Garden News publishes a story, “Plants Do Worry and Feel Pain,” describing experiments done by L. Ron Hubbard where he has connected plants to a Scientology E-meter and measured their reaction to threat and damage.[31]
1960s
Monday, 17 April 1961Martin Ebon, administrative assistant of the Parapsychology Association in New York and on staff with the U.S. Information Agency, is in Washington, D.C. giving a briefing on telepathy to “a top intelligence agency.” He is a specialist in tracking and examining the nature and direction of Russian and Soviet security services.[17]
Tuesday, 25 July 1961L. Ron Hubbard goes from St. Hill in England to Cape Finisterre, Spain for about 10 days and purchases a ship that is 106 feet long with an 18 foot beam and sleeps about 22 people. He says that purchase of the ship is “part of an operation” he is conducting from St. Hill. [NOTE: This event is the earliest indication of Hubbard’s creation, in Spain, of the confidential “Sea Project,” later to be called the “Sea Org,” which he establishes to protect and deliver the confidential upper levels of Scientology. This is the first ship purchased. The Sea Project will not be made known publically for several years. Later, Hubbard writes that the “oldest yacht in the Sea Org” is the “Enchanter.”][32][33]
Tuesday, 1 August 1961The Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) is created in the Department of Defense (DOD) by DOD Directive 5105.21, August 1, 1961. [NOTE: After the 1971-1972 creation of the CIA-initiated remote viewing program, its administration later gets transferred, at least in part, to DIA as one action of the remote viewing shell-game of secrecy that goes on for decades.]

The Soviet Union claims to have
confirmed “communication between two people
separated by long distances…without conventional
communication facilities.”

July 1962A book published in the Soviet Union, “Biological Radio Communication,” claims “experimental confirmation of the fact that communication between two people separated by long distances can be carried out through water, over air and across metal barrier by means of cerebral radiation in the course of thinking, and without conventional communication facilities.”[17]
1963CIA organizes the Robert R. Mullen public relations firm as a CIA front company for use “mainly in providing CIA cover overseas.” Mullen has several overseas branches for its ciafront operations and an office in Washington, D.C.. One of its branches in Europe is staffed, run, and paid for by CIA. [NOTE: E. Howard Hunt will “retire” from CIA and go to work for Mullen on 1 May 1970 (see). At the time of his purported retirement, Hunt will be CIA’s “Chief EUR/CA”][34]Feds seize Scientology
E-metersCIA’s Richard Helms attempts to defend CIA drug operations like Midnight Climax by telling CIA Inspector General John Earman that such testing has been necessary “to keep up with the Soviets.”[25]

Friday, 4 January 1963Deputy Marshals and Food and Drug Administration Agents raid the Scientology headquarters in Washington, D.C. and seize 100 E-meters along with Scientology publications on the grounds that the E-meters are “misbranded.”[35]
1964Daniel Ellsberg is granted a unique security clearance giving him “unprecedented accesss to data and studies in all agencies,” as well as several “special clearances” including “very high-level access to all our secrets in the State and Defense Departments and the CIA.”[2]
Circa November 1964Richard Helms, Dirctor of CIA and father of MK-ULTRA, contradicts himself on the need “to keep up with the Soviets,” telling the Warren Commission that “Soviet research has consistently lagged five years behind Western research.”[25]CIA Director Helms testifies. He later will be convicted of perjury for lying to Congress.
Early January 1965L. Ron Hubbard and Mary Sue Hubbard leave St. Hill in England and travel to Spain, going first at the Canary Islands—a province of Spain—off the coast of Morocco. His research into upper levels of Scientology is now confidential, and while in Spain and the Canary Islands, he lays the groundwork for establishing confidential bases in Spain to deliver the upper levels. They return to St. Hill mid-February 1965.[3][36]
Monday, 17 May 1965Psychiatrist Jose Delgado gives a mind control demonstration in Spain with a bull: he presses a button on a radio transmitter and the bull brakes to a halt. He presses another button and the bull turns to the right and trots away, obeying commands being delivered through radio signals to brain regions in which fine wires had been planted the day before.[25]
Monday, 14 June 1965L. Ron Hubbard issues “Politics, Freedom From” in Executive Directive form, declaring Scientology to be “nonpolitical and nonideological,” and declaring it “free of any political connection or allegiance of any kind whatever.” He says the reason for the declaration is the continuing efforts of the U.S. government “to seize Scientology in the United States.” In closing he says: “Scientologists may be members of any political group on this planet without restraint only so long as these individuals or that group do not attempt to seize Scientology for their own warlike ends and so make it unworkable or distasteful by invidious connection.”[26]
Tuesday, 29 June 1965L. Ron Hubbard tells a group of Scientology students in a lecture at St. Hill in England that he has recently returned from Washington D.C. where IRS and factions of the U.S. government have been “trying to seize Scientology in the United States,” and that he has told them an emphatic “no.”[37]
July 1965E. Howard Hunt converts from “CIA employee” to “CIA contract status” and is sent by Richard Helms on a secret mission to Madrid, Spain. The Canary Islands, where L. Ron Hubbard has recently begun to establish a base for upper level Scientology research, is a province of Spain at the time.[38][1]In a meeting with CIA’s William Colby it is arranged that Daniel Ellsberg will be traveling to Vietnam with E. Howard Hunt’s long-time associate, CIA’s Lucien Conein, on a team headed up by 20-year CIA veteran Edward Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward Landsdale].[30]Hunt and Hubbard in Spain
Friday, 3 September 1965L. Ron Hubbard inaugurates the confidential Clearing Course, available only at St. Hill in East Grinstead, Sussex, England.[3]
Monday, 11 October 1965Moscow’s A.S. Popov Scientific-Technical Society for Radio Engineering, Electronics and Communication establishes a Laboratory for Bio-Information to conduct laboratory-controlled telepathic experiments. [NOTE: Also referred to as Soviet Laboratory for Bio-Electronics and the Laboratory for Bio-Communications.][17]
Sunday, 17 October 1965Daniel Ellsberg has arrived in Vietnam with CIA’s Edward Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward Landsdale] and Lucien Conein, and is put in touch with John Paul Vann. Through Vann, Ellsberg meets reporter Neil Sheehan. For about six weeks Vann drives Ellsberg around to every province capital in “III Corps”—the eleven provinces that include Saigon. [NOTE: Neil Sheehan will later publish secret documents given to him by Ellsberg: the “Pentagon Papers.][30]
Tuesday, 14 December 1965Stephen I. Abrams, Director of the Parapsychological Laboratory, Oxford University in England, working under the auspices of CIA’s MK-ULTRA, prepares a review article entitled “Extrasensory Perception.” It says ESP has been demonstrated, but is not understood or controllable.[19]

L. Ron Hubbard forbids access to
confidential Scientology upper levels for anyone connected
to “police spy organizations and government spy
organizations” including CIA, IRS, FBI, and NSA.

Tuesday, 28 December 1965L. Ron Hubbard issues a Scientology policy letter that forbids anyone connected to a “Suppressive Group” from being allowed onto the confidential Scientology upper levels unless and until the group is permanently disbanded. “Suppressive Groups” are defined as those that “seek to destroy Scientology” or specialize in “injuring or killing people or damaging their cases,” or that “advocate the supppression of Mankind.” They include “police spy organizations and government spy organizations” such as the CIA, IRS, FBI, National Security Agency (NSA), Department of Justice (DOJ), “or any other federal agency in any country.”[39][40]
Wednesday, 2 February 1966CIA contractor Cleve Backster connects plants to polygraphs and gets reactions on the machines when the plants are threatened or harmed. [NOTE: These are almost identical to plant experiments done by L. Ron Hubbard over six years earlier using the Scientology E-meter. See 18 December 1959.][41]CIA’s Cleve Backster plagiarizes plant response testing, giving CIA their own data set for experiments done years earlier by Hubbard that he would never share with an intelligence agency
March 1966Daniel Ellsberg is working in Vietnam in conjunction with CIA’s Intelligence Coordination and Exploitation (ICEX) operations—forerunner of the Phoenix Project—on “hamlet pacification,” a euphemism for, among other things, kidnapping, brutal interrogations, and assassinations.[2][30]
Thursday, 7 April 1966Daniel Ellsberg is in a meeting in Vietnam with his “old friend from Rand,” CIA veteran and National Security Council (NSC) member Robert Komer. At the time, Ellsberg is involved with Lucien Conein and John Paul Vann. One of the Green Berets in the various CIA “pacification programs” is Paul Preston. [NOTE: Preston later will enroll in Scientology, and will be described by some sources as having become the “bodyguard” of L. Ron Hubbard when Hubbard disappears. See 28 May 1972.] [2][30]
Circa July 1966″Special Department No. 8″ is established at the Institute of Automation and Electrometry in Academgorodok, (“Science City”), near Novosibirsk, Siberia. The building that houses the department can only be entered if one knows the code, changed each week, that opens the main door’s lock. The “No. 8” operation is devoted to experiments in information transmission by “bioenergetic” means. About 60 researchers have been brought to the facility from other parts of the USSR.[17]
Saturday, 9 July 1966The Moscow daily Komsomolskaya Pravda reports on long-distance telepathy experiments conducted by the Moscow Laboratory of Bio-Information, using Yuri Kamensky and Karl Nikolayev. The experiments are reported to have “demonstrated the reality of the phenomenon and produced valuable data, both positive and negative, which pointed up the need for continued research.”[17]

The Soviet Union reports more
successful telepathy experiments, escalating the Cold War
race for supremacy in psychological warfare.

Friday, 29 July 1966IRS sends a letter to the senior Scientology organization, Church of Scientology of California, recommending revocation of tax exemption.[28]
Sunday, 14 August 1966The confidential materials for the first Operating Thetan level, OT I, are released by L. Ron Hubbard to qualified Scientologists on 14 August 1966. The level is called OT I.[11]
Tuesday, 16 August 1966L. Ron Hubbard issues a Scientology policy letter called “Clearing Course Security” with instructions on how to handle reports of anyone being a “potential security risk” with confidential upper level materials.[42]
Thursday, 1 September 1966L. Ron Hubbard resigns from all directorships and running of Scientology organizations. At about the same time he releases to qualified Scientologists the confidential materials of “Operating Thetan Level II” (OT II).[11]
Wednesday, 21 September 1966CIA’s E. Howard Hunt returns to the Washington, D.C. area from a highly secret assignment he has been on in Spain for a little over a year. Hunt supposedly has been on a “contract” basis with CIA rather than an employee of CIA since leaving for Spain, but a CIA document of 21 September, sent to CIA’s Central Cover Staff through the Office of Security refers to Hunt as “this employee.” [NOTE: Also see 1970, where Hunt purportedly “retires” from CIA as an employee.][1][38]
Wednesday, 5 October 1966Just after E. Howard Hunt arrives in D.C., Daniel Ellsberg leaves Vietnam and flies to Washington, D.C., then turns around almost immediately and makes a one week trip back to Vietnam, flying non-stop on the plane of Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara. Ellsberg is in contact again with CIA’s Robert Komer.[30]
Wednesday, 12 October 1966Daniel Ellsberg flies back from Vietnam to Washington, D.C. non-stop on McNamara’s plane. With them is CIA’s Robert Komer.[30]
Thursday, 10 November 1966L. Ron Hubbard has created the “Sea Project” and confidential programs for Scientology Clears and OTs to carry out.[43]
Tuesday, 29 November 1966Harold “Hal” Puthoff from NSA and Ingo Swann from the UN enroll in Scientology, supposedly unknown to each other. Within five years they will be at the highest levels of Scientology and under secret contract with CIA to develop remote viewing for military intelligence.L. Ron Hubbard gives a lecture to the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course: “OT and Clear defined,” date code 6611C29, lecture code SHspec-82.
1967Ingo Swann begins to take Scientology services. At about the same time, Swann tenders his two-year notice for resignation from his permanent contract with the United Nations Secretariat in New York.[44]NSA’s Hal Puthoff enrolls in Scientology services. [NOTE: Puthoff will somehow get past or around the Hubbard injunction against members of a “Suppressive Group” being allowed access to the upper levels of Scientology, and by 1971 Puthoff will have attained the highest level, OT VII. See January 1971.]
July 1967IRS revokes the tax exemption of the senior Scientology organization, Church of Scientology of California (CSC), which it has had since 2 January 1957 (see).[28]
Wednesday, 10 January 1968L. Ron Hubbard reissues “Politics, Freedom From” [see 14 June 1965], this time as a broad public issue Hubbard Communication Office Policy Letter, declaring Scientology to be “nonpolitical and nonideological,” and declaring it “free of any political connection or allegiance of any kind whatever.” L. Ron Hubbard issues “Politics, Freedom From” as policyHe says the reason for the declaration is the continuing efforts of the U.S. government “to seize Scientology in the United States.”[26]
February 1968″American intelligence analysts” begin “noticing a Soviet secret police (KGB) trend…indicating serious interest in what is called ‘parapsychology’ in the West.”[17]The first Scientology “Advanced Org” is started on the Scientology Flagship (then called the Royal Scotman, later the Apollo) for the delivery of the confidential upper levels. The location is highly confidential.[45]
March 1968Daniel Ellsberg is working at Rand Corporation in Santa Monica, California. He begins having regular meetings with Beverly Hills psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding—former staff psychiatrist of the Veteran’s Administration when L. Ron Hubbard was connected with the VA there. Ellsberg purportedly is a Fielding patient.[2]
Tuesday, 4 March 1969On a trip to the Rand office in D.C. Daniel Ellsberg is given a copy of the top-secret study that will become known as “the Pentagon Papers” for him to carry with him to the Rand office in Santa Monica, California where he works.[30]
April 1969Ingo Swann employment on a “permanent contract” with the United Nations Secretariat in New York comes to an end.[44]
Tuesday, 30 September 1969Daniel Ellsberg “decides to release the Pentagon Papers,” purportedly because he reads in the newspaper that all charges have been dropped against several Green Berets who had been charged with a murder in Vietnam. [NOTE: The kind of ops the Green Berets had been charged with were what Ellsberg himself had been immersed in while in Vietnam, including time spent with his “good friend” Robert Komer—who headed CIA’s Phoenix Project of kidnappings and assassinations.][30]G. Gordon Liddy gets “special clearances” from CIA
Tuesday, 16 December 1969A Scientology Guardian Order says that double agents are being infiltrated into Scientology staffs and urges the use of any means to detect such infiltration.[46]
December 1969G. Gordon Liddy is granted “special clearances” by CIA.[34]
1970
IRS’s Meade EmoryJanuary 1970Meade Emory is Legislation Attorney for the Joint Committee on Taxation of the U.S. Congress. [NOTE: Emory has ties to the law firm Gall, Lane, Powell and Kilcullen in D.C. Emory will later be Assistant to Commissioner of IRS, then secretly will be the architect of several wills attributed to L. Ron Hubbard, and of the restructuring of all Scientology corporations, turning control of all Scientology materials over to non-Scientology tax attorneys appointed for life. See Meade Emory, Founder.][47]
Sunday, 22 February 1970Yvonne Gillham, one of the earliest Sea Org members, has been Commmanding Officer of the Scientology Advanced Organization in Los Angeles (AOLA). L. Ron Hubbard gives her a mission to set up a Scientology organization called Celebrity Centre in Los Angeles, with the purpose of “revitalization of the arts.” She rents an old redwood and brick warehouse near downtown Los Angeles and begins delivering basic Scientology services to people in the arts, sports, entertainment, and government. She knows Ingo Swann, and he is instrumental in helping her get Celebrity Centre started. Yvonne Gillham (later Jentzsch) opens Celebrity Centre in Los AngelesThe center also has an art gallery, a performance theatre, and classes in everything from ballet to fencing to fine arts and crafts like pottery and leatherwork.
Friday, 10 April 1970Richard Helms has rubber-stamped E. Howard Hunt’s “early retirement” and has written a letter to Robert R. Mullen on behalf of Hunt, urging Mullen to hire him. Mullen is head of a CIA-created public relations firm in D.C. and has “cooperated” with CIA in the past.” One of the Mullen offices, in Stockholm, Sweden, is “staffed, run, and paid for by CIA.” Also at the Mullen firm is Douglas Caddy.[1][38]
Monday, 13 April 1970Daniel Ellsberg quits Rand in California, flies to Boston and signs a contract at MIT. He remains, though, a “consultant” for Rand.[30]
Friday, 1 May 1970E. Howard Hunt ostensibly “retires” from CIA. He goes to work for Mullen in D.C. [NOTE: By this time, up to eight people at the Mullen company have been “cleared and made witting of Agency ties, mainly in providing CIA cover overseas.” Some time shortly after arriving, Hunt is told by Robert Mullen that Mullen is planning to retire before long, and that Douglas Caddy has been selected to run the CIA front company along with Hunt and an unnamed other person after Mullen’s retirement.][1][48]

Four weeks after Hunt’s purported retirement
from CIA and employment at Mullen, a CIA Covert Security
Approval is requested for Hunt under
Project QK/ENCHANT.

Tuesday, 5 May 1970Daniel Ellsberg flies to Washington, D.C. and is there for three days, flies to St. Louis for a day, then flies back to D.C.[30]
Wednesday, 13 May 1970Daniel Ellsberg testifies before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee hearings, Senator Fulbright chairing.[30]
Thursday, 28 May 1970A CIA Covert Security Approval is requested under Project QK/ENCHANT for E. Howard Hunt.[49]
August 1970Just four months after E. Howard Hunt, James McCord “retires” from CIA.[50]CIA’s James McCord
September 1970Daniel Ellsberg stops seeing Beverly Hills psychiatrist Lewis Fielding. [NOTE: Ellsberg had moved to Cambridge, Massachusetts months before. See 13 April 1970.][2]
Sunday, 20 September 1970L. Ron Hubbard releases OT VII, the highest level in Scientology, to Advanced Organizations around the world.[3]
November 1970Douglas Caddy leaves the Mullen firm to work for Gall, Lane, Powell and Kilcullen, where tax and probate attorney Meade Emory is connected.E. Howard Hunt becomes a “client” of Caddy and of Gall, Lane, Powell and Kilcullen. Caddy consults with Hunt regarding probate and other matters.G. Gordon Liddy is approached by Robert Mardian, asking Liddy to take a position that Mardian describes as “super-confidential.”[51]
1971
January 1971NSA’s Hal Puthoff somehow has gotten past L. Ron Hubbard’s prohibitions against government spy agency personnel being allowed access to upper-level Scientology, and has progressed up the Scientology levels to the recently-released OT VII—the highest level available. He writes a success story for a Scientology publication about having completed OT VII, saying that on a weekend he had stood outside a locked building and remotely viewed information he wanted from a building directory that he couldn’t physically read from the doorway, then verified later, when the building was open, that what he had viewed remotely had been accurate. [NOTE: According to Scientology’s The Auditor magazine, Special Issue March 1971, by that date there are only 2,773 Scientology “Clears” in the world. Being Clear is a prerequisite to the OT Levels. Even if 10% had gone all the way up through the higher levels by this date, Puthoff would be among only about 300 OT VIIs in the world.][52]NSA’s Harold “Hal” Puthoff, one of fewer than 3,000 Scientology “Clears” in the world in 1971, has joined the ranks of a much smaller number of OT VIIs.
February 1971A hidden taping system is installed in the Oval Office of the White House.[22]
April 1971Vietnam vet and Green Beret Paul Preston has signed up in Scientology’s Sea Org, and is at the confidential land base for Scientology—”Tours Reception Center,” in Tangier, Morocco—where the Flagship Apollo often docks with L. Ron Hubbard aboard.
Saturday, 17 April 1971E. Howard Hunt is in Miami and meets with Bernard BarkerEugenio Martinez, and Felipe De Diego. Bernard Barker has a history of almost seven years with CIA. Eugenio Martinez is on “retainer” with CIA. [NOTE: A little over four months later, these same three men will be involved with Hunt in a purported break-in of the offices of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding, ostensibly in response to Daniel Ellsberg having leaked the Pentagon Papers. But the Pentagon Papers haven’t been leaked to the press yet, and won’t be for almost two months.][1]CIA’s Bernard Barker
May 1971IRS begins an audit of the senior Scientology corporation, Church of Scientology of California. Meade Emory, who later will corporately restructure all of Scientology, is Legislative Attorney for the Joint Committee on Taxation.[28]
June 1971Daniel Ellsberg makes “a series of phone calls” to psychiatrist Lewis Fielding “shortly before” the Pentagon Papers are published.[2]
Saturday, 12 June 1971The day before the “Pentagon Papers” are published, Morton Halperin, Leslie Gelb, and Defense Department official Paul Nitze make “a deposit into the National Archives” of “a whole lot of papers.” [NOTE: This turns out later to be copies of the not-yet-published Pentagon Papers that will make Daniel Ellsberg famous and launch everything that later comes to be known as “Watergate.”][22]
Sunday, 13 June 1971The New York Times publishes the first of three installments of secret documents that have been passed to Times reporter Neil Sheehan by Daniel Ellsberg. These come to be known as the “Pentagon Papers.”Daniel Ellsberg, having highest possible clearances from CIA, leaks the “Pentagon Papers”
Tuesday, 15 June 1971G. Gordon Liddy is abruptly transferred from being “Special Assistant to the Secretary of the Treasury” to “Staff Assistant of the President of the United States,” part of the White House Domestic Council. Liddy is supplied with White House credentials.[53][51]
Wednesday, 16 June 1971G. Gordon Liddy is at the White House in his new job. A William Galbraith comes to the White House, purportedly one of a group of officers from the White House News Photographers Association (WHNPA). [NOTE: No “William Galbraith” has been found on WHNPA rolls, and a William Galbraith has been identified as having been a CIA agent. Nine days after this event a girl is found shot to death on board the Scientology Flagship “Apollo” at Safi, Morocco, and a William Galbraith will be in Safi representing the U.S. Embassy in Morocco in response. See 25 June 1971 and 13 July 1971.][51][54]
Friday, 18 June 1971An unspecified amount of money being carried by John McLean while on a confidential mission from the Scientology Flagship Apollo is reported stolen by McLean. Also with the Apollo at the time is Green Beret Paul Preston. [NOTE: McLean will later become a key witness for the Commissioner of Internal Revenue against Scientology in the IRS case that results from a tax audit of Scientology being pursued at the time this event takes place. See May 1971.][28]
Friday, 25 June 1971One week to the day after John McLean reports Scientology money having been stolen from him, Susan Meister is found shot to death in a cabin aboard the Flagship Apollo, docked in Safi, Morocco. Conflicting reports say she was shot either in the mouth or in the forehead. One report says the gun was folded in her hands neatly in her lap. Her death is ruled a suicide by Moroccan authorities.[46][55][56]
Monday, 28 June 1971Daniel Ellsberg is indicted for the leak of the Pentagon Papers.
Wednesday, 30 June 1971Yvonne Gillham at Scientology’s Celebrity Centre is closely connected to both Hal Puthoff and Ingo SwannThe Supreme Court rules 6-3 that the government has not shown compelling evidence to justify blocking further publication of the Pentagon Papers.
July 1971Yvonne Gillham, Executive Director of Scientology’s Celebrity Centre in Los Angeles, is in regular touch with both Ingo Swann and Hal Puthoff. As Executive Director, as a fellow OT, and as a highly-trained Scientology auditor, she has taken on responsibility for their progress in and connection to Scientology.
Thursday, 1 July 1971David Young—who is with NSA, the same agency as OT VII Hal Puthoff—is appointed to the White House Domestic Council to work with Egil Krogh[57][2]On or about the same date, Carol Ellsberg, Daniel Ellsberg’s ex-wife, calls the FBI. She tells them that Daniel Ellsberg had seen a psychiatrist. She says that Ellsberg has “assured her” that he “had told this analyst all about what he had done” (referring to the Pentagon Papers). She volunteers the name of the Beverly Hills psychiatrist: Lewis Fielding. [NOTE: Daniel and Carol Ellsberg have been living apart since January 1964, divorced since 1966. Daniel Ellsberg didn’t begin with Fielding until two years after the divorce, in March of 1968 (see), and had quit seeing Fielding in September 1970 (see)—nearly a year before “what he had done.”]Jack CaulfieldOn or about the same date, John “Jack” Caulfield, Staff Assistant to President Nixon, has created a 12-page political espionage proposal called “Sandwedge.” Ostensibly as part of it, Anthony Ulasewicz has rented an apartment at 321 East 48th Street (Apartment 11-C), New York City. G. Gordon Liddy is given the complete “Sandwedge” plan. [NOTE: The apartment is in close proximity to the lab and school of CIA’s Cleve Backster. It provides a backstopped New York address and phone. Note, too, that the reference for date of Sandwedge is a document in the National Archives titled “7/71 Sandwedge proposal,” despite most anecdotal accounts placing it later in 1971.][58][59]
Friday, 2 July 1971CIA Director Richard Helms is pushing behind the scenes to get E. Howard Hunt into a position connected with the White House in response to the Pentagon Papers having been leaked. H. R. Haldeman tells Nixon that that Helms has described Hunt: “Ruthless, quiet and careful, low profile. He gets things done. He will work well with all of us. He’s very concerned about the health of the administration. His concern, he thinks, is they’re out to get us and all that, but he’s not a fanatic. We could be absolutely certain it’ll involve secrecy… .”Charles Colson sends a memo to H. R. Haldeman with a transcript of a phone conversation he had with E. Howard Hunt the previous day—which he happened to record. Colson says: “The more I think about Howard Hunt’s background, politics, disposition and experience, the more I think it would be worth your time to meet him.”[22][1]
Wednesday, 7 July 1971E. Howard Hunt is hired as a “White House consultant” while keeping his full-time job at Mullen. Hunt is supplied with White House credentials.[1]
Thursday, 8 July 1971E. Howard Hunt has a private meeting with CIA’s Lucien Conein, Hunt’s acquaintance of almost 30 years. [NOTE: Conein had been part of the team that Daniel Ellsberg had gone with to Vietnam, headed by CIA’s Edward Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward Landsdale], in 1965-66.][1]
Tuesday, 13 July 1971A William Galbraith, represented as being American vice consul from Casablanca, meets in Safi, Morocco with two representatives from the Scientology Flagship Apollo, ostensibly concerning the 25 June 1971 death of Susan Meister [see 16 June 1971 re: Galbraith].

A William Galbraith, reportedly CIA,
is at the Scientology Flagship 
Apollo in Safi, Morocco
after having been at the White House a month before,
ostensibly as a White House news photographer.

Tuesday, 20 July 1971E. Howard Hunt has a private meeting with CIA’s Edward G. Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward G. Landsdale]. [NOTE: Lansdale had taken Daniel Ellsberg and Lucien Conein to Vietnam in 1965-66. Green Beret Paul Preston had also been there as part of so-called “pacification” programs,” as well as Neil Sheehan, who just has published the Pentagon Papers.][1]
Thursday, 22 July 1971E. Howard Hunt goes to CIA headquarters and meets privately with Deputy Director of CIA Robert Cushman.[1][60]
Friday, 23 July 1971The CIA supplies E. Howard Hunt with counterfeit ID in the name of “Edward J. Warren.” Hunt meets CIA’s Stephen Greenwood in a CIA safehouse where a fake driver’s license and other ID material, plus a disguise, are given to Hunt.[60][1][61]
Saturday, 24 July 1971NSA’s David Young is running everything that leads to
the Fielding office break-in. Young will later be given
immunity by Watergate prosecutors, then will report
the Fielding burglary, backed up by CIA photos, just after
CIA has given a secret contract to Hal Puthoff to develop
the remote viewing program using OT VII Ingo Swann.Based on a memorandum by Egil Krogh and NSA’s David Young, the Special Investigations Unit is established at the White House under them. It comes to be known as the White House Plumbers[NOTE: David Young gives the unit its nickname, supposedly because it is there to “stop leaks.” It never stops a single leak, or accomplishes anything effective regarding security leaks. Liddy and Hunt are already established in their positions weeks before the unit is created. The creation of the Special Investigations Unit does nothing to alter the operatioinal status or position of either of them.]

Friday, 30 July 1971A highly secure facility has been set up in Room 16 of the Old Executive Office Building adjacent to the White House that G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt use. It includes a secure phone used “mostly to talk to the CIA at Langley.”[51]
Early August 1971Green Beret and Vietnam veteran Paul Preston is aboard the Flagship Apollo in the Mediterranean, where L. Ron Hubbard is living. [NOTE: Less than a year later, Hubbard disappears, and some sources say Preston is with Hubbard at the time of the disappearance as a “bodyguard.” See 28 May 1972.]G. Gordon Liddy is in regular communication with “State and the CIA,” having direct conversations with CIA Director Richard Helms. Liddy is briefed by CIA on “several additional sensitive programs in connection with his assignment to the White House staff.” Liddy is also making regular trips to the Pentagon.E. Howard Hunt is making regular trips to the State Department. U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations at the time is George H.W. Bush (Sr.).[62][51][1][34]
Monday, 2 August 1971CIA psychiatrist Bernard Malloy comes to Room 16 and meets privately with G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt.[1][53]
Friday, 6 August 1971E. Howard Hunt again meets clandestinely in a CIA safehouse, this time with CIA’s Stephen Greenwood and also with CIA’s Cleo Gephart. Hunt purportedly discusses CIA providing a “backstopped address and phone” in New York city. Hunt also asks for CIA to provide phony ID and a disguise for “an associate”—G. Gordon Liddy. [NOTE: Hunt is asking for ID and disguise for Liddy prior to any proposal to break into Lewis Fielding’s office. Also, there’s already a backstopped address and phone in New York city at 321 East 48th Street, Apartment 11-C, New York City, set up by Anthony Ulasewicz as part of the Sandwedge proposal, which Liddy and Hunt have. See 1 July 1971.][61]

E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy
both are supplied with phony I.D. and “disguises”
by the CIA, and both have been issued
White House credentials.

Wednesday, 11 August 1971CIA psychiatrist Bernard Malloy again comes to Room 16 and meets privately with G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt. Soon after, Liddy and Hunt recommend an attempt at surreptitious entry for “acquisition of psychiatric materials” on Daniel Ellsberg from the files of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding. They claim the need, first, for a “feasibility study” of Fielding’s Beverly Hills office.[1][53]
Thursday, 12 August 1971L. Ron Hubbard issues a policy letter called “Advanced Courses” that makes access to all the confidential upper levels of Scientology available by invitation only, to be based largely on ethics record in Scientology and security of materials.[63]
Friday, 20 August 1971The CIA supplies G. Gordon Liddy with counterfeit ID in the name of “George F. Leonard.” Hunt and Liddy meet CIA’s Stephen Greenwood (called “Steve” in Hunt’s account) Hunt and Liddy take photographs of each other in front of Fielding’s door in CIA-supplied “disguises.” The photos will later be used by CIA to give Ellsberg a convenient “Get Out of Jail Free” card.in a CIA safehouse where a CIA-created fake driver’s license and other ID material, plus a disguise, and a camera are issued to Liddy. [NOTE: According to Greenwood, Hunt and Liddy say they have to “stop by the Pentagon” on their way to the airport, although they don’t say where they are going. It isn’t to Los Angeles for the Fielding office “feasibility study,” since that doesn’t take place until 26 August 1971 (see) according to the available accounts from Hunt and Liddy, cited in this timeline.][60][1][61]
Thursday, 26 August 1971E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy fly to Los Angeles. Hunt takes pictures of Liddy, in his CIA-issued black wig, standing in front of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding’s office door, with Fielding’s name on the door. Liddy also takes pictures of Hunt. The photos are taken with the camera supplied to them by CIA.[51][1][64]
Friday, 27 August 1971E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy fly back to Washington, D.C. CIA’s Stephen Greenwood meets them at the airport, where Hunt gives Greenwood the film for developing by CIA. Greenwood delivers prints to Hunt the same day. The CIA keeps a copy of the photos of Liddy and Hunt (in CIA-provided “disguises” that don’t disguise them at all) mugging in front of Lewis Fielding’s identifiable door. [NOTE: The CIA later turns their copies of the photos over to Watergate investigators, which results in all criminal charges against Daniel Ellsberg for leaking the Pentagon Papers to be dropped. See 1973, specifically 3 January, 17 March, 15 April, and 11 May 1973][60][1][61]
Saturday, 28 August 1971CIA’s Eugenio MartinezOn a Saturday, Hunt and Liddy purportedly are in Room 16 when Liddy tells Hunt that the plan to do a break-in of Fielding’s office is approved, but that the two of them are not “to be permitted anywhere near the target premises.” [See 27 August 1971, immediately above.] E. Howard Hunt then purportedly calls Bernard Barker in Miami and asks if Barker can “put together a three-man entry team.” Barker calls back to say it will be Barker, Eugenio Martinez, and Felipe De Diego. [NOTE: As luck would have it, this happens to be the same three men Hunt had met with in Miami two months before the Pentagon Papers were published. See 17 April 1971.][1][51][65]
Friday, 3 September 1971A break-in takes place at the office of psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding in Beverly Hills, California. The break-in is made obvious by the smashing of a window. Accounts of the break-in are irreconcilably conflicting. According to Bernard Barker, E. Howard Hunt, and G. Gordon Liddy, the three Cubans—Barker, Martinez, and De Diego—had entered the office and searched thoroughly, and there was no file on Daniel Ellsberg anywhere. According to Lewis Fielding, there was a file on Ellsberg in his office, which Fielding says he found on the floor the next morning. Fielding claims it was evident that someone had gone through the file.Liddy and Hunt in New York on same night as Fielding break-in in Los AngelesThe same night, Hunt and Liddy are in New York City—where Hunt has made an issue of needing “a backstopped address.” They check into the Pierre hotel and remain in New York through at least Sunday, 5 September 1971. [NOTE: There is no physical evidence that either Liddy or Hunt had been in Los Angeles at all for the Fielding office break-in. Only the anecdotal claims of the co-conspirators account for the whereabouts of Hunt and Liddy that weekend. This is similar to the later purported Watergate first break-in that involved the same personnel. (See 26, 27, and 28 May 1972.) Also, there is a backstopped address that was available to Liddy and Hunt in New York: 321 East 48th Street, not far from the Pierre hotel. Both locations are less than a mile from the Times Square lab and polygraph school of CIA’s Cleve Backster. Five days after Hunt and Liddy leave New York (see 9 September 1971), OT VII Ingo Swann will “chance” to meet Backster “at a party” in New York. Backster will be the person who then ostensibly sets up a connection between Ingo Swann—a Scientology OT VII—and NSA’s Hal Puthoff, also a Scientology OT VII. Both will be contracted by CIA to start CIA’s secret remote viewing program (see 1 October 1972).][1][51][65]
Thursday, 9 September 1971OT VII Ingo Swann meets CIA’s Cleve Backster, purportedly “at a party” in New York. Backster has an “extensive network of contacts in law enforcement agencies and within the CIA.”[44]
Sunday, 12 September 1971OT VII Ingo Swann visits Cleve Backster’s lab and polygraph school in New York city where Swann is asked to think thoughts of harming a plant that Backster has connected up to what Swann says was “a polygraph.” Swann thinks of lighting a match with the intent of burning one of the plant’s leaves, and there is an immediate and violent reaction. With repetitions, the reaction diminishes, and the conclusion OT VII Ingo Swannis drawn that not only is the plant capable of detecting harmful thought, but can “learn” to differentiate between true and artificial intent. The thought directed at the plant is changed to one of putting acid in its pot, with the same curve of results.[44]
Wednesday, 15 September 1971A “Master File” of cables (telexes) disappears from the External Comm Bureau of the Scientology Flagship Apollo. The file contains all cables related to the administration of Scientology worldwide from 22 August 1971 to 15 September 1971. In the External Comm Bureau at the time is John McLean. Also aboard he ship is Green Beret Paul Preston, doing a service called “Word Clearing Method 1.”[62]E. Howard Hunt makes a request that the CIA “immediately recall a 24-year-old secretary” from Paris for his use and “explain to all concerned that she was urgently needed for an unspecified special assignment.”[2]
Monday, 20 c. September 1971E. Howard Hunt is granted special permission by the State Department for “full access to the department’s chronological cable files.” [NOTE: Shortly thereafter, Hunt is engaged in forging cables.][1]
Saturday, 25 September 1971Scientology OT VII Ingo Swann is doing experiments with Cleve Backster involving a piece of graphite hooked into a Wheatstone bridge [the main mechanism in a Scientology e-meter], connected with a chart recorder. Swann learns that he can focus a “beam” of intention at the graphite, and cause repeatable jogs in the chart.[44]
October 1971E. Howard Hunt is in telephone contact with CIA Chief European Division John Hart, and has several telephone conversations with CIA Executive Officer European Division John Caswell.[34]
Friday, 1 October 1971Dr. John Wingate of the American Society for Psychical Research (ASPR) in New York invites OT VII Ingo Swann to work on “well-designed” psychic experiments with psychiatrist Karlis Osis. Osis is a member of the very anti-Scientology American Psychological Association (APA). [NOTE: Chicago’s W. Clement Stone is a member and major contributor to the ASPR. About 7 months later, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt will deliver an undisclosed amount of cash in a sealed envelope to the W. Clement and Jessie V. Stone Foundation in Chicago. See April 1972.][44]APA’s Karlis Osis
Sunday, 10 October 1971Cleve Backster writes and circulates a small report entitled “Psychokinetic Effects on Small Samples of Graphite,” detailing the repeatable experiments that he has conducted with OT VII Ingo Swann. Backster tells Swann, “Boy, are the guys down at the CIA going to be interested in you.”[44]
Friday, 15 October 1971E. Howard Hunt meets with CIA Director Richard Helms.Ingo Swann meets with Gertrude Schmeidler, who asks Swann if he thinks he can influence a thermistor isolated in a sealed thermos bottle. He agrees to try.[44][38]
Late October 1971Scientology OT VII Ingo Swann is in Washington, D.C. with “a colleague” meeting “in bars and pizza parlours” with unnamed intelligence personnel. At one of the meetings with “six spooks,” Swan is asked: “If you were going to set up a threat analysis program to match what the Soviets are up to, what would you do?'”[66]

By late October 1971
Ingo Swann is in Washington, D.C. meeting with U.S.
intelligence agency personnel.

Saturday, 30 October 1971Ingo Swann is working with CIA’s Cleve Backster, testing “psi probes” on gasses in pressurized containers. He and Backster move on to experiments with biologicals, including one-celled biological specimens, blood, and seminal fluid. When Swann has some success in affecting biologicals with psychic probing, Backster says, “Well, you’ve just done something the Soviets have been working on for a long time.”[44]
Early November 1971CIA’s James McCord, purportedly retired in August 1970, signs a contract with the Republican National Committee to handle “security.” The contract is in the name of “McCord Associates, Inc.” [NOTE: The corporation will not be created until several weeks after the contract is signed; incorporation papers are not filed until 19 November 1971 (see) in Maryland.][67]
Monday, 15 November 1971Dr. Gertrude Schmeidler conducts her thermistor experiments with OT VII Ingo Swann at the New York City College. Swann can produce changes in the target thermistors, while the control thermistors remained unchanged, on a repeatable basis at the direction of the experimenter.[44]Gertrude Schmeidler
Friday, 19 November 1971CIA’s E. Howard Hunt contacts CIA’s Office of Security Director Robert Osborne.[38]CIA’s James McCord files incorporation papers in Maryland for McCord Associates, Inc., ostensibly a security company, but the incorporation papers say nothing about providing security, and the company is not licensed for security. Included on the board are McCord, his wife, and his sister, Dorothy Berry, who works for an “oil company in Houston.” [NOTE: Berry later claimed she had “no idea” she had been listed on the board. Also, the Gulf Resources and Chemical Corporation—an “oil company in Houston” that controls half the world’s supply of lithium—will later provide checks that get converted to traceable $100 bills for part of what becomes known as Watergate. See 15 April 1972.][67]
Monday, 22 November 1971OT VII Ingo Swann is involved in one of a series of ten out-of-body (OOB) perception experiments at ASPR, the task being to verbally describe objects out of his sight in a target tray. Having difficulty doing a narrative description of the target items, he hits upon the idea of doing sketches. Successful, this becomes a regular part of the experiments.[44]
Wednesday, 1 December 1971Gertrude Schmeidler’s paper, “PK EFfects Upon Continuously Recorded Temperature,” describes results of her thermistor experiments with Ingo Swann and is being circulated for peer review. It generates speculation that if someone could trigger a thermistor, they also might be able to remotely trigger a bomb. There are requests for interviews of Schmeidler and Swann from media like Time and Newsweek, but Swann refuses.[44]
Monday, 6 December 1971G. Gordon Liddy becomes General Counsel to the Committee for the Re-Election of the President.[68][51]
Wednesday, 8 December 1971In one of a series of long-distance remote viewing experiments at ASPR, OT VII Ingo Swann suggests calling the experiments “remote sensing” or “remote viewing.”[44]E. Howard Hunt is in touch with senior CIA officer Peter Jessup, who is with the National Security Council staff.[38]On or about the same day, Hunt meets privately again with CIA’s Lucien Conein.[1]
Sunday, 12 December 1971NSA’s David Young meets with Egil Krogh and CIA psychiatrist Bernard Malloy.[2]Lt. George W. Bush
Thursday, 16 December 1971CIA’s E. Howard Hunt is in Dallas, Texas—an airline hub.Lt. George W. Bush is living in Houston, Texas. He is a pilot trained on T-38 Talons, a type of plane used as a chase plane.[69]
Thursday, 30 December 1971An “out-of-body” (OOB) perception experiment results in Ingo Swann sketching the target object (a 7-Up can) upside down, so he believes he has missed getting it. Dr. Osis realizes that it is a perfect drawing of the can once it is turned upside down.[44]
1972
January 1972G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt are collaborating on a “political espionage” plan to replace the Sandwedge proposal. One of the items they have factored into the budget, ostensibly for “political espionage,” is a chase plane.[1][51]T-38 Talon, commonly used as “chase plane”
Monday, 10 January 1972G. Gordon Liddy is in New York city at the apartment Ulasewicz has established at 321 East 48th Street, Apartment 11-C.[70][51]
Wednesday, 12 January 1972G. Gordon Liddy is still in New York city. Ingo Swann learns that “two men in suits,” flashing credentials, have visited the ASPR facility investigating him. They have met with Dr. Osis, and have looked at the experiment rooms and some of the experiment results. Osis tells Swann that he (Osis) isn’t “free to tell” Swann what was discussed.[44]
Friday, 14 January 1972Origin date of Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) report, “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR”[71]
Tuesday, 25 January 1972Buell Mullen tells Ingo Swann that a small group of her “high-placed friends” has begun establishing a pool of money for Swann. Already some $70,000 has been “pledged” from “several sources.”[44]
Monday, 31 January 1972″Information Cut-off Date” for a 1972 Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) report entitled “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR” concerning Soviet research and development of “psi” technologies.[71]E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy return from a weekend trip to Los Angeles, during which Liddy also has gone to San Diego and back. [NOTE: Dr. Augustus B. Kinzel has a home just outside San Diego.][1][51]

The secret DIA report,
“Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR” will say
when published that Soviet knowledge in parapsychology
“is superior to that of the U.S.”

Early February 1972Buell Mullen calls Ingo Swann to say that Dr. Augustus B. Kinzel will be in New York city on 17 February with “some friends” who want to meet with Swann. She is having a dinner party for the occassion. Swann says he’ll be there.[44]G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt fly to Miami, home of Bernard Barker and other CIA-connected Cubans.[1][51]G. Gordon Liddy “recruits” CIA’s James McCord as a “wire man,” purportedly to be able to do electronic eavesdropping for “political espionage” purposes. [NOTE: At the time, Liddy has no approved budget for any such activities, nor are there any approved plans for, or targets for, any such activities.][53]
Thursday, 17 February 1972At a dinner at Buell Mullen’s home in New York, Dr. Augustus B. Kinzel has brought four “friends” in suits who Kinzel will only introduce to Swann by first names. They have a one-hour meeting that is “strictly confidential,” concerning “big-time funding for a new research organization” that’s separate from the $70,000 already collected. According to Swann, at least one of the “friends” is CIA.[44]On or about the same date, E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy again fly to Miami, ostensibly to meet with Donald Segretti (a.k.a. “Donald Simmons”). While there, Hunt is in contact with CIA’s Bernard Barker.Guess Who’s Coming to Dinner
Tuesday, 22 February 1972OT VII Ingo Swann performs the first of a series of “out-of-body” (OOB) experiment with Vera Feldman of the ASPR as the outbound experimenter. Swann is hooked up to brainwave leads and locked in the OOB room while Feldman goes to the Museum of Natural History a few blocks away. Swann gets a high number of “hits” on what Feldman is seeing, one of them being a display case full of gemstones. Swann and Feldman talk about ESP being used for psychic spying.[44]Liddy and Hunt name the operations they are engaged in “GEMSTONE”G. Gordon Liddy meets with CIA in connection with CIA “special clearances” he has been granted.[34]
Thursday, 24 February 1972G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt meet with a “retired” CIA doctor, introduced by Hunt to Liddy as “Dr. Edward Gunn,” to get briefed by him on various covert means of murder for a possible assassination. [NOTE: Although Liddy and Hunt relate many similar incidents, if disjointedly, in their respective autobiographies, Hunt mentions nothing about this incident in his, while Liddy devotes several pages to it.]
Late February 1972OT VII Ingo Swann, connected with ASPR, meets Robert D. Ericsson, Executive Director of Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship (SFF). [NOTE: Chicago’s W. Clement Stone is a member and major contributor to both the SFF and ASPR. About two months later, E. Howard Hunt will deliver an undisclosed amount of cash in a sealed envelope to the W. Clement and Jessie V. Stone Foundation in Chicago. See April 1972.][44]One of the members of the board of ASPR, A.C. Twitchell, Jr., purportedly calls Ingo Swann early in the morning saying that there is a move afoot at the ASPR to have Swann ejected on the grounds that he is a Scientologist. Twitchell says that it has been circulating that Swann is “Hubbard’s spy,” and is seeking to take over the ASPR on Hubbard’s behalf. Swann threatens to sue the board over his civil rights.[44]E. Howard Hunt travels to Nicaragua on an “undisclosed mission.” [NOTE: See entry for 3 March 1972.][38]
Wednesday, 1 March 1972Russell Targ, Charles T. Tart, and David Hart release a proposal entitled “Research on Techniques to Enhance Extra Sensory Perception.”[44]On or about the same date, Douglas Caddy begins to do “legal tasks” for G. Gordon Liddy.[72]
Friday, 3 March 1972Gary O. Morris, psychiatrist of E. Howard Hunt’s wife, Dorothy, vanishes while on vacation on the Caribbean island of St. Lucia. No trace is ever found of the pleasure boat he had left on for a cruise with his wife and a local captain, Mervin Augustin.[38]
Wednesday, 15 March 1972A memorandum is sent to Director of FBI J. Edgar Hoover from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD.” It says: “On 3/13/72, [BLACKED OUT] advised that he has not yet completed preparation of his report concerning the Scientology Organization and its operations in Denmark. He reiterated, however, that when completed a copy of this report will be designated for [BLACKED OUT] Contact will be maintained with [BLACKED OUT] in order to insure that this office receives copies of his report and Bureau will be kept advised.”[73]
Monday, 20 March 1972OT VII Ingo Swann is at Cleve Backster’s lab in New York. Backster hands some papers to Swann on Hal Puthoff and purportedly says, “You two might get along. He’s into Scientology, too.” [NOTE: Both Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann have been connected with Yvonne Gillham at Celebruty Centre for some time. Both also are OT VII, and the only place in the United States delivering the OT Levels is the Advanced Organization in Los Angeles (AOLA), where Yvonne Gillham had been the senior executive before starting Celebrity Centre.][44]
Wednesday, 22 March 1972Janet Mitchell writes regarding out-of-body brightness comparison experiments with Ingo Swann, saying, “It may be possible that he can see all the waves in the atmosphere from infrared to ultraviolet.”[44]
Monday, 27 March 1972G. Gordon Liddy’s job abruptly changes to general counsel of the Finance Committee to Re-elect the President.[53]
Wednesday, 29 March 1972Two days after Liddy’s job changes, E. Howard Hunt “terminates” in his paid capacity as a White House consultant—yet he keeps his office and the safe he’d used as such, and keeps his White House credentials because he continues to “work there a few hours each week.”[22][1]
Thursday, 30 March 1972The day after E. Howard Hunt’s “official” disconnection from the White House, OT VII Ingo Swann contacts OT VII Hal Puthoff saying Cleve Backster has “suggested” for Swann to contact Puthoff. Swann has several phone conversations over several days with Puthoff, who suggests that Swann come out to Stanford Research Institute (SRI) for a couple of weeks to do some experiments.[44]
Early April 1972CIA’s E. Howard Hunt flies to Chicago and delivers an undisclosed amount of cash in a sealed envelope to W. Clement and Jessie V. Stone Foundation.[1]Unknown amount of cash delivered by CIA’s E. Howard Hunt to offices of W. Clement Stone’s foundation
Tuesday, 4 April 1972OT VII Ingo Swann receives word that an independent judge, blind to the fact that she was judging an experiment in out-of-body (OOB) perceptions, has correctly matched all eight of the former “picture drawing” trials—a 100 per cent match between the OOB drawings and the contents of the target trays.[44]
Friday, 7 April 1972L. Ron Hubbard gives three taped lectures to students on the Expanded Dianetics course. They are the last public lectures Hubbard ever will give. [NOTE: As of this date, L. Ron Hubbard had given over 1,300 public lectures since 1950—averaging a little over one a week.]
Monday, 10 April 1972A court ruling this date by the United States Court of Appeals, Eighth Circuit, in St. Paul, Minnesota, allows the U.S. federal government to keep a shipment of Scientology e-meters that had been seized by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare on the basis of “improper labelling,” putting an unknown number of e-meters in permanent custody and possession of federal agencies.[74]A timely Minnesota court ruling puts a shipment of Scientology E-meters into permanent federal custody and control
Saturday, 15 April 1972E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy fly to Miami and deliver checks drawn on a Mexico City bank to CIA’s Bernard Barker. [NOTE: Several of the checks have originated from Gulf Resources and Chemical Corporation in Houston, which at the time controls half the world’s supply of lithium, used in the making of hydrogen bombs and in psychiatric drugs.][1]
Monday, 17 April 1972Physicist Dr. Russel Targ meets with CIA personnel from the Office of Strategic Intelligence (OSI) and discusses the subject of paranormal abilities. Films of Soviets moving inanimate objects by mental powers are made available to analysts from OSI.[19]
Thursday, 20 April 1972CIA Office of Strategic Intelligence personnel who have been briefed by Russell Targ contact personnel from the Office of Research and Development (ORD) and Technical Services Division (TSD) regarding films and reports of Soviet investigations into psychokinesis. [NOTE: Although the name of CIA’s Technical Services Department (TSD) later changes to Office of Technical Services (OTS), some sources anachronistically refer to TSD as OTS when it was still TSD. The name isn’t officialy changed until November 1972.][19]
Monday, 24 April 1972CIA’s Bernard Barker cashes a cashier’s check for $25,000 at his bank in Miami. [NOTE: This $25,000, from the Dahlberg check, plus two later withdrawals by Barker will equal $114,000. See 2 May and 8 May 1972.][75][76]
Monday, 1 May 1972Russell Targ has joined the Stanford Research Institute, and is visited by a CIA Office of Research and Development (ORD) Project Officer. Targ proposes that some psychokinetic verification investigations can be done at SRI in conjunction with Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff.[19]J. Edgar Hoover found deadCIA’s James McCord contacts an ex-FBI agent, Alfred Baldwin, who is living in Connecticut. McCord purportedly doesn’t know Baldwin, but wants Baldwin to come to Washington, D.C. that night.[77]
Tuesday, 2 May 1972FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover is found dead in his home in the early morning hours. L. Patrick Gray—who has no background in law enforcement—is appointed as Acting Director of FBI. [NOTE: Hoover’s death is attributed to a heart attack, and no autopsy is done. L. Patrick Gray later will destroy material taken from the White House safe of E. Howard Hunt, then will resign.]CIA’s Bernard Barker withdraws an unspecified amount of cash from his bank in Miami. [NOTE: This is the second of three transactions by Barker that will total $114,000.][75]Alfred Baldwin meets with James McCord. McCord issues Baldwin a Smith & Wesson .38 snub-nose revolver. Baldwin is assigned to travel as a bodyguard with Martha Mitchell on “a trip to the midwest.”[77]
Wednesday, 3 May 1972OT VII Ingo Swann performs an experiment that he says “scared the bejesus out of the experimenters, and parapsychology as well.” In it, Swann perceives not just things the two outbound “beacons” are seeing, but also senses confusion in them. When they come back and confirm that they had gotten lost in some construction work being done in the Museum of Natural History, one says with concern, “Does this mean you can read our minds, too?”[44]CIA’s Bernard Barker, Eugenio Martinez, Frank Sturgis, and Filipe De Diego arrive in Washington, D.C. from Miami and meet with G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt.[65][1]
Thursday, 4 May 1972Lt. George W. Bush is ordered to “report to commander, 111 F.I.S., Ellington AFB, not later than (NLT) 14 May, 1972.” [NOTE: Bush does not report as ordered. See 19 May 1972.][78]
Friday, 5 May 1972CIA’s James McCord rents room 419 of the Howard Johnson’s motel across the street from the Watergate. The room is registered in the name of McCord Associates.[79]
Monday, 8 May 1972Alfred Baldwin returns to Washington, D.C. from his trip with Martha Mitchell. He is told by James McCord to keep the .38 revolver because “he might be going on another trip.”[77]G. Gordon Liddy, in D.C., calls CIA’s Bernard Barker in Miami.[79]Bernard Barker withdraws another unspecified amount of cash from his bank in Miami which, with two other transactions, now totals $114,000.[75]Though not all in this timeline, cash pay-outs to CIA’s James McCord will total at least $71,000James McCord receives $4,000 in cash from G. Gordon Liddy.[80]
Tuesday, 9 May 1972Alfred Baldwin leaves Washington, D.C., ostensibly going to his home in Connecticut to “get more clothes.” He takes the .38 revolver with him, purportedly because he has been told by James McCord that he might be going on another trip with Martha Mitchell that is scheduled for 11 May 1972. [NOTE: Baldwin doesn’t return until 12 May 1972.][77]
Wednesday, 10 May 1972CIA’s James McCord is in Rockville, Maryland. He pays $3,500 cash for a “device capable of receiving intercepted wire and oral communications.” [NOTE: Rockville, Maryland is about six miles from Laurel, Maryland. Five days later presidential candidate George Wallace will be shot in Laurel, Maryland by Arthur Bremer with a .38 calibur revolver. See 15 May 1972.]
Friday, 12 May 1972Alfred Baldwin returns to Washington, D.C. James McCord tells Baldwin he won’t be going with Martha Mitchell so he can “turn in his gun.” Baldwin purportedly gives the .38 revovler to McCord. McCord tells Baldwin to move from the the Roger Smith hotel, where Baldwin has been staying, into room 419 at the Howard Johnson’s motel.[77]
Monday, 15 May 1972Presidential candidate George Wallace is shot by Arthur Bremer in Laurel, Maryland, ending his presidential campaign and partially paralyzing him.Presidential candidate George Wallace is shot in Laurel, Maryland with a .38 revolver
Wednesday, 17 May 1972CIA’s Bernard Barker makes two calls from Miami to G. Gordon Liddy, and two calls to CIA’s E. Howard Hunt.[79]A memorandum is sent to Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Madrid titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC.” It says: “Enclosed for information and completion of Bureau and Legat, Copenhagen files is one copy of a memorandum dated 4/26/72, received from the [BLACKED OUT].”[73]
Friday, 19 May 1972Lt. George W. Bush (Jr.) contacts a superior officer in the reserves to discuss “options of how Bush can get out of coming to drill from now through November.” The memo recording the conversation says that Bush “is working on another campaign for his dad.” The memo writer thinks Bush is “also talking to someone upstairs.” [NOTE: George H. W. Bush (Sr.) is U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. at this time.][81]President Richard M. Nixon, about to embark on an historic trip to the Soviet Union, writes the following in a letter to Henry Kissinger and Alexander Haig: “The performance in the psychological warfare field is nothing short of disgraceful. The mountain has labored for seven weeks and when it finally produced, it produced not much more than a mouse. Or to put it more honestly, it produced a rat. We finally have a program now under way but it totally lacks imagination and I have no confidence whatever that the bureaucracy will carry it out. I do not simply blame (Richard) Helms and the CIA. After all, they do not support my policies because they basically are for the most part Ivy League and Georgetown society oriented.”[82]E. Howard Hunt makes two calls to Bernard Barker in Miami.Ambassador to UN George H.W. Bush will become CIA Director, then President
[79]Saturday, 20 May 1972Richard Nixon leaves Washington, D.C. on his trip to Austria, the Soviet Union, Iran, and Poland. He will not return until 1 June 1972.[83]James McCord sends Alfred Baldwin to Andrews Air Force Base, where Nixon is leaving on Air Force One, purportedly because there might be demonstrations and McCord wants Baldwin to be there for more “surveillance activities.” [NOTE: The “reason” supplied by McCord in testimony for this trip by Baldwin is too thin to slice, particularly in light of the amount of security surrounding Nixon’s departure. Besides Air Force One, there is a fleet of White House planes at Andrews for use by VIPs and various staff connected with the White House.]On or about the same day, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt flies to Miami and meets with Bernard Barker.[1]
Monday, 22 May 1972Richard Nixon arrives in Moscow and is toasting Soviet leaders at a dinner.[83]The CIA “Cuban contingent” arrives in Washington, D.C. from Miami: Bernard Barker, Frank Sturgis, Eugenio Martinez, and Virgilio Gonzalez. They are in D.C. purportedly to carry out a “first break-in” on the following weekend of Democratic National Committee headquarters at the Watergate with G. Gordon Liddy, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, and CIA’s James McCord. [NOTE: There is no physical evidence that any such “first break-in” ever took place. For full coverage, see Watergate first break-in. Note also that while E. Howard Hunt claims that six Cubans arrived on 22 May 1972, the referenced criminal appeals court ruling names only four.][1][84]CIA’s Frank Sturgis
Tuesday, 23 May 1972A memorandum is sent to Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC.” It says: “Mr. Victor Wolf, Jr., U.S. Consul, American Embassy, Copenhagen, advised on 5/15/72 that he has not yet found time to prepare the report referred to in relet concerning the Scientology Organization. Mr. Wolf stated that he hopes to devote attention to this matter in a short time. This case will be placed in Pending Inactive status for a period of 90 days.”[73]Alfred Baldwin leaves Washington, D.C. again, purportedly going to his home in Connecticut again. No reason is given for his departure.[77]CIA’s Virgilio Gonzalez
Friday, 26 May 1972G. Gordon Liddy, Alfred Baldwin, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, CIA’s James McCord, and several Cuban CIA contract agents purportedly are engaged in a failed attempt to break into the Watergate—the “Ameritas dinner” attempt. [NOTE: But see Watergate first break-in.]
Saturday, 27 May 1972G. Gordon Liddy, Alfred Baldwin, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, CIA’s James McCord, and several Cuban CIA contract agents purportedly are engaged in a second failed attempt to break into the Watergate. [NOTE: But see Watergate first break-in.]
Sunday, 28 May 1972G. Gordon Liddy, Alfred Baldwin, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, CIA’s James McCord, and several Cuban CIA contract agents purportedly are engaged in a successful “first break-in” at DNC headquarters at the Watergate. According to their later claims, McCord placed two electronic bugs in the DNC headquarters during the “first break-in,” and Bernard Barker purportedly had photos taken of the office of the Chairman, Lawrence O’Brien, and of documents on his desk. [NOTE: There is no physical evidence that any such “first break-in” ever took place, or the purported two earlier failed attempts on the same holiday weekend. Barker later testified that he never was in O’Brien’s office at all, and a telephone company sweep found no electronic bugs in the DNC at all (see 15 June 1972). For full coverage, see Watergate first break-in. There is nothing to account for the whereabouts of Liddy, Hunt, McCord, and Baldwin over the entire Memorial Day Weekend except the conflicting and contradictory anecdotal accounts of the co-conspirators themselves, which they volunteered when “caught” inside the building on 17 June 1972 (see). See also 3 September 1971 for similarities in the purported “Fielding office break-in,” including personnel involved and the use of a holiday weekend, in that case the Labor Day weekend.]There apparently was no “first break-in” at the Watergate. Then where were Liddy, Hunt, McCord, and Baldwin over Memorial Day weekend? AWOL with Lt. Bush?On the same weekend as the purported Watergate “first break-in,” L. Ron Hubbard goes absent from his usual duties and activities in the company of Green Beret Paul Preston. He’s reported to have “moved ashore.”The crew of the Scientology Flagship Apollo are told that L. Ron Hubbard has “moved onshore.” His “bodyguard” purportedly is Green Beret Paul Preston. [NOTE: From this date until his reported death in 1986, L. Ron Hubbard never makes another public appearance. His whereabout generally are unknown except to a few close people, who later claim that while with them he had been either “in hiding” or “on the run” or ill the entire time, including donning various disguises.][85][62]

Monday, 29 May 1972 (Memorial Day)

  • Ingo Swann is told by psychiatrist Karlis Osis that there are to be “no more remote viewing experiments at the ASPR.” No reason is given. Swann calls fellow Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff at SRI and offers to come out.[83][77][51][44]

Sunday, 4 June 1972

  • OT VII Ingo Swann flies from New York to San Francisco, where he is met by OT VII Hal Puthoff and taken to SRI.[44]

Tuesday, 6 June 1972

  • Ingo Swann mentally affects a supercooled magnetometer encased in solid concrete five feet beneath the foundation of the Varian Hall of Physics, Stanford University, witnessed by Dr. Arthur Hebbard, Dr. Marshal Lee, and representatives of CIA.[44]

Wednesday, 7 June 1972

  • Willis Harmon meets OT VI Ingo Swann at SRI and takes Swann to a meeting where there are 16 people. Harmon is Director of his own Educational Policy Research Center at SRI, a center for “Futurology.” At the time, futurology constitutes one of the most important and biggest efforts in the world, and Harmon is well connected in Washington, D.C., with offices there. Harmon explains to Swann at the meeting that part of their ongoing project is to see if parapsychology and/or psychic abilities can or should be factored into “future scenarios.” Harmon explains that all was known about the ASPR goings-on, and that the attempt to expel Swann “gives you more credentials than you realize, and also makes it easier for various people.”[44]

Thursday, 8 June 1972

  • Ingo Swann goes to the home of Kirlian researcher Bill Tiller and there meets psychiatrist Shafica Karagulla.[44]

Friday, 9 June 1972

  • OT VII Ingo Swann leaves SRI and returns to New York City.
  • John Paul Vann—who had been closely involved with Lucien Conein and Daniel Ellsberg in Vietnam contemporaneously with Green Beret Paul Preston—is killed in a bizarre helicopter crash in Vietnam.
  • G. Gordon Liddy purportedly has a private meeting with Magruder where they purportedly discuss problems with “the room monitoring device” in the DNC and the prospects of “another entry” into the Watergate. [NOTE: There is no “room monitoring device” in the DNC. See Watergate first break-in.][44][86][53]

Monday, 12 June 1972

  • OT VII Ingo Swann agrees to return to the ASPR “for further research and experiments.”[44]
  • Jeb Magruder purportedly has another private meeting with Liddy and orders Liddy to “go back into Watergate.”[79][53]
The telephone company sweep
of Democratic National Committee headquarters in
the Watergate finds no trace of bugs that
Watergate burglars later will claim they had planted.

Thursday, 15 June 1972

  • The telephone company does a sweep of Democractic National Committee Headquarters in the Watergate. No electronic bugging devices are found. [NOTE: For full coverage, see Watergate first break-in.][118]

Saturday, 17 June 1972

  • Five burglars are arrested at 2:30 a.m. in Democratic National Committee headquarters in the Watergate: James McCord, Bernard Barker, Frank Sturgis, Eugenio Martinez, and Virgilio Gonzalez. All five men have a history of being employed by CIA. CIA veteran James McCord has had to tape a door latch twice to get them arrested. They have bugging equipment with them, and several of the men have in their possession amazingly traceable $100 bills that will trace back to the White House. Bernard Barker has the phone number of E. Howard Hunt on him, indicating another connection to the White House. CIA Watergate Goon Platoon:
    Hunt, McCord, Barker, Baldwin, Martinez, Sturgis, Gonzalez, and Liddy.
    Director of CIA and convicted perjurer Richard Helms says: “We know the people… . But there is no CIA involvement.”
    Almost at once the men start claiming to authorities that they had broken in weeks earlier, on 28 May 1972 (see), and were there to “fix” failures from the purported “first break-in,” mainly electronic bugs. [NOTE: But there was no “first break-in,” and the phone company had just days before found there were no bugs in DNC headquarters. See Watergate first break-in. The amazing amount of obvious evidence on the men soon leads investigators to Liddy, Hunt, and Alfred Baldwin, who also are linked to the purported Memorial Day weekend “first break-in,” providing them with an alibi for their whereabouts during that weekend.]
  • CIA Director Richard Helms claims to have been “preparing for bed” (at 3:00 a.m.?) when he gets a call from CIA Chief of Security Howard Osborn informing Helms that “District police” have picked up five men in a break-in. Helms is told that James McCord is one of them, along with “four Cubans.” Osborn also purportedly tells Helms that “Howard Hunt also seems to be involved in some way.” Helms purportedly asks Osborn: “Is there any indication that we could be involved in this?” and is told “None whatsoever.” Next, “still sitting on the edge of the bed,” Helms calls Acting Director of the FBI L. Patrick Gray, who is “in a Los Angeles hotel room.” Gray says that he’s been informed of the break-in, but has no details. Helms tells Gray that “despite the background of the apparent perpetrators, CIA had nothing to do with the break-in.”[87]

Sunday, 18 June 1972

  • Ingo Swann flies to Northfield, Minnesota to give lectures at the annual retreat of Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship (SFF).[44]

Thursday, 22 June 1972

  • Charles Colson is interrogated by the FBI on the Watergate break-in. After interrogating Colson, the FBI is of the belief that the break-in is “a CIA thing.”
  • Acting FBI Director L. Patrick Gray has a meeting at about five o’clock with SA Bates, the Assistant Director in charge of the General Investigative Division of the FBI. Following the meeting, Gray places a telephone call to Richard Helms, Director of CIA, to “tell him our thought that we may be poking into a CIA operation in connection with the Watergate burglary.” Helms tells Gray that Helms has been “meeting with his men on this every day,” and that “although we know the people, we cannot figure this one out. But there is no CIA involvement.” Helms then meets with Gray and “asks” Gray “not to interview the two CIA men.” Gray issues the order. Gray calls FBI SA Bates “immediately following that visit” from Helms, and tells Bates that “there was some CIA involvement here,” that “we should proceed very gingerly and very discreetly and carry out the investigation at the Banco Internationale, and also continue to try to trace these checks through the correspondent banks, but to hold off interviewing Mr. Ogarrio.” Later that evening, Gray meets with John Dean. He tells Dean that Richard Helms has said “there is no CIA involvement.”[88][22]

Friday, 23 June 1972

  • 10:04 to 11:39 a.m.: In an Oval Office conversation, President Richard Nixon says “…the FBI agents who are working the case, at this point, feel that’s what it is—this is CIA. …[W]e protected Helms from one hell of a lot of things. …This involves these Cubans, Hunt, and a lot of hanky-panky that we have nothing to do with ourselves.” Ehrlichman answers that after interviewing Charles Colson the FBI “are now convinced it is a CIA thing.”
  • 11:06 a.m.: Acting FBI Director L. Patrick Gray has a phone conversation with John Dean. Dean tells Gray that if the FBI persists in investigating the Mexican money chain they will “be uncovering or become involved in CIA operations.” Gray tells Dean that CIA Director Richard Helms told Gray the day before that “there is no CIA involvement” in the Watergate break-in. Gray also tells Dean, “if there is CIA involvement, let the CIA tell us.” [NOTE: Nixon and Haldeman are still in their meeting, which goes until 11:39 a.m.]Acting FBI Director L. Patrick and the CIA waltz. Gray soon will destroy crucial evidence taken from the White House safe of CIA’s golden boy, E. Howard Hunt.
  • 2:19 p.m.: Dean calls Gray to find out if Gray has made an appointment with Deputy CIA Director Vernon Walters. Gray hasn’t. Dean tells Gray that Walters will be calling Gray for an appointment and Gray should see him.
  • 2:20 to 2:45 p.m.: Haldeman reports to Nixon that he and Ehrlichman [and John Dean] have met with CIA Director Helms and Deputy Director Vernon Walters. Helms has said, “We’ll be very happy to be helpful,” but Walters has said, “I don’t know whether we can do it.” Walters, though, is going to put in a call to Patrick Gray.
  • 2:35 p.m. Vernon Walters meets with L. Patrick Gray. Walters says that if the FBI proceeds with the investigation into the Mexican money chain, they “would uncover CIA assets and resources” and could “interfere with some CIA covert activities.” Walters then mentions to Gray “the agreement between the agencies not to uncover one another’s sources,” saying further that the FBI has “the five people and that the matter ought to be tapered off there.”
  • 2:53 p.m. After the meeting with Walters, Gray calls John Dean and tells Dean that Walters has indicated that there is “some CIA involvement,” and that they will “proceed very gingerly and very discreetly and work around this until we can determine what we have ahold of.”[89] [22][88]
  • On the same day, an airgram is sent from the American Embassy in Copenhagen to the U.S. State Department from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC .” Its contents are unknown. [NOTE: The only record of this airgram is a later memorandum, dated 5 September 1972 (see), to Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray, enclosing a copy of the airgram, saying it is “self-explanatory.”]

Saturday, 24 June 1972

  • According to Ingo Swann, he arrives in Washington, D.C. from Minnesota, ostensibly to “do book research at the Library of Congress”—but Swann says elsewhere that his trip to D.C. in 1972 was “to discuss psi phenomena with a variety of officials.”[44]

Tuesday, 27 June 1972

  • Hal Puthoff contacts K. Green, Office of Strategic Intelligence (OSI) at CIA, informing Green of the results of the Varian Hall magnetometer experiment with Ingo Swann. There are also subsequent conversations between Puthoff and CIA personnel regarding this event.[19]

Wednesday, 28 June 1972

  • L. Patrick Gray gets a call from CIA Director Richard Helms, who asks Gray “not to interview active CIA men Karl Wagner and John Caswell.” Gray immediately orders “that the interviews of John Caswell and Karl Wagner be held in abeyance.” Caswell and Wagner’s names have been found in a telephone-address notebook belonging to E. Howard Hunt.
  • In the evening, John Dean turns over some of the items from the White House safe of E. Howard Hunt to Gray. Gray is provided with a large brown envelopes to carry the items away in. Dean tells Gray that included papers have “national security implications,” saying they should “never see the light of day.” Gray purportedly never looks at the papers, but takes them to his apartment in Washington D.C. and puts them on a closet shelf under his shirts.
  • Gray has a meeting with Mark Felt and SA Bates on “the CIA ramifications.”[88]

Friday, 30 June 1972

  • Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff says in a letter to Dr. Gertrude Schmeidler in New York that he has “obtained a contract to investigate the primary perception hypothesis of Cleve Backster.”[44]

Saturday, 1 July 1972

  • The classified Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) report entitled “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR” is published, though its findings have been known by top personnel for months. In part, it states: “The Soviet Union is well aware of the benefits and applications of parapsychology research. The term parapsychology denotes a multi-disciplinary field consisting of the sciences of bionics, biophysics, psychophysics, psychology, physiology and neuropsychology.Celebrity Centre’s Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch has standing orders to be located for any incoming calls from Puthoff or Swann Many scientists, U.S. and Soviet, feel that parapsychology can be harnessed to create conditions where one can alter or manipulate the minds of others. The major impetus behind the Soviet drive to harness the possible capabilities of telepathic communication, telekinetic and bionics are said to come from the Soviet military and the KGB [Committee of State Security; Secret Police]. …Soviet knowledge in this field is superior to that of the U.S. …The potential applications of focusing mental influences on an enemy through hypnotic telepathy have surely occurred to the Soviets… . Control and manipulation of the human consciousness must be considered a primary goal. …Soviet efforts in the field of psi research, sooner or later, might enable them to do some of the following: (a) Know the contents of top secret US documents, the movements of our troops and ships and the location and nature of our military installations (b) Mould the thoughts of key US military and civilian leaders at a distance (c) Cause the instant death of any US official at a distance (d) Disable, at a distance, US military equipment of all types, including spacecraft.”[71]
  • Yvonne Gillham Jentzsch, Executive Director of Scientology’s Celebrity Centre, is married to Heber Jentzsch. Despite running an organization with over 200 staff members and a grueling schedule, including appearances around the U.S. and several foreign countries, she has standing orders with her office and public relations staff to locate her wherever she is if a call should come in for her from OT VIIs Hal Puthoff or Ingo Swann. [NOTE: According to staff members who contributed the information, Yvonne Jentzsch had no specific knowledge at the time of Swann or Puthoff’s connections with CIA or NSA, only that they both had contact with various influential people, and possibly even was of the belief that their connections were related somehow to NASA and the space race, but not to military intelligence.]

Monday, 3 July 1972

  • According to one of several conflicting accounts told by L. Patrick Gray, he burns the papers given to him by John Dean that had been taken from the safe of E. Howard Hunt in a wastebasket in his office at the FBI. [NOTE: Gray later retracts this story, saying that he kept the papers first in his apartment, then moved them to his office, then to his home, where he burned them on or around 27 December 1972 (see).]
  • Gray has another meeting with Mark Felt, Bates, and also “Mr. Kunkel, the Special Agent in charge of the Washington Field Office” on “the CIA ramifications.”[88]

Monday, 17 July 1972

  • A sum equivalent to US $1,119,678 in Swiss francs is withdrawn in cash by Fred Hare and Vicki Polimeni from a trust fund (of questionable origin) in Switzerland and purportedly is brought aboard the Flagship Apollo and put into a safe. [NOTE: Conflicting accounts in the same referenced Tax Court ruling say that the amount was “over $2 million,” and also say the cash was put into “a file cabinet in a strongroom” instead of a safe. The same ruling also provides no accounting of what happened to the actual cash.][90]
Over $1.1 million in cash never accounted for except by ledger “credit” years later, during IRS’s Meade Emory restructuring of Scientology

Wednesday, 19 July 1972

  • Fred LaRue gives $40,000 to Herbert W. Kalmbach, who takes it to New York and gives it to Anthony Ulasewicz.
  • Ulasewicz delivers $40,000 to Dorothy Hunt—wife of E. Howard Hunt—and $8,000 to G. Gordon Liddy in unmarked envelopes left in lockers at Washington National Airport.[91]Cash to Dorothy Hunt, wife of CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, and more cash to G. Gordon Liddy

Wednesday, 26 July 1972

  • A report is issued entitled “Report of an Out-of-Body Experiment Conducted at the American Society for Psychical Research: Participants: Dr. Carole Silfen, Janet Mitchell, Ingo Swann.” The report describes an OOB experiment that suggests that a point of perception exterior to the body is able to assume “at a different location the functions performed by the visual system and the brain in the body.” This is the first such experiment that verified the capability of such remote points of view.[44]

Monday, 7 August 1972

  • OT VII Ingo Swann flies to San Francisco and is met by OT VII Hal Puthoff. Puthoff gives Swann an envelope containing an unspecified amount of cash, and a copy of their three-week schedule. They are to have a one-week informal period, and then a two-week formal set-up. The latter two-week segment will be attended by two CIA representatives.[44]
Unknown amount of cash delivered by NSA’s Hal Puthoff to Ingo Swann

Friday, 11 August 1972

  • Ingo Swann flies to Los Angeles for the weekend with psychiatrist Shafica Karagulla and “her associate,” even though he has come to SRI specifically to perform experiments in the presence of CIA personnel. No reason is given for the trip. [NOTE: Karagulla is a neurosurgeon. and has studied under Canadian psychiatrist Wilder Penfield, infamously known for putting electrical probes into the brains of conscious subjects.][44]

Monday, 14 August 1972

  • Swann is back at SRI, after his trip to Los Angeles with psychiatrist Shafica Karagulla, and is ready to begin the two-week formal experiments in the company of two representatives from CIA.[44]
Ingo Swann’s weekend travelling companion Shafica Karagulla, a psychiatrist and neurosurgeon, shown here with her mentor, psychiatrist Wilder Penfield

Wednesday, 23 August 1972

  • A CIA project officer contracts Hal Puthoff for a demonstration with OT VII Ingo Swann. Swann is asked to describe objects hidden out of sight by CIA personnel. The descriptions are so “startlingly accurate” that Swann purportedly is asked if he will complete the necessary forms “for a security clearance.” [NOTE: Swann is already on record as having a top secret clearance.] He agrees to do it once he gets back to New York “where his papers are.” The CIA rep suggests to CIA that the work be continued and expanded. CIA’s Sidney Gottlieb reviews the data, approves another work order, and encourages the development of “a more complete research plan.”[19]

Saturday, 26 August 1972

  • Ingo Swann returns to New York from SRI. He prepares the application for security clearance and sends it off to Hal Puthoff.[44]

Wednesday, 30 August 1972

  • A once-sentence letter is received by the FBI. It says: “Did you receive the printed matter that was sent to you concerning Scientology, if so please acknowledge. Thank you.” [NOTE: In the released FBI copy, the signature is blacked out. The letter is answered two days later (see 1 September 1972) by Acting FBI Director L. Patrick Gray.]

September 1972

  • The Scientology Flagship Apollo is moved to Spain for refit. The crew and officers are given the story that L. Ron Hubbard is still “living ashore” to account for his absence.
L. Ron Hubbard has functionally disappeared,
his purported whereabouts known only to a small
number of people called the “Special Unit” (SU).

Friday, 1 September 1972

  • Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray responds to a once-sentence letter received by the FBI received two days earlier (see Wednesday, 30 August 1972). Gray’s reply says: “Your letter was received on August 30th. With respect to your inquiry, a search of our records does not reveal any prior communication from you.” [NOTE: In the released FBI copy, the address block and the person’s name is blacked out, and the letter has a note at the bottom: “Correspondent is not identifiable in Bufiles.”]

Tuesday, 5 September 1972

  • Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray receives a memorandum from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen (163-222) (RUC) titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC regarding an airgram sent to the State Department on 23 June 1972 (see). It says: “ReCOPlet 5/23/72. Enclosed are single copies [sic] of an airgram dated 6/23/72, captioned “THE CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY IN DENMARK,” from AmEmbassy, Copenhagen, to U.S. Dept. of State, which is self-explanatory.” [NOTE: Copies go to Foreign Liaison, Legat Madrid, and Copenhagen]

Friday, 15 September 1972

  • Hunt, Liddy, McCord and the Watergate burglars are indicted by a federal grand jury. The involvement of McCord and Liddy provide investigators with a link to the Nixon campaign. The involvement of E. Howard Hunt provides investigators with a link to the White House.[92]

Tuesday, 19 September 1972

  • Anthony Ulasewicz flies to Washington, D.C. and delivers $53,000 cash to Dorothy Hunt—wife of E. Howard Hunt—and $29,000 to Fred LaRue by leaving unmarked envelopes in a locker at Washington International Airport and in the lobby of a motel near LaRue’s residence.[91][93]
More cash to Dorothy Hunt, wife of CIA’s E. Howard Hunt

Saturday, 30 September 1972

  • According to one of the conflicting stories he told, at the end of September Acting Director of the FBI L. Patrick Gray takes files that had been in E. Howard Hunt’s White House safe to his home in Stonington, Connecticut, and puts them in a chest-of-drawers intending to burn them.[88]

Sunday, 1 October 1972

  • On a Sunday, CIA’s Technical Services Division (TSD) awards OT VII Hal Puthoff a top-secret research contract to develop “remote viewing” for military espionage purposes. [NOTE: TSD is the CIA division formerly known as “Technical Services Staff.” TSD is also the division running MK-ULTRA. The head of TSD is Sidney Gottlieb. The name of TSD will change a month after this contract to “Office of Technical Services.” Its acronym, OTS is a pun.][19][94]

November 1972

  • CIA Director Richard Helms calls L. Patrick Gray’s “number two man,” Mark Felt, stating that Helms is going to call Assistant Attorney General Peterson regarding the interview of CIA’s Karl Wagner to see if it “could not be conducted…be held off.”
  • CIA’s Sidney Gottlieb “retires.”
  • The name of CIA’s TSD is changed to Office of Technical Services (OTS).[88][19]OT III Pat Price

Sunday 3 December 1972

  • L. Ron Hubbard purportedly “goes into hiding” in New York in the company of Green Beret Paul Preston.
  • Scientology OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann, now under contract with CIA, “run into” Scientology OT III Pat Price, who purportedly is selling Christmas trees at a lot in Mountain View, California—close to SRI. Puthoff is reported to “have met” Price “several years earlier” at a lecture in Los Angeles. [NOTE: Los Angeles is the location of Scientology’s Advance Organization Los Angeles (AOLA), the only place in the U.S. at the time where the OT Levels are delivered.][94]

Friday, 8 December 1972

E. Howard Hunt’s wife Dorothy is killed in a plane crash in Chicago
  • E. Howard Hunt’s wife, Dorothy Hunt, is killed in the United Airlines airplane crash of Flight 533 as it approaches Chicago. Dorothy Hunt’s purse contains $10,585 cash, most of it in hundred dollar bills.

Thursday, 21 December 1972

  • OT VII Ingo Swann arrives to begin his CIA contract at Stanford Research Institute.
  • James W. McCord writes a letter to Jack Caulfield that says in part: “If Helms goes, and if the WG (Watergate) operation is laid at the CIA’s feet, where it does not belong, every tree in the forest will fall. It will be a scorched desert. The whole matter is at the precipice right now. Just pass the message that if they want it to blow, they are on exactly the right course.” Caulfield replies: “I have worked with these people and I know them to be as tough-minded as you. Don’t underestimate them.”[94][44][95]
1973

January 1973

  • CIA Director Richard Helms orders that records of CIA’s OTS, including records relating to MK-ULTRA, be deliberately destroyed.[96]

Wednesday, 3 January 1973

  • Daniel Ellsberg goes on trial, accused of theft and conspiracy in the disclosure of the Pentagon Papers.[97]
  • On the same day, CIA’s Anthony Goldin hand delivers to the Department of Justice Watergate prosecutors copies of 10 photos of E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy taken at the office of Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding, with Fielding’s name on the door clearly visible. [NOTE: See 26 August 1971, when Liddy and Hunt flew to Los Angeles to take the photos of each other.][93]
On the very day that Ellsberg goes on trial, the CIA hand-couriers to Watergate prosecutors CIA’s own copies of photos of Liddy and Hunt in front of Fielding’s office

Thursday, 4 January 1973

  • Jack Caulfield delivers to John Dean a handwritten copy of the 21 December 1972 letter Caulfield had received from James McCord: “If Helms goes, and if the WG (Watergate) operation is laid at the CIA’s feet, where it does not belong, every tree in the forest will fall. It will be a scorched desert.”[93]

Thursday, 1 February 1973

  • A translation of a Soviet paper, “Report from Movosibirsk: Communicaion between Cells,” appears in Vol. 7, No. 2 of the Journal of Parapsychology. The report says that experiments conducted in “Special Department No. 8″ indicate that cells could communicate illness, such as a virus infection, despite the fact the cells are physically separated. The tests showed that when one group of cells was contaminated with a virus, the adjacent group—although separated by quartz glass—”caught the disease.”[17]

Thursday, 1 February 1973

  • OT VII Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ have meetings with “selected Agency [CIA] personnel” at CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia, to review the results of their research contract with CIA. Several Office of Research and Development officers show interest in contributiing their own “expertise and office funding” to the research efforts. Prior to this, the contract has been with CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS).[19]

Wednesday, 7 February 1973

  • CIA Director Richard Helms purjures himself before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee about CIA attempts to overthrow the government in Chile.[98]

Mid February 1973

  • CIA’s Office of Research and Discovery (ORD) sends Project Officers to SRI to report on the remote viewing experiments of OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann. ORD is considering joining CIA’s Office of Technical Services in sponsoring the research on a joint program basis.[19]

Tuesday, 6 March 1973

  • Richard Helms testifies before the Multinational Committee, headed by Frank Church. Nothing about CIA’s remote viewing program is revealed.[98]
Senator Frank Church will later head 1975 investigations into U.S. intelligence agency crimes—but he never exposes CIA’s remote viewing program or its genesis.

Saturday, 17 March 1973

  • John Dean informs President Nixon that the Watergate Committee has learned that Justice Department prosecutors have CIA-supplied photos of E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy taken at the office of Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding. It’s the first Nixon has heard anything about the Hunt/Liddy operation or of the photos. Dean says of Hunt and Liddy: “These fellows had to be some idiots.” [NOTE: See 26 August 1971 and 3 January 1973][64]
  • On or about the same day, E. Howard Hunt meets with Paul O’Brien, an attorney for the Committee to Re-elect the President. He tells O’Brien that “commitments had not been met,” that he has done “seamy things for the White House,” and that unless he receives $130,000, he “might review his options.”[93]

Wednesday, 21 March 1973

  • Fred LaRue arranges for $75,000 in cash to be delivered to E. Howard Hunt through Hunt’s attorney, William Bittman.
$75,000 cash is delivered to CIA’s E. Howard Hunt

April 1973

  • According to CIA Project Officer over the SRI experiments, Ken Kress, it’s about this time that Scientology OT III Pat Price starts working with OT VIIs Puthoff and Swann at SRI, and that “the remote viewing experiments in which a subject describes his impressions of remote objects or locations began in earnest.” [NOTE: Hal Puthoff asserts that Pat Price came on board at SRI 1 June 1973.][19]

Sunday, 15 April 1973

  • Assistant Attorney General Henry Petersen supplies to Judge Matthew Byrne—the judge in the Daniel Ellsberg Pentagon Papers trial—copies of the CIA-supplied photos of E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy in front of the office of Ellsberg’s psychiatrist, Lewis Fielding.[93]John Dean spills the beans on the “break-in” at psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding’s office. All charges soon will be dropped against Ellsberg.
  • On the same day, John Dean tells federal prosecutors about the burglary of Dr. Lewis Fielding’s office in Los Angeles, engineered by E. Howard Hunt.[98]
  • OT VII Ingo Swann comes up with the name “coordinate remote viewing” instead of just “remote viewing.”[94]

Monday, 16 April 1973

  • E. Howard Hunt confirms what John Dean has told federal prosecutors the previous day about the burglary of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding’s office in Los Angeles.[98]

Friday, 20 April 1973

  • CIA’s Office of Research and Development decides to become involved in the remote viewing research, requests an increase in the scope of the effort, and transfers funds to CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS): “C/TSD; Memorandum for Assistant Deputy Director for Operations; Subject: Request for Approval of Contract; 20 April 1973 (SECRET).”[19]

Late April 1973

  • OT VII Ingo Swann’s “coordinate remote viewing” experiments are getting more accurate and promising results, prompting Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ to continue the experiments.[94]

Early May 1973

  • CIA Project Officer Ken Kress is told not to increase the scope of the SRI remote viewing research because it’s “too sensitive”: CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS) is being investigated for involvement in the Watergate affair.[19]
  • Director of Central Intelligence Dr. James Schlesinger issues a memorandum to all CIA employees requesting the reporting of any activities that may have been illegal and improper: CIA operations are being investigated in connection with Watergate.[19]

Friday, 11 May 1973

  • Because of CIA-supplied photos of G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt at the office of Daniel Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis Fielding and the subsequent revelations, all charges against Daniel Ellsberg for leaking the Pentagon Papers are dropped and his case dismissed on the grounds of “government misconduct.”[99]
Daniel Ellsberg is cleared of
all charges because of CIA-supplied photos—that had been
taken with a CIA camera and developed by CIA—of Liddy and Hunt in CIA garb in front of psychiatrist
Lewis Fielding’s office.

Monday, 21 May 1973

  • A twenty-six-page preliminary summary of the reports from CIA employees regarding questionable activities is sent to DCI William Colby under the title “Potential Flap Activities.” The full report, completed later, comes to 693 pages in all, one for each “abuse,” and it quickly acquires the nom de scandale of “the Family Jewels.” It includes reports on CIA’s involvement in assassination plots.[98]

Tuesday, 29 May 1973

  • CIA analyst Richard Kennet gives a set of coordinates he’s gotten from a CIA colleague to Hal Puthoff at SRI as a “rigorous scientific experiment,” coordinates that Kennet himself doesn’t know anything about.[94]

Early June 1973

  • OT VII Ingo Swann and OT III Pat Price do remote viewing sessions on the coordinates given to Hal Puthoff by CIA’s Richard Kennet. Their results are similar, both sketching something that resembles some sort of military installation. Price’s report is detailed, including even code names on file folders on desks and inside file cabinets, and names of military personnel. Puthoff sends the information off to CIA’s Richard Kennet.[94]

Friday, 8 June 1973

  • Richard Kennett shows Pat Price’s and Ingo Swann’s “coordinate remote viewiing” results to his CIA colleague, Bill O’Donnell, who had provided Kennett the coordinates in question to begin with [see timeline entry for 29 May 1973]. O’Donnell it isn’t even close; he had given Kennett map coordinates for his summer cabin in the woods.[94]

Sunday, 10 June 1973

  • Richard Kennett takes his wife and children on a “drive into the coutryside” in the Blue Ridge Mountains to check out Bill O’Donnell’s accounting of the coordinates Pat Price and Ingo Swann had remotely viewed. “A few miles from his friend’s cabin,” Kennett discovers a dirt road with a government “No Trespassing” sign, and some satellite antennas in the background—”obviously some kind of secret installation.” It seems to match many of the descriptions provided by Price and Swann.[94]

Monday, 11 June 1973

  • Richard Kennett looks up “an official who he thought might know about” the strange secret base he and his wife and kids have discovered on their weekend drive to West Virginia, and gives the unnamed official Pat Price’s and Ingo Swann’s descriptions from their “coordinate remote viewing” sessions.[94]

Wednesday, 13 June 1973

  • CIA’s Richard Kennett finds himself at the center of an intense and hostile security investigation over the “coordinate remote viewing” descriptions of Scientology OTs Pat Price and Ingo Swann of the secret installation in West Virginia. The investigation soon extends to Price, Swann, and OT VII Hal Puthoff at SRI. The facility, ostensibly a U.S. Navy communications base, is actually a highly sensitive NSA installation.[94]
  • The NSA’s David Young—who has been granted immunity by Watergate prosecutors—turns over to them a one-page memo revealing a 1971 plan for G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt to arrange a break-in at the office of Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding.[100]

Late June 1973

  • Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ brief senior CIA officials at CIA Headquarters in Langley, Virginia on their remote viewing research. The officials include Office of Technical Services (OTS) chief John McMahon and Deputy Director for Science and Technology Carl Duckett.[94]

July 1973

  • Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann travel to Prague for the First International Congress on Psychotronic Research. Word comes from CIA that the leader of the Soviet group is a KGB officer. At the same conference is CIA’s Cleve Backster.[94][101]

August 1973

  • OT III Pat Price is given coordinates supplied by CIA’s Ken Kress for coordinate remote viewing experiments. Price identifies a Soviet military research facility at the southern edge of the Semipalatinsk nuclear test area in the Kazakh Republic. The accuracy of Price’s reports about the place become an important factor in future funding of the remote viewing research of Puthoff, Targ, et. al.[94]
  • CIA officials discuss parapsychology with “several members” of DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency). The “DIA people” are interested in the Soviet activities in this area, and express considerable interest in the CIA/SRI experiments.[19]
  • Ingo Swann’s contract at SRI ends. He returns to New York. [NOTE: Later timeline entries indicate that Ingo Swann has been training CIA “in-house” remote viewers.][94]
TOP: OT III Pat Price remote viewing sketch of Soviet gantry at Semipalatinsk.
BOTTOM: CIA illustration of gantry made from satellite photos.

October 1973

  • Ingo Swann is flying from New York to Los Angeles every weekend to receive Scientology services at Celebrity Centre from Jim Fiducia. Swann has completed a service called “Grade IV Expanded.” He writes a Scientology “success story” that says in part: “The precision of Ron’s (L. Ron Hubbard’s) auditing technology…is such a great contribution to history and humanity that words are not enough. Utilizing the technology is what to do ‘in this point in time.'”[102]

Early November 1973

  • William Colby has become Director of Central Intelligence (DCI).[19]
Ingo Swann, developing remote viewing for CIA,
says: “The precision of [L. Ron Hubbard’s] technology is
such a great contribution to history and humanity that…
utilizing the technology is what to do in this point in time.”

Friday, 9 November 1973

  • CIA’s K. Green issues a report on the 1 June 1973 [see] coordinate remote viewing experiment with Ingo Swann and Pat Price that had targetted a secret NSA installation in West Virginia: “K. Green; LSD/OSI; Memorandum for the Record; Subject: Verification of Remote Viewing Experiments at Stanford Research Institute; 9 November 1973. (SECRET).” The “new directors” of CIA’s Office of Technical Services and Office of Research and Development are favorably impressed.[19]

Late November 1973

  • Based on the favorable impression made by the 9 November 1973 “Verification of Remote Viewing” report, a CIA Statement of Work is outlined, and the SRI team (Puthoff, Targ, et al.) is asked to propose another program.[19]
1974

January 1974

  • NSA’s Hal Puthoff, a Scientology OT VII contracted to CIA, has completed “Dianetic Auditing” at Scientology’s Celebrity Centre in Los Angeles. His “Success Story” soon appears in Celebrity magazine saying he has “a feeling of absolute fearlessness.” He has represented himself to the Scientologists as merely a “Professor, Stanford Research Institute.”
  • Somehow the Department of Justice and FBI have upper level, confidential Scientology (OT) materials in their files.[103]
NSA’s Hal Puthoff doing Scientology services at Celebrity Centre as a “professor.” (Scans contributed, from Celebrity magazine Minor Issue 9, circa February 1974.)

Friday, 1 February 1974

  • A new CIA program, jointly funded by Office of Research and Development (ORD) and Office of Technical Services (OTS) is begun at SRI. Kenneth Kress is the author Project Officer of the program. The project is to proceed on the premise that the phenomena associated with remote viewing exist; the objective is to develop and utilize them. The program is referenced by a cite: “Office of Technical Services Contract, FAN 4125-4099; Office of Research and Development Contract, FAN 4162-8103; 1 February 1974 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]

Tuesday, 5 February 1974

  • Hal Puthoff is contacted by the Berkely police, requesting psychic assistance in the investigation into the disappearance of Patty Hearst. That afternoon, Puthoff and Pat Price meet with the police at Patty Hearst’s apartment, where Price says it is not a kidnapping for money, but for political reasons. Pat Price, a Scientology OT III involved in the secret CIA remote viewing program, is called in to help on the Patty Hearst kidnappingThey go down to the police station, where Price picks out three photos from mug books, and associates the word “Lobo” (spanish for “wolf”) with one of the men he has selected. (All three men Price picked are later confirmed to be members of the “Symbionese Liberation Army,” which has kidnapped Hearst. The man with the “lobo” association turns out to be William Wolfe, a.k.a. “Willie the Wolf.”)[94]

Saturday, 17 August 1974

  • Ingo Swann gives a lecture to about 250 Scientologists at Laurel Springs Ranch in Santa Barbara, California: “What has Scientology got to do with Psychic Research?” Its topics include, “What is a Spirit? Its Potentials, and How Scientology provides a workable way for anyone to know the answers for himself.” Swann has flown in from New York for the lecture—where Swann secretly has been training CIA personnel in Scientology-based remote viewing.[104]

Tuesday, 20 August 1974

  • A secret internal CIA report is issued regarding OT III Pat Price’s August 1973 [see] remote viewing of a Soviet Research and Development facility: “W. T. Strand; C/ESO/IAS; Memorandum for Director, Officer of Technical Service; Subject: Evaluation of Data on Semipalatinsk Unidentified R&D Facility No. 3, USSR; 20 August 1974 (SECRET).”[19]

Thursday, 29 August 1974

  • Scientology legal has filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request to the U.S. Treasury Department that becomes civil case No. 76-1719, CSV v. Secretary of the Treasury, in U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. [NOTE: The case will be considerably expanded, entailing hundreds of documents, and including the Secret Service. Although some documents are ultimately released to the Scientologists, many are withheld under “the penumbra of agency’s executive privilege which exempts from FOIA the decision-making processes of government agencies” and under protected “inter-agency or intra-agency memorandums or letters.”]

Early October 1974

  • Ingo Swann returns to SRI as a “consultant.” [NOTE: Later timeline entries indicate that Ingo Swann has been training CIA “in-house” remote viewers.][94]

Friday, 18 October 1974

  • A paper by OT VII Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ appears in Nature magazine: “Information Transfer Under Conditions of Sensory Shielding.”[94]

Thursday, 12 December 1974

  • A CIA report: “CI/Staff/DDO; Memorandum for the Record; Subject: SRI Experiment; 12 December 1974 (SECRET).”[19]

Monday, 16 December 1974

  • The Founding Church of Scientology, Washington D.C. (FCDC) seeks access through FOIA to all records maintained by the National Security Agency (NSA) on FCDC and Scientology, as well as any records reflecting dissemination of information to other domestic agencies or foreign governments. [NOTE: The action is soon expanded to include all references to other specific Scientology organizations and to L. Ron Hubbard. NSA claims in response that it has no records related to Scientology or Hubbard. That will turn out to be a lie, but the documents ultimately will be withheld on grounds of “national security” and “confidentiality specifically imparted by other statutes.”]
NSA initially lies and says they have no documents on Scientology or Hubbard. NSA’s Hal Puthoff, a Scientology OT VII, is running the secret remote viewing program for CIA.

Thursday, 19 December 1974

  • The Church of Scientology of California (CSC) files FOIA requests for 145 documents from the U.S. Treasury, the U.S. Secret Service, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of Secret Service pertaining to Scientology and Scientologists and to L. Ron Hubbard.

Sunday, 22 December 1974

  • The New York Times publishes an article by Seymour Hersh regarding the secret Operation Chaos. Gerald Ford is President. DCI William Colby phones Ford, who is vacationing in Vail, Colorado, and tells him that Hirsh has distorted the record, and that the “excesses” of CIA had all ended in 1973—following Helms’s departure.[98]
1975

January 1975

  • Secret internal CIA reports are issued:
    1. “AC/SE/DDO; Memorandum for C/D&E; Subject: Perceptual Augmentation Testing; 14 January 1975 (SECRET)”
    2. “Chief/Division D/DDO; Memorandum for C/D&E; Subject: Perceptual Augmentation Techniques; 24 January 1975
    3. “J. A. Ball; “An Overview of Extrasensory Perception”; Report to CIA, 27 January 1975.
    4. “C/Libya/EL/NE/DDO; Memorandum for OTS/CB; Subject: Libyan Desk Requirement for Psychic Experiments Relating to Libya; 31 January 1975 (SECRET)”
    5. “C/EA/DDO; Memorandum for Director of Technical Service; Subject: Exploration of Operational Potential of ‘Paranormals’; 5 February 1975 (SECRET)”[19]
  • An internal CIA report is issued regarding the results of remote viewing experiments performed by CIA “insiders”—all members of CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS): “OTS/SDB; Notes on Interviews with F. P., E. L., C. J., K. G., and V. C., January 1975 (SECRET).” [NOTE: This is the first confirmation that CIA has their own in-house personnel as remote viewers. Later timeline entries indicate that Ingo Swann has been training CIA in-house remote viewers.][19]Meade Emory becomes Assistant to Commissioner of IRS. By 1982, Emory will restructure all of Scientology, putting it in the control of three lawyers who are not Scientologists
  • Around this time, Ingo Swann purportedly leaves Scientology: “I exited Scientology of my free will in 1975 and under reasonably amicable circumstances.” [NOTE: Unfortunately, Swann’s claim is simply a lie. In August 1977 (see) he is one of the speakers listed for Scientology’s “International Prayer Day,” and in April 1979 (see) he is listed in a Scientology publication as having completed a service called “New Era Dianetics for OTs”.]
  • Around the same time, FCDC expands its FOIA action against NSA to include all references to L. Ron Hubbard, founder of Scientology.
  • Around the same time, Meade Emory is appointed as Assistant to the Commissioner of IRS, Donald C. Alexander. [NOTE: During Emory’s tenure, a clerk typist named Gerald Wolfe will be hired at IRS despite a hiring freeze. Wolfe will begin feeding stolen documents to Scientology’s Guardian Office, which later will be raided by FBI. The Guardian Office principals, including Mary Sue Hubbard, will be sent to jail. In the aftermath, Meade Emory engineers L. Ron Hubbard’s probate, restructures all of Scientology, and becomes one of the Founders of Church of Spiritual Technology, the ultimate beneficiary of L. Ron Hubbard’s estate.]

Friday, 14 February 1975

  • The NSA replies to FCDC’s FOIA action that it has not established any file pertaining either to FCDC or L. Ron Hubbard, and that it has transmitted no information regarding either to any domestic agencies or foreign governments. [This proves later to be a bald faced NSA lie.]

Thursday, 27 February 1975

  • CBS correspondent Daniel Schorr, in a meeting with CIA Director William Colby, asks Colby point blank, “Has the CIA ever killed anybody in this country?” Colby responds: “Not in this country.” Schorr is stunned at Colby’s oblique admission, but Colby will not answer further questions about it, saying only that assassinations had been “formally prohibited in 1973.” [NOTE: See 1972.][98]
CIA’s William Colby on CIA assassinations: “Not in this country.”

Early-mid March 1975

  • FCDC expands its FOIA action against NSA, naming other Scientology organizations that NSA is suspected of having documents on. NSA again denies possession of any of the data sought. [NOTE: This, too, proves later to be a lie. As has been thoroughly covered, OT VII Hal Puthoff, running the secret CIA remote viewing program, is NSA.]
  • Around the same time, all CIA funding of remote viewing and paranormal research purportedly comes to a sudden halt. “To achieve better security,” the “operations-oriented testing” of remote viewing with Scientology OTs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann purportedly is stopped.[19]
  • Around the same time, CIA “personal services” contract with Scientology OT III Pat Price is started.[19]
  • Pat Price departs SRI. He claims he is going to “work for a coal company” in Huntington, West Virginia, and intends to return in a year. He is working directly for CIA as a contractor.[94]

Thursday, 12 June 1975

  • Two internal CIA reports are issued regarding a device being used at SRI in remote viewing research:
    1. “L. W. Rook; LSR/ORD; Memorandum for OTS/CB; Subject: Evidence for Non-Randomness of Four-State Electronic Random Stimulus Generator; 12 June 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”
    2. “S. L. Cianci; LSR/ORD; Memorandum for OTS/CB; Subject: Response to Requested Critique, SRI Random Stimulus Generator Results; 12 June 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]

Monday, 23 June 1975

  • In the course of FOIA proceedings against the Department of State and the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), FCDC learns that NSA has at least sixteen documents concerning Scientology, FCDC and related organizations despite NSA’s claims for months that they had no such documents. Suddenly, confronted with details extracted by FCDC from the CIA, the NSA “succeeds” in locating fifteen of those items “in warehouse storage,” and obtains a copy of the sixteenth from CIA. Then NSA takes legal action to prevent release of the materials on grounds of national security.
Scientology FOIA actions against CIA expose NSA’s lie about having no relevant documents. Both FOIA actions are ultimately thrown out by courts on grounds of “national security.”

Friday, 11 July 1975

  • OT III Pat Price, on a “personal services contract” with CIA, is given a “second requirements list” for a Libyan installation Price had earlier identified with remote viewing as a guerilla training site. Price dies “a few days later.”[19]

Tuesday, 15 July 1975

  • OT III Pat Price leaves from Huntington, West Virginia on a several-week trip west. He first stops and has dinner in Washington, D.C.[94]

Wednesday, 16 July 1975

  • OT III Pat Price arrives in Las Vegas, en route first to SRI, then to Los Angeles. In Vegas, Price is met by an old friend named Bill Alvarez and his wife, Judy. The three check into the Stardust Hotel and go into the restaurant for dinner. Price begins to complain that he doesn’t feel well, and tells the Alvarezes that someone “had seemed to slip something into his coffee” at dinner in Washington the night before. Price soon feels so bad that he goes up to his room to lie down. He feels even worse and calls the Alvarezes. They come to his room and find him on the bed apparently in cardiac arrest. Bill Alvarez calls paramedics, who try without success to resuscitate Price. He is declared dead in the local hospital’s emergency room. A mysterious “friend” of Price’s turns up at the emergency room with “a briefcase full of his medical records,” which, along with the statments of the emergency room’s physician, are enough to waive an autopsy—which would normally be performed on an out-of-towner who had died outside the hospital.[94]

Tuesday, 9 September 1975

  • Pursuant to FCDC’s FOIA requests, Department of Defense and Department of the Army have released a number of documents in their entirety, released only edited versions of others, and refused to release any portion of certain documents. Dissatisfied, the Church resorts to legal action to compel disclosure. On September 9, 1975, the Church files a complaint seeking an injunction against withholding of records: Church of Scientology v. United States Department of the Army, No. CV-75-3056-F. Named as co-defendants in the action are Secretary of the Army, the U. S. Intelligence Agency and Assistant Chief of Staff for Army Intelligence. [NOTE: This FOIA case will be lost mainly on grounds of “national security.”]
Although relevant records are still classified, there can be little doubt that the remote viewing program is going directly to benefit the Army, since the entire purpose was for militiary intelligence. This case, too, will be thrown out on grounds of “national security.”

Wednesday, 8 October 1975

  • A CIA report is done regarding experiments being done at SRI: “G. Burow; OJCS/AD/BD; Memorandum for Dr. Kress; Subject: Analysis of the Subject-Machine Relationship; 8 October 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]
  • A CIA report is issued that’s somehow related to the “requirements list” for a Libyan remote viewing target that was allegedly passed to Pat Price just days before he died: “DDO/NE; Memorandum for OTS/BAB; Subject: Experimental Collection Activity Relating to Libya; 8 October 1975 (SECRET).”[19]

Thursday, 4 December 1975

  • In addition to it 9 September FOIA suit, Scientology’s FCDC files a complaint seeking an injunction against withholding of records in Church of Scientology v. United States Department of Defense, No. CV-75-4072-F. Named as co-defendants in the action are Office of the Secretary of Defense, Secretary of the Department of Defense, United States Department of the Navy, Secretary of the Navy, Naval Intelligence Command, and Director of Naval Intelligence. [NOTE: This FOIA case, too, will be lost mainly on grounds of “national security.”]
  • On the same day, an internal CIA report is issued on a Pat Price remote viewing of a Soviet Research and Development facility is issued: “D. Stillman; Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; “An Analysis of a Remote Viewing Experiment of URDF-3″; 4 December 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]
The Defense Department also will be protected by U.S. Courts from releasing the documents on the grounds of “national security.”
1976

Wednesday, 14 January 1976

  • The AiResearch Manufacturing Company completes a report to CIA indicating that further developments in long-distance telepathy aare continuing in the Soviet Union.[17]

Friday, 30 January 1976

  • George H.W. Bush becomes Director of CIA.

March 1976

  • OT VII Hal Puthoff and Russel Targ publish an article: “A Perceptual Channel for Information Transfer Over Kilometer Distances; Historical Perspective and Recent Research” Proceedings of the IEEE LXIV March 1976 Number 3, 329-354.[19]

Monday, 16 August 1976

  • Scientology’s FCDC files suit in District Court to compel NSA to conduct a renewed search of its files, and to enjoin NSA from any withholding of the materials. FCDC serves numerous interrogatories on NSA inquiring into its efforts to locate the records, its classification of documents, and its correspondence with CIA with respect to the NSA items that had been uncovered in FOIA actions against CIA. NSA declines to supply more than minimal information in answer to the interrogatories. [NOTE: All Scientology FOIA actions are being handled by Scientology’s Guardian Office, regardless of the specific Scientology organization filing the requests or suits.]
Scientology’s Guardian Office has authority over all Scientology legal actions, and is directing the FOIA cases against NSA, CIA, and other U.S. agencies and departments

Tuesday, 24 August 1976

  • Opening Day of Scientology’s “First International Conference for World Peace and Social Reform and Human Rights Prayer Day” at the Anaheim Convention Center in Anaheim, California. Ingo Swann has been promoted to be one of the many speakers at the event. Another one of the listed speakers is an unnamed “former Executive Assistant to the Deputy Director of the CIA.” Also featured at the event are the Hubbard children—Diana, Suzette, Quentin, and Arthur—as well as Celebrity Centre director Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch.[3][105]

Thursday, 28 October 1976

  • Quentin Hubbard, son of L. Ron Hubbard, is found in a coma in a car parked near McCarren airport in Las Vegas, Nevada without any identification on him. He never comes out of the coma and dies just over two weeks later, still unidentified. Clark County Medical Examiner Sheldon Green determines the cause of death to be carbon monoxide poisoning, but says the “mode and manner” of death are unknown. Although ultimately able to identify Quentin through automobile records, the effort isn’t made until after he has died. Autopsy reveals evidence of staph, and an angiogram had revealed a “possible cerebral abcess.” [NOTE: A little over a year later, Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch will die mysteriously, first diagnosed as having a staph infection, but with cause of death later being attributed to “a brain tumor.”]
L-to-R: Diana, Quentin, Suzette, and Arthur Hubbard at the Human Rights Prayer Day event in Los Angeles just a little over two months before Quentin is found in Las Vegas in a coma from which he never recovers

November 1976

  • George H. W. Bush (Sr.) is Director of Central Intelligence. He learns that Soviet officials have been visiting and questioning Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ at SRI. Bush requests and receives a briefing on CIA’s investigations into parapsychology. Before there is any official response from Bush, he leaves CIA.[19]
1977

Monday, 31 January 1977

As Director of CIA, George H.W. Bush is over CIA’s remote viewing program while the Guardian Office is suing CIA for FOIA documents
  • Scientology’s FCDC files a suit against the Director of CIA and others, No. 77-0175. The suit alleges that Scientology has been the subject of a government-wide conspiracy to destroy a religion. It claims that the church’s constitutional and statutory rights have been violated in that the government agencies have improperly maintained and disseminated information; harassed, observed, and infiltrated the organization; “blacklisted” members; and subjected the organizations to discriminatory tax audits. Defendants include the Director of the FBI, the Attorney General of the United States, the Director of the CIA, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Chief of the National Central Bureau of the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL); the Director of NSA; the Secretary of the Army; and the Postmaster General of the Postal Service. The United States is also named as a defendant. [NOTE: George H.W. Bush leaves as Director of CIA at almost the same time this case is filed. This suit, as all the other Scientology FOIA cases, is being handled by Scientology’s Guardian Office, run by Mary Sue Hubbard. Just over six months after this suit is filed, the Guardian Office is raided by the FBI and all of its senior members are charged with stealing IRS and other government agency documents. They will be sentenced to jail terms. In the aftermath, IRS’s Meade Emory will tear down the entire Scientology corporate structure and rebuild it, but Meade Emory’s work will be in secret, and the restructuring will be publically attributed to L. Ron Hubbard, whose whereabouts are unknown the entire time.]

April 1977

  • The CIA’s Office of Scientific Investigation completes a study about Soviet military and KGB applied parapsychology: “T. Hamilton; LSD/OSI; “Soviet and East European Parapsychology Research,” SI 77-10012, April 1977 (SECRET/NOFORN).”[19]

Thursday, 2 June 1977

  • The United States District Court for the Central District of California issues a Summary Judgement for the U.S. in the Scientology FOIA action No. CV-75-3056-F (CSC v. Army), granting the Department of the Army the right withhold documents and portions of documents pertaining to Scientology and its founder, L. Ron Hubbard. Grounds are “national security.”
  • On the same day, the United States District Court for the Central District of California issues a Summary Judgement for the U.S. in the Scientology FOIA action No. CV-75-4072-F (CSC v. Defense), granting the Department of Defense the right withhold documents and portions of documents pertaining to Scientology and its founder, L. Ron Hubbard. Grounds are “national security.” [NOTE: The Guardian Office still has FOIA actions outstanding against NSA, CIA, et al. Just over a month after this ruling, though, the Guardian Office will be raided by the FBI.]

Friday, 8 July 1977

  • The Federal Bureau of Investigation, using chain-saws and axes, mounts three simultaneous early-morning raids of Scientology Guardian Office facilities on opposite coasts: the Cedars complex and Fifield Manor in California, and the Washington, D.C. (FCDC) office 06:00 hours Pacific time. At the time of these raids, the Guardian Office is managing Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) suits against the Directors of CIA and the FBI, plus the CIA itself, the National Security Agency (NSA), the Department of Defense, Army Intelligence, Naval Intelligence, the Treasury Department (including IRS), INTERPOL, and the Attorney General of the United States. [NOTE: The senior Guardian Office (GO) personnel will be sent to jail as a result of the raid, with the GO soon being disestablished altogether. Control over the other Scientology FOIA actions is severely compromised, and all are ultimately lost on grounds of “national security.” Soon after, Meade Emory begins restructuring Scientology to have the ownership and control of the materials put under three non-Scientologist tax and probate attorneys. See 28 May 1982.]
  • The CIA has appropriated Scientology Advanced Technology via the use of Scientology OTs who have developed “remote-viewing” techniques, and who have trained CIA personnel. The CIA has a super-secret remote-viewing installation now set up, which has been joined to the U.S. Army Intelligence Agency’s merger with the Army Security Agency to form the all-in-one “Intelligence and Security Command” (INSCOM). Under INSCOM, a major and super-secret remote-viewing program is being established at Fort Meade. It has been described thus: “The…researchers, in rivalry with their Soviet counterparts, were attempting nothing less than the development of the perfect spies, human beings who, undetectably and at almost zero cost, could spy upon the most remote, sensitive, and heavily guarded locations.” The program has gone under the code name SCANATE (for “SCAN by coordiNATE”), but soon will become Project GRILLFLAME, and evolve into Project STAR GATE. The CIA, NSA, and the Defense Intelligence agencies are all fighting the Guardian Office FOIA actions, largely on the grounds of “national security” (although other justifications are thrown in for window dressing). Even Congress, other than the oversight committee, does not know about these secret intelligence projects utilizing Scientology and Scientologists.
The FBI launches simultaneous early-morning raids on three Guardian Office locations: two in Los Angeles, one in Washington, D.C.

Tuesday, 9 August 1977

  • CIA Director Stansfield Turner reveals publicly, but obliquely, that CIA has had “operational interest in parapsychology.” [106] [19]

Friday, 4 November 1977

  • Former CIA Director Richard Helms appears in federal court in Washington, D.C. for sentencing on perjury before a Congressional Committee. Judge Barrington D. Parker reads Helm a stern lecture and announces the sentence: a $2000 fine and two years in jail—then suspends the sentence.[98]
1978

Tuesday, 17 January 1978

  • Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch, who founded Celebrity Centre and has been closely connected to Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann, dies at the Scientology Flag Land Base in Florida. There is a good deal of mystery surrounding her death. She had gone to Flag to be handled for a staph infection that had started in a leg, but then her death is reported as having been from a brain tumor.
Founder of Celebrity Centre Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch dies under mysterious circumstances with similarities to medical findings in Quentin Hubbard’s untimely death (Portrait by William Shirley)

May 1978

  • The SRI remote-viewing team is called upon to rapidly try and locate, with remote viewing, a downed Soviet Tupolev-22 bomber that had been configured for gathering electronic and photographic intelligence, and had gone down in the jungles the day before somewhere in Zaire. The task is given to two remote-viewers: Gary Langford at SRI (under Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff), and a woman named Frances Bryan at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. Both produce sketches of a river, which get matched to maps of the general area where the plane is thought to have been. A cabled summary of their results goes to the CIA station chief in Kinshasa, but the co-ordinates are over 70 miles from where the local CIA team believe the plane has gone down. The wreckage of the plane is soon found less than three miles from where the remote-viewers had pin-pointed it. CIA Director Stansfield Turner briefs President Jimmy Carter on the successful operation and recovery. [NOTE: Seventeen years later, Carter briefly describes this incident during a speech at a college, even though the entire program is still top secret at the time.][94]

Tuesday, 31 October 1978

  • Two senior scientists from the Soviet Ministry of Defense—Jan I. Koltunov and Nikolai A. Nosov—become members of the Moscow Bio-Electronics Laboratory, which is doing research in telepathy.[17]

Thursday, 7 December 1978

  • The KGB restructures the Moscow Laboratory for Bio-Electronics’ “Rules for Admittance to Membership in the Central Public Laboratory for Bio-Electronics,” creating stringent security requirements.[17]
1979

January 1979

  • Funding and tasking of remote viewing are being coordinated by the DIA, and the separate elements of the project are going by the collective code name GRILL FLAME. Integration of the project provides political cover for other agencies that might have been embarrassed to fund psychic spying directly. Atop this cover is Jack Vorona, who heads the DIA’s Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate (known as “DT”) as one of the Pentagon’s top scientists. Funding for the SRI branch of the remote viewing operation alone, where Scientology OTs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann are operating, is estimated to run close to $1 million annually.[94]

Monday, 5 March 1979

  • OT VII Hal Puthoff receives a call from the Jet Propulsion Labratory (JPL) at La Canada, California. Raw data is coming in from the space probe Voyager 1, which is approaching Jupiter. JPL scientists have been completely surprised to discover that there is a ring around Jupiter. Puthoff’s remote-viewing associate at SRI, OT VII Ingo Swann, had, on 27 April 1973 [see]—nearly six years earlier—remote-viewed Jupiter and had described and sketched just such a ring around the planet. Swann’s results regarding Jupiter had been laughed off at the time.[107]
Jupiter is discovered to have rings

April 1979

  • OT VII Ingo Swann is listed in Scientology’s Source magazine issue 20 as having completed New Era Dianetics for OTs.
Despite strict Scientology policies against it,
Ingo Swann, while working for the CIA, is still
doing upper-level Scientology services—even though
Swann later claims he left Scientology “in 1975.”

Sunday, 15 April 1979

  • OT VII Hal Puthoff issues an SRI Internal Report, “Feasibility Study on the Vulnerability of the MPS System to RV [Remote Viewing] Detection Techniques.” [NOTE: MPS = Mapping, Chart, and Graphics Production System of the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA)][108]

July 1979

  • Hella Hammid, a remote viewer working in the CIA-initiated program at SRI under OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann, successfully describes microscopic picture targets as small as one millimeter square in an experimental series, and also correctly identifies a silver pin and a spool of thread inside an aluminum film can.[109][110]

September 1979

  • The GRILL FLAME remote viewing headquarters at Fort Meade, Maryland is an outgrowth of the Scientology-based CIA-initiated remote viewing studies conducted at SRI by Scientology OT VIIs Hal Puthoff—who is Director of the SRI facility—and Ingo Swann. The Fort Meade unit is housed in two single-story wooden structures numbered 2560 and 2561. Fort Meade is a base for the National Security Agency (NSA) and part of the Army’s Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM), under which GRILL FLAME is officially established. GRILL FLAME takes its orders from the Pentagon’s Office of the Army’s Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelligence, and its tasking originates from CIA, DIA, and the President’s National Security Council (NSC). Only a few dozen officials in the intelligence community have been briefed on the existence of GRILL FLAME. “Access is limited,” an Army memorandum of the time notes, “to those personnel approved on a ‘by name’ basis.”
  • Joseph McMoneagle is a consultant for the SRI remote viewing labs OT VII Hal Puthoff is Director, and where OT VII Ingo Swann trains government remote viewers. McMoneagle is being assigned numerous remote viewing tasks, for which he will later be granted a Legion of Merit award for excellence in intelligence service. *U.S. Intelligence agencies have become aware that the Russians have built the largest building under a single roof in the world. No one in the agencies, however, knows what is going on inside. The President’s National Security Council staff orders INSCOM to have remote viewers see what they can determine about it. One of INSCOM’s better remote-viewers, Joseph McMoneagle (a consultant with OT VII Hal Puthoff) reports, after his remote viewing of the facility, that a very large, new submarine with 18-20 missile launch tubes and a “large flat area” at the aft end will be launched in 100 days. Two Soviet subs, one with 24 launch tubes, and the other with 20 launch tubes and a large flat aft deck, are sighted 120 days later. These are new Soviet “Typhoon”-class submarines—the largest in the world.[111][112][113][94]

Friday, 23 November 1979

  • The Joint Chiefs of Staff issue orders for Scientology-trained government remote-viewing personnel to begin providing information on the location and condition of the Iranian hostages. [NOTE: A total of 206 remote-viewing sessions are ultimately devoted to the Iranian hostage crisis.]
1980s to Present

Friday, 28 May 1982

  • On the tenth anniversary of the purported Watergate first break-in, a corporation called Church of Spiritual Technology (CST), doing business as the “L. Ron Hubbard Library,” is created that controls all of L. Ron Hubbard’s intellectual property, including all research and materials of Scientology, including the OT Levels. Three non-Scientology lawyers create the corporation and appoint themselves for life as its “Special Directors,” vesting in themselves ultimate control over the corporation and all of the intellectual properties. The corporation has been created as part of a Scientology “restructuring” engineered by a former Assistant to Commissioner of IRS, Meade Emory.

Circa July 1982

  • OT VII Ingo Swann, under the direction of OT VII Harold Puthoff, head of the Remote Viewing Laboratory at SRI, is training remote viewers for the the Army. According to Major Ed Dames, he and five others are sent to be trained by Swann, purportedly in a “new model” of remote viewing. [NOTE: Ed Dames has been documented as lying publically about the involvement of Scientology and of OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann in the genesis of remote viewing, and reasonbly is viewed as a primary source of CIA disinformation and phony “technology” related to the subject. See CST and the CIA.]

Tuesday, 16 July 1984

  • A press release promises construction in Los Angeles of an $8 million “L. Ron Hubbard Library” where the original works of Hubbard “will be made readily accessible” to all. The release goes on to say that “until construction of the library,” all the original manuscripts and tapes have been buried “in a series of underground vaults in half a dozen separate, but undisclosed locations.” [NOTE: No such library ever was built. The original works still remain buried in one or more underground vaults, of which only three have ever been identified. Also, the release omits any mention of the Meade Emory-created CST, which controls all the works, or of the fact that it is doing business at the time of the release under the exact name as the promised library (see 28 May 1982).][114][115]

Monday, 24 August 1992

  • The Church of Spiritual Technology (CST), which had been set up by a former Assistant to the Commissioner if IRS, Meade Emory, to control all of L. Ron Hubbard’s works, makes a land swap with the U.S. government, giving the federal government one of the vaults it has constructed—the Trementina Base in New Mexico, and all the developments on it—in exchange for a like-sized but much cheaper piece of public and undeveloped land nearby. There is no accounting for the contents of the vault traded to the U.S. government. [NOTE: See Trementina Base for full coverage.]
CST trades land with an underground vault to U.S. government at a major loss, including millions of dollars invested in building the vault. The land CST takes in trade is valued at only a little over $28,000.

Friday, 1 October 1993

  • Just over a year after the land swap (see 24 August 1992), the U.S. government restores tax exemption to Scientology. [NOTE: See 1967 for date of revocation.]
The “Church of Spiritual Technology” owns
all of Hubbard’s works, and has buried the originals
in one or more underground vaults—then traded
one of the vaults to the U.S. government, contents unknown.

Wednesday, 6 September 1995

  • Ordered to declassify certain information about remote viewing, the CIA has its public relations office issue the following: “As mandated by Congress, CIA is reviewing available information and past research programs concerning parapsychological phenomena, mainly ‘Remote Viewing’ to determine whether they might have any utility for intelligence collection. CIA sponsored research on this subject in the 1970s. At that time, the program, always considered speculative and controversial, was determined to be unpromising.” [116]

June 1998

  • Remote viewer Joe McMoneagle says in an interview about CIA’s remote viewing programs: “Probably less than two percent of the information pertinent to the program has been released; certainly almost none of the operational data. A great deal of the research data is still classified as well.”[117]
Afterword

As is well and thoroughly covered elsewhere, the “Church of Spiritual Technology” (CST) created altered versions of all of Hubbard’s books and materials and began systematically replacing the originals with the altered versions. Even Hubbard taped lectures were edited, sometimes with entire sections removed. Earlier versions of the Hubbard works were collected up and destroyed. The claim was that the new versions were “correcting” the earlier versions.

Around the same time that the Guardian Office was destroyed, copies of what were purported to be the confidential upper materials began to be published in several media sources, first in a small Las Vegas rag called the Las Vegas Review-Journal, later in some broader publication magazines, and even excerpts in the Los Angeles Times and the Washington Post—whose Office of Naval Intelligence officer/reporter Bob Woodward told the world what it should be allowed to know about Watergate. No sources have ever been revealed for these purported confidential Scientology materials. Given the proven track of CST altering the works, and the fact that federal agencies had confidential upper-level Scientology materials in their files, there is sound foundation for the belief that the “OT Levels” in circulation are altered forgeries.

CST has made certain that it can never been proven one way or another by burying the original works in underground vaults, at least one of which they traded into the possession and control of the U.S. federal government on 24 August 1992.

References
  1. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z aa ab ac ad ae af ag ah Hunt, E. Howard Undercover, Memoirs of an American Secret Agent Berkely ISBN 399-11446-7
  2. a b c d e f g h i j Wells, Tom Wild Man; The Life and Times of Daniel Ellsberg
  3. a b c d e What is Scientology? Bridge Publications Los Angeles ISBN 1-573-18122-6
  4. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “The Story of Dianetics and Scientology” lecture of 18 October 1958
  5. ^ “Key Events in CIA’s History,” CIA Factbook on Intelligence 2002
  6. ^ Weiner, Tim “Robert Komer, 78, Figure in Vietnam, Dies” The New York Times 12 April 2000
  7. ^ Scan of letter
  8. a b Chase, Alston Harvard and the Unabomber: The Education of an American Terrorist W.W. Norton & Company 2003
  9. a b Ross, Colin Bluebird: Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists, Manitou Communications, 2000
  10. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental Health 1950
  11. a b c d What is Scientology “Complete List of Books and Materials”
  12. ^ Scan of Hubbard letter of resignation, 27 May 1950
  13. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “How We Have Addressed the Problem of the Mind” taped lecture 4 July 1957
  14. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Group Dianetics” Dianetic Auditor’s Bulletin Vol. 1 No. 7, January 1951
  15. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron Science of Survival limited manuscript edition Wichita, Kansas 25 June 1951
  16. ^ Project ARTICHOKE
  17. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n Ebon, Martin “Amplified Mind Power Research In The Former Soviet Union” Retrieved April 29, 2006
  18. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron What to Audit Scientific Press, Phoenix, Arizona July 1952 and “History of Man” Hubbard Association of Scientologists, London, July 1952
  19. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z aa ab ac ad ae af ag ah ai aj Kress, Dr. Kenneth A. “Parapsychology in Intelligence: A Personal Review and Conclusions” Studies in Intelligence (CIA publication) Winter 1977
  20. a b Schwalbe, David “LSD and the CIA, Part 2” Dateline 14 March 1999
  21. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron Philadelphia Doctorate Course lecture series
  22. a b c d e f g Kutler, Stanley I. Abuse of Power: the New Nixon Tapes
  23. a b Lee, Martin A. and Shlain, Bruce Acid Dreams; The CIA, LSD and the Sixties Rebellion Grove Press, New York: 1985; ISBN 0-394-55013-7
  24. ^ MK-ULTRA
  25. a b c d Martin, Harry V. and Caul, David “Mind Control” Napa Sentinel August-November 1991 http://www.whale.to/b/caul.html
  26. a b c Hubbard, L. Ron “Politics, Freedom From” LRH Secretarial Executive Directive 56 Int 14 June 1965 reissued as Hubbard Communication Office Policy Letter 10 January 1968
  27. ^ Declassified Documents—Microfilms Under MKULTRA” Research Publications Woodbridge, CT 1984 002258
  28. a b c d e Church of Scientology vs. Commissioner of Internal Revenue Docket No. 3352-78 United States Tax Court filed 24 September 1984
  29. ^ Miller, Russell Bare Faced Messiah
  30. a b c d e f g h i j k l Ellsberg, Daniel Secrets: A Memoir of Vietnam and the Pentagon Papers Penguin 2003 ISBN 0-142-00342-5
  31. ^ “Plants Do Worry and Feel Pain,” Garden News 18 December 1959
  32. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Creation and Goals” a recorded lecture of 3 August 1961
  33. ^ Sea Org Orders of the Day (OODs) 28 February 1969
  34. a b c d e Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings, Testimony of Witnesses, Book III: Responses by CIA to questions submitted by the Committee
  35. ^ Cooper, Paulette The Scandal of Scientology
  36. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Level VII” a taped lecture of 23 February 1965
  37. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “The Well-Rounded Auditor” a taped lecture of 29 June 1965
  38. a b c d e f g h A.J. Weberman
  39. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron, Scientology Policy of 28 December 1965, revised 1968, “Enrollment in Suppressive Groups”
  40. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron, Scientology Policy of 6 December 1976, revised 8 April 1988, “Illegal PCs, Acceptance Of”
  41. ^ Burton, Christine “Green Music” article
  42. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Clearing Course Security” Scientology policy letter of 16 August 1966
  43. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “OT Personnel” Scientology policy letter 10 November 1966 Issue II
  44. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z aa ab ac ad ae af ag ah ai aj ak al am an ao ap aq Swann, Ingo Remote Viewing—The Real Story
  45. ^ Miller, Russel Interview with David Mayo
  46. a b Miller, Russell Bare Faced Messiah
  47. ^ Meade Emory profile
  48. ^ Tanner, Jerald “Mormon Spies, Hughes and the CIA” citing testimony before Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings, Book III
  49. ^ CIA memo #104-10119-10323 from CIA Chief Central Cover Staff Corporate Cover Branch
  50. ^ James McCord biography
  51. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n Liddy, G. Gordon Will, the Autobiography of G. Gordon Liddy St. Martin’s ISBN 0-312-92412-7
  52. ^ Hal, Puthoff “Success Story” Scientology Advanced Org Los Angeles (AOLA) special publication, blue painting cover, printed in 1971
  53. a b c d e f g Liddy, G. Gordon Deposition in Dean v. Liddy et al., U.S. District Court D.C. 92-1807
  54. ^ Smith, J. “List of CIA Agents” Intelligence/Parapolitics magazine Brussels November 1985
  55. ^ Miller, Russell Interview with Kima Douglas
  56. ^ “Data Concerning the Death of Scientology Parishioner Susan Meister” Company Memorandum TSMY Apollo
  57. ^ White House Plumbers
  58. ^ Campaign Contributions Task Force #804—Hughes/Rebozo Investigation, Box 86, Caulfield, John: “7/71 Sandwedge proposal”
  59. ^ Caulfied, John J. (Jack Caulfield) “In Their Own Words”
  60. a b c d Memorandum for the Record: “Summary of Mr. Karl Wagner’s Knowledge of CIA Assistance to Mr. E. Howard Hunt” Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings
  61. a b c d Memorandum for the Record: “Summary of Contacts by Mr. Stephen Carter Greenwood with Mr. E. Howard Hunt” Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings Book III
  62. a b c “Orders of the Day” (OODs) of the Scientology Flagship Apollo 1971-1972
  63. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Advanced Courses” Scientology policy letter of 12 August 1971
  64. a b Transcript of recording of a meeting among the President, John Dean, and H.R. Haldeman in the Oval Office on March 17, 1973 from 1:25 pm to 2:10 pm
  65. a b c Bernard Barker testimony, May 11 and May 24, 1973 Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings Book I, Events Prior to the Watergate Break-in
  66. ^ Victorian, Armen, quoting Ingo Swann “Remote Viewing and the U.S. Intelligence Community” Lobster Issue 31: June 1996
  67. a b Brussell, Mae “Why Was Martha Mitchell Kidnapped” The Realist August 1972
  68. ^ House of Representatives Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings, Book I
  69. ^ “Chasing George W. Bush and the F-102”
  70. ^ Citrine, Charlie Watergate Timeline
  71. a b c LaMother, Captain John D. Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) Report: “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR” DIA Task Number T72-01-14 Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR large PDF file
  72. ^ Caddy, Douglas “Gay Bashing and Watergate” Advocate.com 1 August 2005
  73. a b c FBI files on L. Ron Hubbard
  74. ^ United States Court of Appeals, Eighth Circuit ruling April 10, 1972 Church of Scientology of Minnesota et al. v. Department of Health, Education & Welfare, etc., et al. No. 71-1507
  75. a b c “Bug Suspects Got Campaign Funds” Washington Post
  76. ^ FBI report dated 22 June 1972, “Memorandum to Mr. Bolz”
  77. a b c d e f g Congressional testimony of Alfred Baldwin, 24 May 1973
  78. ^ Document in PDF format “BushGuardmay4.pdf” released by CBS news in September 2004
  79. a b c d e U.S. v. George Gordon Liddy et al. Grand Jury Indictment; Grand Jury sworn in on June 5, 1972
  80. ^ James McCord testimony, May 11 and May 24, 1973 Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings Book I, Events Prior to the Watergate Break-in
  81. ^ Document in PDF format “BushGuardmay19.pdf” released by CBS news in September 2004
  82. ^ Excerpt of letter from Nixon to Kissenger and Haig
  83. a b c The Public Papers of President Richard Nixon; 1972
  84. ^ U.S. vs. G. Gordon Liddy, appelant No. 73-1565 United States Court of Appeals District of Columbia, decided 8 November 1974
  85. ^ Watergate first break-in
  86. ^ Arlington National Cemetary web page on John Paul Vann
  87. ^ Helms, Richard and Hood, William A Look Over My Shoulder Random House, 2003
  88. a b c d e f Testimony of L. Patrick Gray, former Acting Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, in Congressional hearings, 3 and 6 August 1973
  89. ^ Transcript from web site “History and Politics Out Loud”
  90. ^ Church of Scientology v. IRS, No. 3352-78, United States Tax Court, filed 24 September 1978
  91. a b Watergate Chronology
  92. ^ “Watergate burglars indicted” NBC News abstract
  93. a b c d e House of Representatives Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings, Book III
  94. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x Schnabel, Jim Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s Psychic Spies Dell (1997) ISBN 0-440-22306-7
  95. ^ Bio of Jack Caulfield
  96. ^ “Project MKULTRA, the CIA’s Program of Research in Behavioral Modification” Report by U.S. Senate Select Committee on Intelligence
  97. ^ The New York Times Company Timeline: NY Times Timeline 1971-2000
  98. a b c d e f g h Powers, Thomas “Inside the Department of Dirty Tricks” Atlantic Monthly August 1979 Volume 244 No. 2 pages 33-64
  99. ^ “Pentagon Papers: Case Dismissed” Time magazine 21 May 1973
  100. ^ “Break-In Memo Sent to Ehrlichman” Washington Post Staff Writers Wednesday, June 13, 1973
  101. ^ Jensen, Derrick “The Plants Respond: An Interview with Cleve Backster” The Sun July 1997
  102. ^ Celebrity magazine Minor Issue 8 November 1973
  103. ^ RTC v. FACTnet, Inc. US District Court Colorado No. 95B2143 testimony of Robert Vaughn Young 21 September 1995
  104. ^ Celebrity magazine Minor Issue 11 September 1974
  105. ^ Celebrity magazine Major Issue 21
  106. ^ O’Leary, J. “Turner Denies CIA Bugging of South Korea’s Park” The Washington Star 9 August 1977.
  107. ^ Swann, Ingo The 1973 Remote Viewing Probe of the Planet Jupiter
  108. ^ Puthoff, Hal “CIA-Initiated RV Program at SRI” article
  109. ^ Puthoff, Harold and Targ, Russell, “Direct Perception of Remote Geographical Locations”, SRI Menlo Park, 1979
  110. ^ Targ, Russell Miracles of Mind; Remote Viewing
  111. ^ May, Dr. Edwin C. “Response to the CIA/AIR Report on Remote Viewing”
  112. ^ “Interview with Joseph McMoneagle” Psychic World Summer issue 1998
  113. ^ STAR GATE (Controlled Remote Viewing)
  114. ^ Untitled PR Newswire press release dated July 17 1984 but with July 16 dateline, begins “Construction of an $8 million library…”
  115. ^ Untitled PR Newswire press release dated July 17 1984 with July 17 dateline, begins “Construction of an $8 million library…” (text different from similar release with 16 July 1984 dateline)
  116. ^ CIA Public Affairs Office “CIA Statement on ‘Remote Viewing'”, 6 September 1995
  117. ^ Csere, Tom “Interview with Joe McMoneagle, World-Class Remote Viewer” Psychic World Summer 1998
  118. ^ Colodny, Len and Gettlin, Robert Silent Coup: The Removal of a President

Remote Viewing Timeline

This timeline details United States government development of parapsychology for military intelligence purposes, leading to a secret CIA-initiated program that became commonly known as “remote viewing.” The timeline reaches to the beginnings of Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) mind research and experimentation in the late 1940s, and includes parallel information on similar research being carried out simultaneously in the Soviet Union during the Cold War.

Because of a secret contract between the CIA and highly trained Scientologists at the inception of the CIA-initiated remote viewing program, events related to Scientology and L. Ron Hubbard that led up to the unlikely marriage of CIA and Scientology are included.

Also included are key events involving CIA and other U.S. intelligence agencies that are parallel to the evolution of remote viewing, and that are linked to its development in ways that are as inexplicable as they are inextricable. As a result, the remote viewing timeline necessarily is a partial timeline of events and people related to the Pentagon Papers and Watergate.

Contents1940s1950s1960s19701971197219731974197519761977197819791980s to PresentAfterwordReferences
  1. E. Howard Hunt is confirmed for service in Office of Strategic Services CIA’s E. Howard Hunt(OSS), forerunner to CIA. Hunt goes to Catalina Island for training. Among the people Hunt trains with is Lucien Conein.[1]
  2. Psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding joins the Veteran’s Administration (VA) in Los Angeles as staff psychiatrist and instructor in clinical psychiatry. When Fielding joins the VA, and intermittantly over the next several years, Dianetics and Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard is living in and around L.A., doing Dianetic research. He has opened an office in Hollywood, California, and is delivering Dianetic processing to people. When there, he is associated with the Los Angeles Veteran’s Administration. [NOTE: Fielding later will be integral to incidents involving CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, Daniel Ellsberg, Lucien Conein, the Pentagon Papers, and the Watergate scandal—at the very time that CIA is secretly setting up its remote viewing program using highly trained Scientologists. See timeline years 1971 and 1972.][2][3][4]
  3. The National Security Act of 1947 establishes the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). Robert Komer is in the CIA at its inception. [NOTE: Komer will become a close associate of Daniel Ellsberg at Rand and will be with Ellsberg in Vietnam.] [5][6]
  4. A letter purportedly from L. Ron Hubbard, dated 15 October 1947, ends up in his Veteran’s Administration files in Los Angeles, where Lewis J. Fielding is staff psychiatrist. The subject of the letter is Hubbard pleading with the VA for psychiatric help. [NOTE: The letter never surfaces until decades later, and then only as a copy several generations removed, making its authenticity impossible to prove or disprove.][7]
  5. With CIA liaison for administration and supply, a separate clandestine organization called Office of Policy Coordination (OPC) is created. On CIA orders, E. Howard Hunt reports to Washington, D.C. to begin service in OPC.[1]
  6. CIA’s head of Scientific Intelligence goes to Western Europe to learn Soviet techniques in mind control and interrogation, including use of LSD.[8]
  7. CIA’s mind control program Project BLUEBIRD is authorized. CIA-contracted psychiatrists begin secret experiments with ice-pick lobotomies, electroshock, hypnosis, pain, and drugs, including cocaine, heroin, and LSD. In coordination with the Veteran’s Administration, U.S. military veterans are used as unwitting subjects for many of the experiments.[9][8]
  8. The book Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental Health by L. Ron Hubbard is released. It decries hypnosis, and describes techniques for safely accessing in the mind the contents of incidents involving unconsciousness, hypnosis, drugs, and pain. It becomes a bestseller.[10][11]
  9. The Office of Naval Intelligence in Washington, D.C. sends an officer to put L. Ron Hubbard into civilian service in the government to continue his researches on the mind. Hubbard says no. The officer says that if he refuses, Hubbard will be ordered back to active duty, since his Naval commission has not been terminated. Hubbard quickly takes advantage of a letter of permission he has from the Secretary of the Navy to resign his commission, thereby putting Dianetics and Scientology out of the reach and control of the U.S. government.[12][13]
  10. As CIA’s Project BLUEBIRD expands, the CIA-contracted psychiatrists’ experimental purposes and activities include inducing amnesia, inserting hypnotic access codes in subjects’ minds, controlling behavior from remote transmitters with brain electrodes, administering LSD to children, and using electroshock to erase memories.[9]
  11. Office of Policy Coordination (OPC), where E. Howard Hunt is working, is merged with CIA. Over the coming years, during his CIA career, Hunt has other occassions to work with Lucien Conein, who is on contract to CIA.[1]
  12. L. Ron Hubbard introduces the “Theta-MEST Theory” stating that thought (Theta) is separate from the physical universe (Matter, Energy, Space and Time—MEST): that Theta can operate in and with MEST, that Theta can consider itself integrated with MEST, and that Theta can consider itself to be MEST, but that creative thought and perception reside in Theta, not MEST.[14]
  13. L. Ron Hubbard exposes “a carefully guarded secret of certain military and intelligence organizations.” CIA’s Sidney GottliebIn a new book, Science of Survival, Hubbard says: “It required Dianetic processing to uncover pain-drug-hypnosis. Otherwise, pain-drug-hypnosis was out of sight, unsuspected, and unknown.” Hubbard denounces its use as a “vicious war weapon” that may be “of considerably more use in conquering a society than the atom bomb.” [NOTE: It’s not until decades later that CIA’s pain-drug-hypnosis experimentation during this period begins to be investigated and reported by Congress. By that time, CIA’s Richard Helms, Sidney Gottlieb, and others will have destroyed many of CIA’s records of such activities. See January 1973.][15]
  14. CIA’s Project BLUEBIRD evolves into Project ARTICHOKE, with goals such as “get control of an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against fundamental laws of nature.”[16]
  15. A secret internal CIA document discusses a multi-level prorgram to research and develop the use of extrasensory perception for “practical problems of intelligence.”[17]
  16. L. Ron Hubbard releases a book, History of Man (published also as What to Audit), that describes some of the native capabilities of thought (Theta) in the individual as including communication by telepathy and the moving of material objects by “throwing an energy flow at them.” Hubbard describes Scientology processes to rehabilitate these potentials.[18]
  17. Alexander Puharich delivers a lecture called “On the Possible Usefulness of Extrasensory Perception in Psychological Warfare” to a Pentagon conference.[19]
  18. George Hunter White, on loan to CIA from the Federal Narcotics Bureau, begins administering LSD to unwitting U.S. citizens at a CIA “safehouse” in Greenwich Village.[20]
  19. L. Ron Hubbard delivers a series of over 50 lectures in Philadelphia on processes for attaining a state he calls “Operating Thetan” (OT), described as a being stably exterior from the body and able to perceive, communicate, and operate in the physical universe without reliance on the sense channels or mechanics of a body.[21]
  20. James McCord, later to be involved in the Watergate break-in, joins CIA.[22]
  21. CIA director Allen Dulles gives a speech before the National Alumni Conference at Princeton University, lecturing on “how sinister the battle for men’s minds” has become in Soviet hands.[23]
  22. CIA Director Allen Dulles authorizes a new expanded mind-control program, MK-ULTRA, brainchild of Richard Helms, a high-ranking member of CIA’s Clandestine Services. E. Howard Hunt is working at CIA headquarters at the time as a “chief of covert operations” under Clandestine Services. [23][24][1]
  23. On a 3-day holiday for CIA officials at Deer Creek Lodge in the mountains of Maryland, Sidney Gottlieb—head of CIA’s MK-ULTRA—secretly slips LSD into the after-dinner drinks. An Army scientist and germ warfare specialist named Frank Olson, who is working on an MK-ULTRA project, experiences a “bad trip,” becoming very disoriented. [NOTE: Olson soon commits suicide.][20]
  24. George Hunter White moves his CIA “safe house” operation, equipped with one-way mirrors and surveillance gadgets, to San Francisco, under the aegis of MK-ULTRA and Sidney Gottlieb. The code name is Operation Midnight Climax. He hires prostitute addicts who lure men from bars to the safe houses after their drinks have been spiked with LSD. White films the events. The purpose of these “national security brothels” is to enable CIA to experiment with the act of lovemaking for extracting information from men.[25]
  25. Factions of the U.S. government are making efforts to “seize Scientology in the United States.”[26]
  26. Staff of CIA Director Allen Dulles complete “A Report on Communist Brainwashing.”[27]
  27. The Church of Scientology of California, the senior church, is granted tax exemption.[28]
  28. The CIA has file No. 156409 on L. Ron Hubbard and his organizations.[29]
  29. L. Ron Hubbard introduces the “American Blue E-meter,” a transistorized improvement over earlier prototypes, to be used as an aid for Scientology practitioners. Newer Scientology technology begin to require the use of the meter as a guide to the use of processes toward the attainment of Operating Thetan (OT).[11]
  30. Daniel Ellsberg arrives at Rand to spend the summer as a consultant.[30]
  31. U.S. corporations, including Westinghouse, General Electric, and Bell Telephone have begun telepathy research.[17]
  32. The Herald Tribune in New York reports that Westinghouse Electric Corporation has begun to study ESP using specially designed apparatus.[17]L. Ron Hubbard discovers measurable sentience in plants, first using an E-meter with geraniums in his greenhouse at St. Hill, England, later with tomatoes
  33. Westinghouse Corporation’s Friendship Laboratory undertakes an experiment in ESP with the U.S.S. Nautilus, linking one person on land (the sender) with another person in the submarine (the receiver),while the vessel is submerged. Representatives of the U.S. Navy and Air Force are present during the experiments, which run for sixteen days under Air Force Colonel William H. Bowers. The experiments result in a 70% success rate.[17]
  34. Garden News publishes a story, “Plants Do Worry and Feel Pain,” describing experiments done by L. Ron Hubbard where he has connected plants to a Scientology E-meter and measured their reaction to threat and damage.[31]
  35. Martin Ebon, administrative assistant of the Parapsychology Association in New York and on staff with the U.S. Information Agency, is in Washington, D.C. giving a briefing on telepathy to “a top intelligence agency.” He is a specialist in tracking and examining the nature and direction of Russian and Soviet security services.[17]
  36. L. Ron Hubbard goes from St. Hill in England to Cape Finisterre, Spain for about 10 days and purchases a ship that is 106 feet long with an 18 foot beam and sleeps about 22 people. He says that purchase of the ship is “part of an operation” he is conducting from St. Hill. [NOTE: This event is the earliest indication of Hubbard’s creation, in Spain, of the confidential “Sea Project,” later to be called the “Sea Org,” which he establishes to protect and deliver the confidential upper levels of Scientology. This is the first ship purchased. The Sea Project will not be made known publically for several years. Later, Hubbard writes that the “oldest yacht in the Sea Org” is the “Enchanter.”][32][33]
  37. The Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) is created in the Department of Defense (DOD) by DOD Directive 5105.21, August 1, 1961. [NOTE: After the 1971-1972 creation of the CIA-initiated remote viewing program, its administration later gets transferred, at least in part, to DIA as one action of the remote viewing shell-game of secrecy that goes on for decades.]
  38. A book published in the Soviet Union, “Biological Radio Communication,” claims “experimental confirmation of the fact that communication between two people separated by long distances can be carried out through water, over air and across metal barrier by means of cerebral radiation in the course of thinking, and without conventional communication facilities.”[17]
  39. CIA organizes the Robert R. Mullen public relations firm as a CIA front company for use “mainly in providing CIA cover overseas.” Mullen has several overseas branches for its ciafront operations and an office in Washington, D.C.. One of its branches in Europe is staffed, run, and paid for by CIA. [NOTE: E. Howard Hunt will “retire” from CIA and go to work for Mullen on 1 May 1970 (see). At the time of his purported retirement, Hunt will be CIA’s “Chief EUR/CA”][34]Feds seize Scientology
    E-meters
  40. CIA’s Richard Helms attempts to defend CIA drug operations like Midnight Climax by telling CIA Inspector General John Earman that such testing has been necessary “to keep up with the Soviets.”[25]
  41. Deputy Marshals and Food and Drug Administration Agents raid the Scientology headquarters in Washington, D.C. and seize 100 E-meters along with Scientology publications on the grounds that the E-meters are “misbranded.”[35]
  42. Daniel Ellsberg is granted a unique security clearance giving him “unprecedented accesss to data and studies in all agencies,” as well as several “special clearances” including “very high-level access to all our secrets in the State and Defense Departments and the CIA.”[2]
  43. Richard Helms, Dirctor of CIA and father of MK-ULTRA, contradicts himself on the need “to keep up with the Soviets,” telling the Warren Commission that “Soviet research has consistently lagged five years behind Western research.”[25]
  44. L. Ron Hubbard and Mary Sue Hubbard leave St. Hill in England and travel to Spain, going first at the Canary Islands—a province of Spain—off the coast of Morocco. His research into upper levels of Scientology is now confidential, and while in Spain and the Canary Islands, he lays the groundwork for establishing confidential bases in Spain to deliver the upper levels. They return to St. Hill mid-February 1965.[3][36]
  45. Psychiatrist Jose Delgado gives a mind control demonstration in Spain with a bull: he presses a button on a radio transmitter and the bull brakes to a halt. He presses another button and the bull turns to the right and trots away, obeying commands being delivered through radio signals to brain regions in which fine wires had been planted the day before.[25]
  46. L. Ron Hubbard issues “Politics, Freedom From” in Executive Directive form, declaring Scientology to be “nonpolitical and nonideological,” and declaring it “free of any political connection or allegiance of any kind whatever.” He says the reason for the declaration is the continuing efforts of the U.S. government “to seize Scientology in the United States.” In closing he says: “Scientologists may be members of any political group on this planet without restraint only so long as these individuals or that group do not attempt to seize Scientology for their own warlike ends and so make it unworkable or distasteful by invidious connection.”[26]
  47. L. Ron Hubbard tells a group of Scientology students in a lecture at St. Hill in England that he has recently returned from Washington D.C. where IRS and factions of the U.S. government have been “trying to seize Scientology in the United States,” and that he has told them an emphatic “no.”[37]
  48. E. Howard Hunt converts from “CIA employee” to “CIA contract status” and is sent by Richard Helms on a secret mission to Madrid, Spain. The Canary Islands, where L. Ron Hubbard has recently begun to establish a base for upper level Scientology research, is a province of Spain at the time.[38][1]
  49. In a meeting with CIA’s William Colby it is arranged that Daniel Ellsberg will be traveling to Vietnam with E. Howard Hunt’s long-time associate, CIA’s Lucien Conein, on a team headed up by 20-year CIA veteran Edward Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward Landsdale].[30]
  50. L. Ron Hubbard inaugurates the confidential Clearing Course, available only at St. Hill in East Grinstead, Sussex, England.[3]
  51. Moscow’s A.S. Popov Scientific-Technical Society for Radio Engineering, Electronics and Communication establishes a Laboratory for Bio-Information to conduct laboratory-controlled telepathic experiments. [NOTE: Also referred to as Soviet Laboratory for Bio-Electronics and the Laboratory for Bio-Communications.][17]
  52. Daniel Ellsberg has arrived in Vietnam with CIA’s Edward Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward Landsdale] and Lucien Conein, and is put in touch with John Paul Vann. Through Vann, Ellsberg meets reporter Neil Sheehan. For about six weeks Vann drives Ellsberg around to every province capital in “III Corps”—the eleven provinces that include Saigon. [NOTE: Neil Sheehan will later publish secret documents given to him by Ellsberg: the “Pentagon Papers.][30]
  53. Stephen I. Abrams, Director of the Parapsychological Laboratory, Oxford University in England, working under the auspices of CIA’s MK-ULTRA, prepares a review article entitled “Extrasensory Perception.” It says ESP has been demonstrated, but is not understood or controllable.[19]
  54. L. Ron Hubbard issues a Scientology policy letter that forbids anyone connected to a “Suppressive Group” from being allowed onto the confidential Scientology upper levels unless and until the group is permanently disbanded. “Suppressive Groups” are defined as those that “seek to destroy Scientology” or specialize in “injuring or killing people or damaging their cases,” or that “advocate the supppression of Mankind.” They include “police spy organizations and government spy organizations” such as the CIA, IRS, FBI, National Security Agency (NSA), Department of Justice (DOJ), “or any other federal agency in any country.”[39][40]
  55. CIA contractor Cleve Backster connects plants to polygraphs and gets reactions on the machines when the plants are threatened or harmed. [NOTE: These are almost identical to plant experiments done by L. Ron Hubbard over six years earlier using the Scientology E-meter. See 18 December 1959.][41]
  56. Daniel Ellsberg is working in Vietnam in conjunction with CIA’s Intelligence Coordination and Exploitation (ICEX) operations—forerunner of the Phoenix Project—on “hamlet pacification,” a euphemism for, among other things, kidnapping, brutal interrogations, and assassinations.[2][30]
  57. Daniel Ellsberg is in a meeting in Vietnam with his “old friend from Rand,” CIA veteran and National Security Council (NSC) member Robert Komer. At the time, Ellsberg is involved with Lucien Conein and John Paul Vann. One of the Green Berets in the various CIA “pacification programs” is Paul Preston. [NOTE: Preston later will enroll in Scientology, and will be described by some sources as having become the “bodyguard” of L. Ron Hubbard when Hubbard disappears. See 28 May 1972.] [2][30]
  58. “Special Department No. 8” is established at the Institute of Automation and Electrometry in Academgorodok, (“Science City”), near Novosibirsk, Siberia. The building that houses the department can only be entered if one knows the code, changed each week, that opens the main door’s lock. The “No. 8” operation is devoted to experiments in information transmission by “bioenergetic” means. About 60 researchers have been brought to the facility from other parts of the USSR.[17]
  59. The Moscow daily Komsomolskaya Pravda reports on long-distance telepathy experiments conducted by the Moscow Laboratory of Bio-Information, using Yuri Kamensky and Karl Nikolayev. The experiments are reported to have “demonstrated the reality of the phenomenon and produced valuable data, both positive and negative, which pointed up the need for continued research.”[17]
  60. IRS sends a letter to the senior Scientology organization, Church of Scientology of California, recommending revocation of tax exemption.[28]
  61. The confidential materials for the first Operating Thetan level, OT I, are released by L. Ron Hubbard to qualified Scientologists on 14 August 1966. The level is called OT I.[11]
  62. L. Ron Hubbard issues a Scientology policy letter called “Clearing Course Security” with instructions on how to handle reports of anyone being a “potential security risk” with confidential upper level materials.[42]
  63. L. Ron Hubbard resigns from all directorships and running of Scientology organizations. At about the same time he releases to qualified Scientologists the confidential materials of “Operating Thetan Level II” (OT II).[11]
  64. CIA’s E. Howard Hunt returns to the Washington, D.C. area from a highly secret assignment he has been on in Spain for a little over a year. Hunt supposedly has been on a “contract” basis with CIA rather than an employee of CIA since leaving for Spain, but a CIA document of 21 September, sent to CIA’s Central Cover Staff through the Office of Security refers to Hunt as “this employee.” [NOTE: Also see 1970, where Hunt purportedly “retires” from CIA as an employee.][1][38]
  65. Just after E. Howard Hunt arrives in D.C., Daniel Ellsberg leaves Vietnam and flies to Washington, D.C., then turns around almost immediately and makes a one week trip back to Vietnam, flying non-stop on the plane of Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara. Ellsberg is in contact again with CIA’s Robert Komer.[30]
  66. Daniel Ellsberg flies back from Vietnam to Washington, D.C. non-stop on McNamara’s plane. With them is CIA’s Robert Komer.[30]
  67. L. Ron Hubbard has created the “Sea Project” and confidential programs for Scientology Clears and OTs to carry out.[43]
  68. L. Ron Hubbard gives a lecture to the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course: “OT and Clear defined,” date code 6611C29, lecture code SHspec-82.
  69. Ingo Swann begins to take Scientology services. At about the same time, Swann tenders his two-year notice for resignation from his permanent contract with the United Nations Secretariat in New York.[44]
  70. NSA’s Hal Puthoff enrolls in Scientology services. [NOTE: Puthoff will somehow get past or around the Hubbard injunction against members of a “Suppressive Group” being allowed access to the upper levels of Scientology, and by 1971 Puthoff will have attained the highest level, OT VII. See January 1971.]
  71. IRS revokes the tax exemption of the senior Scientology organization, Church of Scientology of California (CSC), which it has had since 2 January 1957 (see).[28]
  72. L. Ron Hubbard reissues “Politics, Freedom From” [see 14 June 1965], this time as a broad public issue Hubbard Communication Office Policy Letter, declaring Scientology to be “nonpolitical and nonideological,” and declaring it “free of any political connection or allegiance of any kind whatever.” L. Ron Hubbard issues “Politics, Freedom From” as policyHe says the reason for the declaration is the continuing efforts of the U.S. government “to seize Scientology in the United States.”[26]
  73. “American intelligence analysts” begin “noticing a Soviet secret police (KGB) trend…indicating serious interest in what is called ‘parapsychology’ in the West.”[17]
  74. The first Scientology “Advanced Org” is started on the Scientology Flagship (then called the Royal Scotman, later the Apollo) for the delivery of the confidential upper levels. The location is highly confidential.[45]
  75. Daniel Ellsberg is working at Rand Corporation in Santa Monica, California. He begins having regular meetings with Beverly Hills psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding—former staff psychiatrist of the Veteran’s Administration when L. Ron Hubbard was connected with the VA there. Ellsberg purportedly is a Fielding patient.[2]
  76. On a trip to the Rand office in D.C. Daniel Ellsberg is given a copy of the top-secret study that will become known as “the Pentagon Papers” for him to carry with him to the Rand office in Santa Monica, California where he works.[30]
  77. Ingo Swann employment on a “permanent contract” with the United Nations Secretariat in New York comes to an end.[44]
  78. Daniel Ellsberg “decides to release the Pentagon Papers,” purportedly because he reads in the newspaper that all charges have been dropped against several Green Berets who had been charged with a murder in Vietnam. [NOTE: The kind of ops the Green Berets had been charged with were what Ellsberg himself had been immersed in while in Vietnam, including time spent with his “good friend” Robert Komer—who headed CIA’s Phoenix Project of kidnappings and assassinations.][30]
  79. A Scientology Guardian Order says that double agents are being infiltrated into Scientology staffs and urges the use of any means to detect such infiltration.[46]
  80. G. Gordon Liddy is granted “special clearances” by CIA.[34]
  81. Meade Emory is Legislation Attorney for the Joint Committee on Taxation of the U.S. Congress. [NOTE: Emory has ties to the law firm Gall, Lane, Powell and Kilcullen in D.C. Emory will later be Assistant to Commissioner of IRS, then secretly will be the architect of several wills attributed to L. Ron Hubbard, and of the restructuring of all Scientology corporations, turning control of all Scientology materials over to non-Scientology tax attorneys appointed for life. See Meade Emory, Founder.][47]
  82. Yvonne Gillham, one of the earliest Sea Org members, has been Commmanding Officer of the Scientology Advanced Organization in Los Angeles (AOLA). L. Ron Hubbard gives her a mission to set up a Scientology organization called Celebrity Centre in Los Angeles, with the purpose of “revitalization of the arts.” She rents an old redwood and brick warehouse near downtown Los Angeles and begins delivering basic Scientology services to people in the arts, sports, entertainment, and government. She knows Ingo Swann, and he is instrumental in helping her get Celebrity Centre started. Yvonne Gillham (later Jentzsch) opens Celebrity Centre in Los AngelesThe center also has an art gallery, a performance theatre, and classes in everything from ballet to fencing to fine arts and crafts like pottery and leatherwork.
  83. Richard Helms has rubber-stamped E. Howard Hunt’s “early retirement” and has written a letter to Robert R. Mullen on behalf of Hunt, urging Mullen to hire him. Mullen is head of a CIA-created public relations firm in D.C. and has “cooperated” with CIA in the past.” One of the Mullen offices, in Stockholm, Sweden, is “staffed, run, and paid for by CIA.” Also at the Mullen firm is Douglas Caddy.[1][38]
  84. Daniel Ellsberg quits Rand in California, flies to Boston and signs a contract at MIT. He remains, though, a “consultant” for Rand.[30]
  85. E. Howard Hunt ostensibly “retires” from CIA. He goes to work for Mullen in D.C. [NOTE: By this time, up to eight people at the Mullen company have been “cleared and made witting of Agency ties, mainly in providing CIA cover overseas.” Some time shortly after arriving, Hunt is told by Robert Mullen that Mullen is planning to retire before long, and that Douglas Caddy has been selected to run the CIA front company along with Hunt and an unnamed other person after Mullen’s retirement.][1][48]
  86. Daniel Ellsberg flies to Washington, D.C. and is there for three days, flies to St. Louis for a day, then flies back to D.C.[30]
  87. Daniel Ellsberg testifies before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee hearings, Senator Fulbright chairing.[30]
  88. A CIA Covert Security Approval is requested under Project QK/ENCHANT for E. Howard Hunt.[49]
  89. Just four months after E. Howard Hunt, James McCord “retires” from CIA.[50]
  90. Daniel Ellsberg stops seeing Beverly Hills psychiatrist Lewis Fielding. [NOTE: Ellsberg had moved to Cambridge, Massachusetts months before. See 13 April 1970.][2]
  91. L. Ron Hubbard releases OT VII, the highest level in Scientology, to Advanced Organizations around the world.[3]
  92. Douglas Caddy leaves the Mullen firm to work for Gall, Lane, Powell and Kilcullen, where tax and probate attorney Meade Emory is connected.
  93. E. Howard Hunt becomes a “client” of Caddy and of Gall, Lane, Powell and Kilcullen. Caddy consults with Hunt regarding probate and other matters.
  94. G. Gordon Liddy is approached by Robert Mardian, asking Liddy to take a position that Mardian describes as “super-confidential.”[51]
  95. NSA’s Hal Puthoff somehow has gotten past L. Ron Hubbard’s prohibitions against government spy agency personnel being allowed access to upper-level Scientology, and has progressed up the Scientology levels to the recently-released OT VII—the highest level available. He writes a success story for a Scientology publication about having completed OT VII, saying that on a weekend he had stood outside a locked building and remotely viewed information he wanted from a building directory that he couldn’t physically read from the doorway, then verified later, when the building was open, that what he had viewed remotely had been accurate. [NOTE: According to Scientology’s The Auditor magazine, Special Issue March 1971, by that date there are only 2,773 Scientology “Clears” in the world. Being Clear is a prerequisite to the OT Levels. Even if 10% had gone all the way up through the higher levels by this date, Puthoff would be among only about 300 OT VIIs in the world.][52]
  96. A hidden taping system is installed in the Oval Office of the White House.[22]
  97. Vietnam vet and Green Beret Paul Preston has signed up in Scientology’s Sea Org, and is at the confidential land base for Scientology—”Tours Reception Center,” in Tangier, Morocco—where the Flagship Apollo often docks with L. Ron Hubbard aboard.
  98. E. Howard Hunt is in Miami and meets with Bernard BarkerEugenio Martinez, and Felipe De Diego. Bernard Barker has a history of almost seven years with CIA. Eugenio Martinez is on “retainer” with CIA. [NOTE: A little over four months later, these same three men will be involved with Hunt in a purported break-in of the offices of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding, ostensibly in response to Daniel Ellsberg having leaked the Pentagon Papers. But the Pentagon Papers haven’t been leaked to the press yet, and won’t be for almost two months.][1]
  99. IRS begins an audit of the senior Scientology corporation, Church of Scientology of California. Meade Emory, who later will corporately restructure all of Scientology, is Legislative Attorney for the Joint Committee on Taxation.[28]
  100. Daniel Ellsberg makes “a series of phone calls” to psychiatrist Lewis Fielding “shortly before” the Pentagon Papers are published.[2]
  101. The day before the “Pentagon Papers” are published, Morton Halperin, Leslie Gelb, and Defense Department official Paul Nitze make “a deposit into the National Archives” of “a whole lot of papers.” [NOTE: This turns out later to be copies of the not-yet-published Pentagon Papers that will make Daniel Ellsberg famous and launch everything that later comes to be known as “Watergate.”][22]
  102. The New York Times publishes the first of three installments of secret documents that have been passed to Times reporter Neil Sheehan by Daniel Ellsberg. These come to be known as the “Pentagon Papers.”
  103. G. Gordon Liddy is abruptly transferred from being “Special Assistant to the Secretary of the Treasury” to “Staff Assistant of the President of the United States,” part of the White House Domestic Council. Liddy is supplied with White House credentials.[53][51]
  104. G. Gordon Liddy is at the White House in his new job. A William Galbraith comes to the White House, purportedly one of a group of officers from the White House News Photographers Association (WHNPA). [NOTE: No “William Galbraith” has been found on WHNPA rolls, and a William Galbraith has been identified as having been a CIA agent. Nine days after this event a girl is found shot to death on board the Scientology Flagship “Apollo” at Safi, Morocco, and a William Galbraith will be in Safi representing the U.S. Embassy in Morocco in response. See 25 June 1971 and 13 July 1971.][51][54]
  105. An unspecified amount of money being carried by John McLean while on a confidential mission from the Scientology Flagship Apollo is reported stolen by McLean. Also with the Apollo at the time is Green Beret Paul Preston. [NOTE: McLean will later become a key witness for the Commissioner of Internal Revenue against Scientology in the IRS case that results from a tax audit of Scientology being pursued at the time this event takes place. See May 1971.][28]
  106. One week to the day after John McLean reports Scientology money having been stolen from him, Susan Meister is found shot to death in a cabin aboard the Flagship Apollo, docked in Safi, Morocco. Conflicting reports say she was shot either in the mouth or in the forehead. One report says the gun was folded in her hands neatly in her lap. Her death is ruled a suicide by Moroccan authorities.[46][55][56]
  107. Daniel Ellsberg is indicted for the leak of the Pentagon Papers.
  108. The Supreme Court rules 6-3 that the government has not shown compelling evidence to justify blocking further publication of the Pentagon Papers.
  109. Yvonne Gillham, Executive Director of Scientology’s Celebrity Centre in Los Angeles, is in regular touch with both Ingo Swann and Hal Puthoff. As Executive Director, as a fellow OT, and as a highly-trained Scientology auditor, she has taken on responsibility for their progress in and connection to Scientology.
  110. David Young—who is with NSA, the same agency as OT VII Hal Puthoff—is appointed to the White House Domestic Council to work with Egil Krogh[57][2]
  111. On or about the same date, Carol Ellsberg, Daniel Ellsberg’s ex-wife, calls the FBI. She tells them that Daniel Ellsberg had seen a psychiatrist. She says that Ellsberg has “assured her” that he “had told this analyst all about what he had done” (referring to the Pentagon Papers). She volunteers the name of the Beverly Hills psychiatrist: Lewis Fielding. [NOTE: Daniel and Carol Ellsberg have been living apart since January 1964, divorced since 1966. Daniel Ellsberg didn’t begin with Fielding until two years after the divorce, in March of 1968 (see), and had quit seeing Fielding in September 1970 (see)—nearly a year before “what he had done.”]Jack Caulfield
  112. On or about the same date, John “Jack” Caulfield, Staff Assistant to President Nixon, has created a 12-page political espionage proposal called “Sandwedge.” Ostensibly as part of it, Anthony Ulasewicz has rented an apartment at 321 East 48th Street (Apartment 11-C), New York City. G. Gordon Liddy is given the complete “Sandwedge” plan. [NOTE: The apartment is in close proximity to the lab and school of CIA’s Cleve Backster. It provides a backstopped New York address and phone. Note, too, that the reference for date of Sandwedge is a document in the National Archives titled “7/71 Sandwedge proposal,” despite most anecdotal accounts placing it later in 1971.][58][59]
  113. CIA Director Richard Helms is pushing behind the scenes to get E. Howard Hunt into a position connected with the White House in response to the Pentagon Papers having been leaked. H. R. Haldeman tells Nixon that that Helms has described Hunt: “Ruthless, quiet and careful, low profile. He gets things done. He will work well with all of us. He’s very concerned about the health of the administration. His concern, he thinks, is they’re out to get us and all that, but he’s not a fanatic. We could be absolutely certain it’ll involve secrecy… .”
  114. Charles Colson sends a memo to H. R. Haldeman with a transcript of a phone conversation he had with E. Howard Hunt the previous day—which he happened to record. Colson says: “The more I think about Howard Hunt’s background, politics, disposition and experience, the more I think it would be worth your time to meet him.”[22][1]
  115. E. Howard Hunt is hired as a “White House consultant” while keeping his full-time job at Mullen. Hunt is supplied with White House credentials.[1]
  116. E. Howard Hunt has a private meeting with CIA’s Lucien Conein, Hunt’s acquaintance of almost 30 years. [NOTE: Conein had been part of the team that Daniel Ellsberg had gone with to Vietnam, headed by CIA’s Edward Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward Landsdale], in 1965-66.][1]
  117. A William Galbraith, represented as being American vice consul from Casablanca, meets in Safi, Morocco with two representatives from the Scientology Flagship Apollo, ostensibly concerning the 25 June 1971 death of Susan Meister [see 16 June 1971 re: Galbraith].
  118. E. Howard Hunt has a private meeting with CIA’s Edward G. Lansdale [often misspelled as Edward G. Landsdale]. [NOTE: Lansdale had taken Daniel Ellsberg and Lucien Conein to Vietnam in 1965-66. Green Beret Paul Preston had also been there as part of so-called “pacification” programs,” as well as Neil Sheehan, who just has published the Pentagon Papers.][1]
  119. E. Howard Hunt goes to CIA headquarters and meets privately with Deputy Director of CIA Robert Cushman.[1][60]
  120. The CIA supplies E. Howard Hunt with counterfeit ID in the name of “Edward J. Warren.” Hunt meets CIA’s Stephen Greenwood in a CIA safehouse where a fake driver’s license and other ID material, plus a disguise, are given to Hunt.[60][1][61]
  121. Based on a memorandum by Egil Krogh and NSA’s David Young, the Special Investigations Unit is established at the White House under them. It comes to be known as the White House Plumbers[NOTE: David Young gives the unit its nickname, supposedly because it is there to “stop leaks.” It never stops a single leak, or accomplishes anything effective regarding security leaks. Liddy and Hunt are already established in their positions weeks before the unit is created. The creation of the Special Investigations Unit does nothing to alter the operatioinal status or position of either of them.]
  122. A highly secure facility has been set up in Room 16 of the Old Executive Office Building adjacent to the White House that G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt use. It includes a secure phone used “mostly to talk to the CIA at Langley.”[51]
  123. Green Beret and Vietnam veteran Paul Preston is aboard the Flagship Apollo in the Mediterranean, where L. Ron Hubbard is living. [NOTE: Less than a year later, Hubbard disappears, and some sources say Preston is with Hubbard at the time of the disappearance as a “bodyguard.” See 28 May 1972.]
  124. G. Gordon Liddy is in regular communication with “State and the CIA,” having direct conversations with CIA Director Richard Helms. Liddy is briefed by CIA on “several additional sensitive programs in connection with his assignment to the White House staff.” Liddy is also making regular trips to the Pentagon.
  125. E. Howard Hunt is making regular trips to the State Department. U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations at the time is George H.W. Bush (Sr.).[62][51][1][34]
  126. CIA psychiatrist Bernard Malloy comes to Room 16 and meets privately with G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt.[1][53]
  127. E. Howard Hunt again meets clandestinely in a CIA safehouse, this time with CIA’s Stephen Greenwood and also with CIA’s Cleo Gephart. Hunt purportedly discusses CIA providing a “backstopped address and phone” in New York city. Hunt also asks for CIA to provide phony ID and a disguise for “an associate”—G. Gordon Liddy. [NOTE: Hunt is asking for ID and disguise for Liddy prior to any proposal to break into Lewis Fielding’s office. Also, there’s already a backstopped address and phone in New York city at 321 East 48th Street, Apartment 11-C, New York City, set up by Anthony Ulasewicz as part of the Sandwedge proposal, which Liddy and Hunt have. See 1 July 1971.][61]
  128. CIA psychiatrist Bernard Malloy again comes to Room 16 and meets privately with G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt. Soon after, Liddy and Hunt recommend an attempt at surreptitious entry for “acquisition of psychiatric materials” on Daniel Ellsberg from the files of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding. They claim the need, first, for a “feasibility study” of Fielding’s Beverly Hills office.[1][53]
  129. L. Ron Hubbard issues a policy letter called “Advanced Courses” that makes access to all the confidential upper levels of Scientology available by invitation only, to be based largely on ethics record in Scientology and security of materials.[63]
  130. The CIA supplies G. Gordon Liddy with counterfeit ID in the name of “George F. Leonard.” Hunt and Liddy meet CIA’s Stephen Greenwood (called “Steve” in Hunt’s account) Hunt and Liddy take photographs of each other in front of Fielding’s door in CIA-supplied “disguises.” The photos will later be used by CIA to give Ellsberg a convenient “Get Out of Jail Free” card.in a CIA safehouse where a CIA-created fake driver’s license and other ID material, plus a disguise, and a camera are issued to Liddy. [NOTE: According to Greenwood, Hunt and Liddy say they have to “stop by the Pentagon” on their way to the airport, although they don’t say where they are going. It isn’t to Los Angeles for the Fielding office “feasibility study,” since that doesn’t take place until 26 August 1971 (see) according to the available accounts from Hunt and Liddy, cited in this timeline.][60][1][61]
  131. E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy fly to Los Angeles. Hunt takes pictures of Liddy, in his CIA-issued black wig, standing in front of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding’s office door, with Fielding’s name on the door. Liddy also takes pictures of Hunt. The photos are taken with the camera supplied to them by CIA.[51][1][64]
  132. E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy fly back to Washington, D.C. CIA’s Stephen Greenwood meets them at the airport, where Hunt gives Greenwood the film for developing by CIA. Greenwood delivers prints to Hunt the same day. The CIA keeps a copy of the photos of Liddy and Hunt (in CIA-provided “disguises” that don’t disguise them at all) mugging in front of Lewis Fielding’s identifiable door. [NOTE: The CIA later turns their copies of the photos over to Watergate investigators, which results in all criminal charges against Daniel Ellsberg for leaking the Pentagon Papers to be dropped. See 1973, specifically 3 January, 17 March, 15 April, and 11 May 1973][60][1][61]
  133. On a Saturday, Hunt and Liddy purportedly are in Room 16 when Liddy tells Hunt that the plan to do a break-in of Fielding’s office is approved, but that the two of them are not “to be permitted anywhere near the target premises.” [See 27 August 1971, immediately above.] E. Howard Hunt then purportedly calls Bernard Barker in Miami and asks if Barker can “put together a three-man entry team.” Barker calls back to say it will be Barker, Eugenio Martinez, and Felipe De Diego. [NOTE: As luck would have it, this happens to be the same three men Hunt had met with in Miami two months before the Pentagon Papers were published. See 17 April 1971.][1][51][65]
  134. A break-in takes place at the office of psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding in Beverly Hills, California. The break-in is made obvious by the smashing of a window. Accounts of the break-in are irreconcilably conflicting. According to Bernard Barker, E. Howard Hunt, and G. Gordon Liddy, the three Cubans—Barker, Martinez, and De Diego—had entered the office and searched thoroughly, and there was no file on Daniel Ellsberg anywhere. According to Lewis Fielding, there was a file on Ellsberg in his office, which Fielding says he found on the floor the next morning. Fielding claims it was evident that someone had gone through the file.Liddy and Hunt in New York on same night as Fielding break-in in Los Angeles
  135. The same night, Hunt and Liddy are in New York City—where Hunt has made an issue of needing “a backstopped address.” They check into the Pierre hotel and remain in New York through at least Sunday, 5 September 1971. [NOTE: There is no physical evidence that either Liddy or Hunt had been in Los Angeles at all for the Fielding office break-in. Only the anecdotal claims of the co-conspirators account for the whereabouts of Hunt and Liddy that weekend. This is similar to the later purported Watergate first break-in that involved the same personnel. (See 26, 27, and 28 May 1972.) Also, there is a backstopped address that was available to Liddy and Hunt in New York: 321 East 48th Street, not far from the Pierre hotel. Both locations are less than a mile from the Times Square lab and polygraph school of CIA’s Cleve Backster. Five days after Hunt and Liddy leave New York (see 9 September 1971), OT VII Ingo Swann will “chance” to meet Backster “at a party” in New York. Backster will be the person who then ostensibly sets up a connection between Ingo Swann—a Scientology OT VII—and NSA’s Hal Puthoff, also a Scientology OT VII. Both will be contracted by CIA to start CIA’s secret remote viewing program (see 1 October 1972).][1][51][65]
  136. OT VII Ingo Swann meets CIA’s Cleve Backster, purportedly “at a party” in New York. Backster has an “extensive network of contacts in law enforcement agencies and within the CIA.”[44]
  137. OT VII Ingo Swann visits Cleve Backster’s lab and polygraph school in New York city where Swann is asked to think thoughts of harming a plant that Backster has connected up to what Swann says was “a polygraph.” Swann thinks of lighting a match with the intent of burning one of the plant’s leaves, and there is an immediate and violent reaction. With repetitions, the reaction diminishes, and the conclusion OT VII Ingo Swannis drawn that not only is the plant capable of detecting harmful thought, but can “learn” to differentiate between true and artificial intent. The thought directed at the plant is changed to one of putting acid in its pot, with the same curve of results.[44]
  138. A “Master File” of cables (telexes) disappears from the External Comm Bureau of the Scientology Flagship Apollo. The file contains all cables related to the administration of Scientology worldwide from 22 August 1971 to 15 September 1971. In the External Comm Bureau at the time is John McLean. Also aboard he ship is Green Beret Paul Preston, doing a service called “Word Clearing Method 1.”[62]
  139. E. Howard Hunt makes a request that the CIA “immediately recall a 24-year-old secretary” from Paris for his use and “explain to all concerned that she was urgently needed for an unspecified special assignment.”[2]
  140. E. Howard Hunt is granted special permission by the State Department for “full access to the department’s chronological cable files.” [NOTE: Shortly thereafter, Hunt is engaged in forging cables.][1]
  141. Scientology OT VII Ingo Swann is doing experiments with Cleve Backster involving a piece of graphite hooked into a Wheatstone bridge [the main mechanism in a Scientology e-meter], connected with a chart recorder. Swann learns that he can focus a “beam” of intention at the graphite, and cause repeatable jogs in the chart.[44]
  142. E. Howard Hunt is in telephone contact with CIA Chief European Division John Hart, and has several telephone conversations with CIA Executive Officer European Division John Caswell.[34]
  143. Dr. John Wingate of the American Society for Psychical Research (ASPR) in New York invites OT VII Ingo Swann to work on “well-designed” psychic experiments with psychiatrist Karlis Osis. Osis is a member of the very anti-Scientology American Psychological Association (APA). [NOTE: Chicago’s W. Clement Stone is a member and major contributor to the ASPR. About 7 months later, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt will deliver an undisclosed amount of cash in a sealed envelope to the W. Clement and Jessie V. Stone Foundation in Chicago. See April 1972.][44]
  144. Cleve Backster writes and circulates a small report entitled “Psychokinetic Effects on Small Samples of Graphite,” detailing the repeatable experiments that he has conducted with OT VII Ingo Swann. Backster tells Swann, “Boy, are the guys down at the CIA going to be interested in you.”[44]
  145. E. Howard Hunt meets with CIA Director Richard Helms.
  146. Ingo Swann meets with Gertrude Schmeidler, who asks Swann if he thinks he can influence a thermistor isolated in a sealed thermos bottle. He agrees to try.[44][38]
  147. Scientology OT VII Ingo Swann is in Washington, D.C. with “a colleague” meeting “in bars and pizza parlours” with unnamed intelligence personnel. At one of the meetings with “six spooks,” Swan is asked: “If you were going to set up a threat analysis program to match what the Soviets are up to, what would you do?'”[66]
  148. Ingo Swann is working with CIA’s Cleve Backster, testing “psi probes” on gasses in pressurized containers. He and Backster move on to experiments with biologicals, including one-celled biological specimens, blood, and seminal fluid. When Swann has some success in affecting biologicals with psychic probing, Backster says, “Well, you’ve just done something the Soviets have been working on for a long time.”[44]
  149. CIA’s James McCord, purportedly retired in August 1970, signs a contract with the Republican National Committee to handle “security.” The contract is in the name of “McCord Associates, Inc.” [NOTE: The corporation will not be created until several weeks after the contract is signed; incorporation papers are not filed until 19 November 1971 (see) in Maryland.][67]
  150. Dr. Gertrude Schmeidler conducts her thermistor experiments with OT VII Ingo Swann at the New York City College. Swann can produce changes in the target thermistors, while the control thermistors remained unchanged, on a repeatable basis at the direction of the experimenter.[44]
  151. CIA’s E. Howard Hunt contacts CIA’s Office of Security Director Robert Osborne.[38]
  152. CIA’s James McCord files incorporation papers in Maryland for McCord Associates, Inc., ostensibly a security company, but the incorporation papers say nothing about providing security, and the company is not licensed for security. Included on the board are McCord, his wife, and his sister, Dorothy Berry, who works for an “oil company in Houston.” [NOTE: Berry later claimed she had “no idea” she had been listed on the board. Also, the Gulf Resources and Chemical Corporation—an “oil company in Houston” that controls half the world’s supply of lithium—will later provide checks that get converted to traceable $100 bills for part of what becomes known as Watergate. See 15 April 1972.][67]
  153. OT VII Ingo Swann is involved in one of a series of ten out-of-body (OOB) perception experiments at ASPR, the task being to verbally describe objects out of his sight in a target tray. Having difficulty doing a narrative description of the target items, he hits upon the idea of doing sketches. Successful, this becomes a regular part of the experiments.[44]
  154. Gertrude Schmeidler’s paper, “PK EFfects Upon Continuously Recorded Temperature,” describes results of her thermistor experiments with Ingo Swann and is being circulated for peer review. It generates speculation that if someone could trigger a thermistor, they also might be able to remotely trigger a bomb. There are requests for interviews of Schmeidler and Swann from media like Time and Newsweek, but Swann refuses.[44]
  155. G. Gordon Liddy becomes General Counsel to the Committee for the Re-Election of the President.[68][51]
  156. In one of a series of long-distance remote viewing experiments at ASPR, OT VII Ingo Swann suggests calling the experiments “remote sensing” or “remote viewing.”[44]
  157. E. Howard Hunt is in touch with senior CIA officer Peter Jessup, who is with the National Security Council staff.[38]
  158. On or about the same day, Hunt meets privately again with CIA’s Lucien Conein.[1]
  159. NSA’s David Young meets with Egil Krogh and CIA psychiatrist Bernard Malloy.[2]Lt. George W. Bush
  160. CIA’s E. Howard Hunt is in Dallas, Texas—an airline hub.
  161. Lt. George W. Bush is living in Houston, Texas. He is a pilot trained on T-38 Talons, a type of plane used as a chase plane.[69]
  162. An “out-of-body” (OOB) perception experiment results in Ingo Swann sketching the target object (a 7-Up can) upside down, so he believes he has missed getting it. Dr. Osis realizes that it is a perfect drawing of the can once it is turned upside down.[44]
  163. G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt are collaborating on a “political espionage” plan to replace the Sandwedge proposal. One of the items they have factored into the budget, ostensibly for “political espionage,” is a chase plane.[1][51]T-38 Talon, commonly used as “chase plane”
  164. G. Gordon Liddy is in New York city at the apartment Ulasewicz has established at 321 East 48th Street, Apartment 11-C.[70][51]
  165. G. Gordon Liddy is still in New York city. Ingo Swann learns that “two men in suits,” flashing credentials, have visited the ASPR facility investigating him. They have met with Dr. Osis, and have looked at the experiment rooms and some of the experiment results. Osis tells Swann that he (Osis) isn’t “free to tell” Swann what was discussed.[44]
  166. Origin date of Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) report, “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR”[71]
  167. Buell Mullen tells Ingo Swann that a small group of her “high-placed friends” has begun establishing a pool of money for Swann. Already some $70,000 has been “pledged” from “several sources.”[44]
  168. “Information Cut-off Date” for a 1972 Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) report entitled “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR” concerning Soviet research and development of “psi” technologies.[71]
  169. E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy return from a weekend trip to Los Angeles, during which Liddy also has gone to San Diego and back. [NOTE: Dr. Augustus B. Kinzel has a home just outside San Diego.][1][51]
  170. Buell Mullen calls Ingo Swann to say that Dr. Augustus B. Kinzel will be in New York city on 17 February with “some friends” who want to meet with Swann. She is having a dinner party for the occassion. Swann says he’ll be there.[44]
  171. G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt fly to Miami, home of Bernard Barker and other CIA-connected Cubans.[1][51]
  172. G. Gordon Liddy “recruits” CIA’s James McCord as a “wire man,” purportedly to be able to do electronic eavesdropping for “political espionage” purposes. [NOTE: At the time, Liddy has no approved budget for any such activities, nor are there any approved plans for, or targets for, any such activities.][53]
  173. At a dinner at Buell Mullen’s home in New York, Dr. Augustus B. Kinzel has brought four “friends” in suits who Kinzel will only introduce to Swann by first names. They have a one-hour meeting that is “strictly confidential,” concerning “big-time funding for a new research organization” that’s separate from the $70,000 already collected. According to Swann, at least one of the “friends” is CIA.[44]
  174. On or about the same date, E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy again fly to Miami, ostensibly to meet with Donald Segretti (a.k.a. “Donald Simmons”). While there, Hunt is in contact with CIA’s Bernard Barker.
  175. OT VII Ingo Swann performs the first of a series of “out-of-body” (OOB) experiment with Vera Feldman of the ASPR as the outbound experimenter. Swann is hooked up to brainwave leads and locked in the OOB room while Feldman goes to the Museum of Natural History a few blocks away. Swann gets a high number of “hits” on what Feldman is seeing, one of them being a display case full of gemstones. Swann and Feldman talk about ESP being used for psychic spying.[44]Liddy and Hunt name the operations they are engaged in “GEMSTONE”
  176. G. Gordon Liddy meets with CIA in connection with CIA “special clearances” he has been granted.[34]
  177. G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt meet with a “retired” CIA doctor, introduced by Hunt to Liddy as “Dr. Edward Gunn,” to get briefed by him on various covert means of murder for a possible assassination. [NOTE: Although Liddy and Hunt relate many similar incidents, if disjointedly, in their respective autobiographies, Hunt mentions nothing about this incident in his, while Liddy devotes several pages to it.]
  178. OT VII Ingo Swann, connected with ASPR, meets Robert D. Ericsson, Executive Director of Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship (SFF). [NOTE: Chicago’s W. Clement Stone is a member and major contributor to both the SFF and ASPR. About two months later, E. Howard Hunt will deliver an undisclosed amount of cash in a sealed envelope to the W. Clement and Jessie V. Stone Foundation in Chicago. See April 1972.][44]
  179. One of the members of the board of ASPR, A.C. Twitchell, Jr., purportedly calls Ingo Swann early in the morning saying that there is a move afoot at the ASPR to have Swann ejected on the grounds that he is a Scientologist. Twitchell says that it has been circulating that Swann is “Hubbard’s spy,” and is seeking to take over the ASPR on Hubbard’s behalf. Swann threatens to sue the board over his civil rights.[44]
  180. E. Howard Hunt travels to Nicaragua on an “undisclosed mission.” [NOTE: See entry for 3 March 1972.][38]
  181. Russell Targ, Charles T. Tart, and David Hart release a proposal entitled “Research on Techniques to Enhance Extra Sensory Perception.”[44]
  182. On or about the same date, Douglas Caddy begins to do “legal tasks” for G. Gordon Liddy.[72]
  183. Gary O. Morris, psychiatrist of E. Howard Hunt’s wife, Dorothy, vanishes while on vacation on the Caribbean island of St. Lucia. No trace is ever found of the pleasure boat he had left on for a cruise with his wife and a local captain, Mervin Augustin.[38]
  184. A memorandum is sent to Director of FBI J. Edgar Hoover from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD.” It says: “On 3/13/72, [BLACKED OUT] advised that he has not yet completed preparation of his report concerning the Scientology Organization and its operations in Denmark. He reiterated, however, that when completed a copy of this report will be designated for [BLACKED OUT] Contact will be maintained with [BLACKED OUT] in order to insure that this office receives copies of his report and Bureau will be kept advised.”[73]
  185. OT VII Ingo Swann is at Cleve Backster’s lab in New York. Backster hands some papers to Swann on Hal Puthoff and purportedly says, “You two might get along. He’s into Scientology, too.” [NOTE: Both Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann have been connected with Yvonne Gillham at Celebruty Centre for some time. Both also are OT VII, and the only place in the United States delivering the OT Levels is the Advanced Organization in Los Angeles (AOLA), where Yvonne Gillham had been the senior executive before starting Celebrity Centre.][44]
  186. Janet Mitchell writes regarding out-of-body brightness comparison experiments with Ingo Swann, saying, “It may be possible that he can see all the waves in the atmosphere from infrared to ultraviolet.”[44]
  187. G. Gordon Liddy’s job abruptly changes to general counsel of the Finance Committee to Re-elect the President.[53]
  188. Two days after Liddy’s job changes, E. Howard Hunt “terminates” in his paid capacity as a White House consultant—yet he keeps his office and the safe he’d used as such, and keeps his White House credentials because he continues to “work there a few hours each week.”[22][1]
  189. The day after E. Howard Hunt’s “official” disconnection from the White House, OT VII Ingo Swann contacts OT VII Hal Puthoff saying Cleve Backster has “suggested” for Swann to contact Puthoff. Swann has several phone conversations over several days with Puthoff, who suggests that Swann come out to Stanford Research Institute (SRI) for a couple of weeks to do some experiments.[44]
  190. CIA’s E. Howard Hunt flies to Chicago and delivers an undisclosed amount of cash in a sealed envelope to W. Clement and Jessie V. Stone Foundation.[1]
  191. OT VII Ingo Swann receives word that an independent judge, blind to the fact that she was judging an experiment in out-of-body (OOB) perceptions, has correctly matched all eight of the former “picture drawing” trials—a 100 per cent match between the OOB drawings and the contents of the target trays.[44]
  192. L. Ron Hubbard gives three taped lectures to students on the Expanded Dianetics course. They are the last public lectures Hubbard ever will give. [NOTE: As of this date, L. Ron Hubbard had given over 1,300 public lectures since 1950—averaging a little over one a week.]
  193. A court ruling this date by the United States Court of Appeals, Eighth Circuit, in St. Paul, Minnesota, allows the U.S. federal government to keep a shipment of Scientology e-meters that had been seized by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare on the basis of “improper labelling,” putting an unknown number of e-meters in permanent custody and possession of federal agencies.[74]
  194. E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy fly to Miami and deliver checks drawn on a Mexico City bank to CIA’s Bernard Barker. [NOTE: Several of the checks have originated from Gulf Resources and Chemical Corporation in Houston, which at the time controls half the world’s supply of lithium, used in the making of hydrogen bombs and in psychiatric drugs.][1]
  195. Physicist Dr. Russel Targ meets with CIA personnel from the Office of Strategic Intelligence (OSI) and discusses the subject of paranormal abilities. Films of Soviets moving inanimate objects by mental powers are made available to analysts from OSI.[19]
  196. CIA Office of Strategic Intelligence personnel who have been briefed by Russell Targ contact personnel from the Office of Research and Development (ORD) and Technical Services Division (TSD) regarding films and reports of Soviet investigations into psychokinesis. [NOTE: Although the name of CIA’s Technical Services Department (TSD) later changes to Office of Technical Services (OTS), some sources anachronistically refer to TSD as OTS when it was still TSD. The name isn’t officialy changed until November 1972.][19]
  197. CIA’s Bernard Barker cashes a cashier’s check for $25,000 at his bank in Miami. [NOTE: This $25,000, from the Dahlberg check, plus two later withdrawals by Barker will equal $114,000. See 2 May and 8 May 1972.][75][76]
  198. Russell Targ has joined the Stanford Research Institute, and is visited by a CIA Office of Research and Development (ORD) Project Officer. Targ proposes that some psychokinetic verification investigations can be done at SRI in conjunction with Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff.[19]J. Edgar Hoover found dead
  199. CIA’s James McCord contacts an ex-FBI agent, Alfred Baldwin, who is living in Connecticut. McCord purportedly doesn’t know Baldwin, but wants Baldwin to come to Washington, D.C. that night.[77]
  200. FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover is found dead in his home in the early morning hours. L. Patrick Gray—who has no background in law enforcement—is appointed as Acting Director of FBI. [NOTE: Hoover’s death is attributed to a heart attack, and no autopsy is done. L. Patrick Gray later will destroy material taken from the White House safe of E. Howard Hunt, then will resign.]
  201. CIA’s Bernard Barker withdraws an unspecified amount of cash from his bank in Miami. [NOTE: This is the second of three transactions by Barker that will total $114,000.][75]
  202. Alfred Baldwin meets with James McCord. McCord issues Baldwin a Smith & Wesson .38 snub-nose revolver. Baldwin is assigned to travel as a bodyguard with Martha Mitchell on “a trip to the midwest.”[77]
  203. OT VII Ingo Swann performs an experiment that he says “scared the bejesus out of the experimenters, and parapsychology as well.” In it, Swann perceives not just things the two outbound “beacons” are seeing, but also senses confusion in them. When they come back and confirm that they had gotten lost in some construction work being done in the Museum of Natural History, one says with concern, “Does this mean you can read our minds, too?”[44]
  204. CIA’s Bernard Barker, Eugenio Martinez, Frank Sturgis, and Filipe De Diego arrive in Washington, D.C. from Miami and meet with G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt.[65][1]
  205. Lt. George W. Bush is ordered to “report to commander, 111 F.I.S., Ellington AFB, not later than (NLT) 14 May, 1972.” [NOTE: Bush does not report as ordered. See 19 May 1972.][78]
  206. CIA’s James McCord rents room 419 of the Howard Johnson’s motel across the street from the Watergate. The room is registered in the name of McCord Associates.[79]
  207. Alfred Baldwin returns to Washington, D.C. from his trip with Martha Mitchell. He is told by James McCord to keep the .38 revolver because “he might be going on another trip.”[77]
  208. G. Gordon Liddy, in D.C., calls CIA’s Bernard Barker in Miami.[79]
  209. Bernard Barker withdraws another unspecified amount of cash from his bank in Miami which, with two other transactions, now totals $114,000.[75]Though not all in this timeline, cash pay-outs to CIA’s James McCord will total at least $71,000
  210. James McCord receives $4,000 in cash from G. Gordon Liddy.[80]
  211. Alfred Baldwin leaves Washington, D.C., ostensibly going to his home in Connecticut to “get more clothes.” He takes the .38 revolver with him, purportedly because he has been told by James McCord that he might be going on another trip with Martha Mitchell that is scheduled for 11 May 1972. [NOTE: Baldwin doesn’t return until 12 May 1972.][77]
  212. CIA’s James McCord is in Rockville, Maryland. He pays $3,500 cash for a “device capable of receiving intercepted wire and oral communications.” [NOTE: Rockville, Maryland is about six miles from Laurel, Maryland. Five days later presidential candidate George Wallace will be shot in Laurel, Maryland by Arthur Bremer with a .38 calibur revolver. See 15 May 1972.]
  213. Alfred Baldwin returns to Washington, D.C. James McCord tells Baldwin he won’t be going with Martha Mitchell so he can “turn in his gun.” Baldwin purportedly gives the .38 revovler to McCord. McCord tells Baldwin to move from the the Roger Smith hotel, where Baldwin has been staying, into room 419 at the Howard Johnson’s motel.[77]
  214. Presidential candidate George Wallace is shot by Arthur Bremer in Laurel, Maryland, ending his presidential campaign and partially paralyzing him.
  215. CIA’s Bernard Barker makes two calls from Miami to G. Gordon Liddy, and two calls to CIA’s E. Howard Hunt.[79]
  216. A memorandum is sent to Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Madrid titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC.” It says: “Enclosed for information and completion of Bureau and Legat, Copenhagen files is one copy of a memorandum dated 4/26/72, received from the [BLACKED OUT].”[73]
  217. Lt. George W. Bush (Jr.) contacts a superior officer in the reserves to discuss “options of how Bush can get out of coming to drill from now through November.” The memo recording the conversation says that Bush “is working on another campaign for his dad.” The memo writer thinks Bush is “also talking to someone upstairs.” [NOTE: George H. W. Bush (Sr.) is U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. at this time.][81]
  218. President Richard M. Nixon, about to embark on an historic trip to the Soviet Union, writes the following in a letter to Henry Kissinger and Alexander Haig: “The performance in the psychological warfare field is nothing short of disgraceful. The mountain has labored for seven weeks and when it finally produced, it produced not much more than a mouse. Or to put it more honestly, it produced a rat. We finally have a program now under way but it totally lacks imagination and I have no confidence whatever that the bureaucracy will carry it out. I do not simply blame (Richard) Helms and the CIA. After all, they do not support my policies because they basically are for the most part Ivy League and Georgetown society oriented.”[82]
  219. E. Howard Hunt makes two calls to Bernard Barker in Miami.
  220. Richard Nixon leaves Washington, D.C. on his trip to Austria, the Soviet Union, Iran, and Poland. He will not return until 1 June 1972.[83]
  221. James McCord sends Alfred Baldwin to Andrews Air Force Base, where Nixon is leaving on Air Force One, purportedly because there might be demonstrations and McCord wants Baldwin to be there for more “surveillance activities.” [NOTE: The “reason” supplied by McCord in testimony for this trip by Baldwin is too thin to slice, particularly in light of the amount of security surrounding Nixon’s departure. Besides Air Force One, there is a fleet of White House planes at Andrews for use by VIPs and various staff connected with the White House.]
  222. On or about the same day, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt flies to Miami and meets with Bernard Barker.[1]
  223. Richard Nixon arrives in Moscow and is toasting Soviet leaders at a dinner.[83]
  224. The CIA “Cuban contingent” arrives in Washington, D.C. from Miami: Bernard Barker, Frank Sturgis, Eugenio Martinez, and Virgilio Gonzalez. They are in D.C. purportedly to carry out a “first break-in” on the following weekend of Democratic National Committee headquarters at the Watergate with G. Gordon Liddy, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, and CIA’s James McCord. [NOTE: There is no physical evidence that any such “first break-in” ever took place. For full coverage, see Watergate first break-in. Note also that while E. Howard Hunt claims that six Cubans arrived on 22 May 1972, the referenced criminal appeals court ruling names only four.][1][84]
  225. A memorandum is sent to Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC.” It says: “Mr. Victor Wolf, Jr., U.S. Consul, American Embassy, Copenhagen, advised on 5/15/72 that he has not yet found time to prepare the report referred to in relet concerning the Scientology Organization. Mr. Wolf stated that he hopes to devote attention to this matter in a short time. This case will be placed in Pending Inactive status for a period of 90 days.”[73]
  226. Alfred Baldwin leaves Washington, D.C. again, purportedly going to his home in Connecticut again. No reason is given for his departure.[77]CIA’s Virgilio Gonzalez
  227. G. Gordon Liddy, Alfred Baldwin, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, CIA’s James McCord, and several Cuban CIA contract agents purportedly are engaged in a failed attempt to break into the Watergate—the “Ameritas dinner” attempt. [NOTE: But see Watergate first break-in.]
  228. G. Gordon Liddy, Alfred Baldwin, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, CIA’s James McCord, and several Cuban CIA contract agents purportedly are engaged in a second failed attempt to break into the Watergate. [NOTE: But see Watergate first break-in.]
  229. G. Gordon Liddy, Alfred Baldwin, CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, CIA’s James McCord, and several Cuban CIA contract agents purportedly are engaged in a successful “first break-in” at DNC headquarters at the Watergate. According to their later claims, McCord placed two electronic bugs in the DNC headquarters during the “first break-in,” and Bernard Barker purportedly had photos taken of the office of the Chairman, Lawrence O’Brien, and of documents on his desk. [NOTE: There is no physical evidence that any such “first break-in” ever took place, or the purported two earlier failed attempts on the same holiday weekend. Barker later testified that he never was in O’Brien’s office at all, and a telephone company sweep found no electronic bugs in the DNC at all (see 15 June 1972). For full coverage, see Watergate first break-in. There is nothing to account for the whereabouts of Liddy, Hunt, McCord, and Baldwin over the entire Memorial Day Weekend except the conflicting and contradictory anecdotal accounts of the co-conspirators themselves, which they volunteered when “caught” inside the building on 17 June 1972 (see). See also 3 September 1971 for similarities in the purported “Fielding office break-in,” including personnel involved and the use of a holiday weekend, in that case the Labor Day weekend.]
  230. The crew of the Scientology Flagship Apollo are told that L. Ron Hubbard has “moved onshore.” His “bodyguard” purportedly is Green Beret Paul Preston. [NOTE: From this date until his reported death in 1986, L. Ron Hubbard never makes another public appearance. His whereabout generally are unknown except to a few close people, who later claim that while with them he had been either “in hiding” or “on the run” or ill the entire time, including donning various disguises.][85][62]
  231. Ingo Swann is told by psychiatrist Karlis Osis that there are to be “no more remote viewing experiments at the ASPR.” No reason is given. Swann calls fellow Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff at SRI and offers to come out.[83][77][51][44]
  232. OT VII Ingo Swann flies from New York to San Francisco, where he is met by OT VII Hal Puthoff and taken to SRI.[44]
  233. Ingo Swann mentally affects a supercooled magnetometer encased in solid concrete five feet beneath the foundation of the Varian Hall of Physics, Stanford University, witnessed by Dr. Arthur Hebbard, Dr. Marshal Lee, and representatives of CIA.[44]
  234. Willis Harmon meets OT VI Ingo Swann at SRI and takes Swann to a meeting where there are 16 people. Harmon is Director of his own Educational Policy Research Center at SRI, a center for “Futurology.” At the time, futurology constitutes one of the most important and biggest efforts in the world, and Harmon is well connected in Washington, D.C., with offices there. Harmon explains to Swann at the meeting that part of their ongoing project is to see if parapsychology and/or psychic abilities can or should be factored into “future scenarios.” Harmon explains that all was known about the ASPR goings-on, and that the attempt to expel Swann “gives you more credentials than you realize, and also makes it easier for various people.”[44]
  235. Ingo Swann goes to the home of Kirlian researcher Bill Tiller and there meets psychiatrist Shafica Karagulla.[44]
  236. OT VII Ingo Swann leaves SRI and returns to New York City.
  237. John Paul Vann—who had been closely involved with Lucien Conein and Daniel Ellsberg in Vietnam contemporaneously with Green Beret Paul Preston—is killed in a bizarre helicopter crash in Vietnam.
  238. G. Gordon Liddy purportedly has a private meeting with Magruder where they purportedly discuss problems with “the room monitoring device” in the DNC and the prospects of “another entry” into the Watergate. [NOTE: There is no “room monitoring device” in the DNC. See Watergate first break-in.][44][86][53]
  239. OT VII Ingo Swann agrees to return to the ASPR “for further research and experiments.”[44]
  240. Jeb Magruder purportedly has another private meeting with Liddy and orders Liddy to “go back into Watergate.”[79][53]
  241. The telephone company does a sweep of Democractic National Committee Headquarters in the Watergate. No electronic bugging devices are found. [NOTE: For full coverage, see Watergate first break-in.][118]
  242. Five burglars are arrested at 2:30 a.m. in Democratic National Committee headquarters in the Watergate: James McCord, Bernard Barker, Frank Sturgis, Eugenio Martinez, and Virgilio Gonzalez. All five men have a history of being employed by CIA. CIA veteran James McCord has had to tape a door latch twice to get them arrested. They have bugging equipment with them, and several of the men have in their possession amazingly traceable $100 bills that will trace back to the White House. Bernard Barker has the phone number of E. Howard Hunt on him, indicating another connection to the White House. CIA Watergate Goon Platoon:
    Hunt, McCord, Barker, Baldwin, Martinez, Sturgis, Gonzalez, and Liddy.
    Director of CIA and convicted perjurer Richard Helms says: “We know the people… . But there is no CIA involvement.”
    Almost at once the men start claiming to authorities that they had broken in weeks earlier, on 28 May 1972 (see), and were there to “fix” failures from the purported “first break-in,” mainly electronic bugs. [NOTE: But there was no “first break-in,” and the phone company had just days before found there were no bugs in DNC headquarters. See Watergate first break-in. The amazing amount of obvious evidence on the men soon leads investigators to Liddy, Hunt, and Alfred Baldwin, who also are linked to the purported Memorial Day weekend “first break-in,” providing them with an alibi for their whereabouts during that weekend.]
  243. CIA Director Richard Helms claims to have been “preparing for bed” (at 3:00 a.m.?) when he gets a call from CIA Chief of Security Howard Osborn informing Helms that “District police” have picked up five men in a break-in. Helms is told that James McCord is one of them, along with “four Cubans.” Osborn also purportedly tells Helms that “Howard Hunt also seems to be involved in some way.” Helms purportedly asks Osborn: “Is there any indication that we could be involved in this?” and is told “None whatsoever.” Next, “still sitting on the edge of the bed,” Helms calls Acting Director of the FBI L. Patrick Gray, who is “in a Los Angeles hotel room.” Gray says that he’s been informed of the break-in, but has no details. Helms tells Gray that “despite the background of the apparent perpetrators, CIA had nothing to do with the break-in.”[87]
  244. Ingo Swann flies to Northfield, Minnesota to give lectures at the annual retreat of Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship (SFF).[44]
  245. Charles Colson is interrogated by the FBI on the Watergate break-in. After interrogating Colson, the FBI is of the belief that the break-in is “a CIA thing.”
  246. Acting FBI Director L. Patrick Gray has a meeting at about five o’clock with SA Bates, the Assistant Director in charge of the General Investigative Division of the FBI. Following the meeting, Gray places a telephone call to Richard Helms, Director of CIA, to “tell him our thought that we may be poking into a CIA operation in connection with the Watergate burglary.” Helms tells Gray that Helms has been “meeting with his men on this every day,” and that “although we know the people, we cannot figure this one out. But there is no CIA involvement.” Helms then meets with Gray and “asks” Gray “not to interview the two CIA men.” Gray issues the order. Gray calls FBI SA Bates “immediately following that visit” from Helms, and tells Bates that “there was some CIA involvement here,” that “we should proceed very gingerly and very discreetly and carry out the investigation at the Banco Internationale, and also continue to try to trace these checks through the correspondent banks, but to hold off interviewing Mr. Ogarrio.” Later that evening, Gray meets with John Dean. He tells Dean that Richard Helms has said “there is no CIA involvement.”[88][22]
  247. 10:04 to 11:39 a.m.: In an Oval Office conversation, President Richard Nixon says “…the FBI agents who are working the case, at this point, feel that’s what it is—this is CIA. …[W]e protected Helms from one hell of a lot of things. …This involves these Cubans, Hunt, and a lot of hanky-panky that we have nothing to do with ourselves.” Ehrlichman answers that after interviewing Charles Colson the FBI “are now convinced it is a CIA thing.”
  248. 11:06 a.m.: Acting FBI Director L. Patrick Gray has a phone conversation with John Dean. Dean tells Gray that if the FBI persists in investigating the Mexican money chain they will “be uncovering or become involved in CIA operations.” Gray tells Dean that CIA Director Richard Helms told Gray the day before that “there is no CIA involvement” in the Watergate break-in. Gray also tells Dean, “if there is CIA involvement, let the CIA tell us.” [NOTE: Nixon and Haldeman are still in their meeting, which goes until 11:39 a.m.]Acting FBI Director L. Patrick and the CIA waltz. Gray soon will destroy crucial evidence taken from the White House safe of CIA’s golden boy, E. Howard Hunt.
  249. 2:19 p.m.: Dean calls Gray to find out if Gray has made an appointment with Deputy CIA Director Vernon Walters. Gray hasn’t. Dean tells Gray that Walters will be calling Gray for an appointment and Gray should see him.
  250. 2:20 to 2:45 p.m.: Haldeman reports to Nixon that he and Ehrlichman [and John Dean] have met with CIA Director Helms and Deputy Director Vernon Walters. Helms has said, “We’ll be very happy to be helpful,” but Walters has said, “I don’t know whether we can do it.” Walters, though, is going to put in a call to Patrick Gray.
  251. 2:35 p.m. Vernon Walters meets with L. Patrick Gray. Walters says that if the FBI proceeds with the investigation into the Mexican money chain, they “would uncover CIA assets and resources” and could “interfere with some CIA covert activities.” Walters then mentions to Gray “the agreement between the agencies not to uncover one another’s sources,” saying further that the FBI has “the five people and that the matter ought to be tapered off there.”
  252. 2:53 p.m. After the meeting with Walters, Gray calls John Dean and tells Dean that Walters has indicated that there is “some CIA involvement,” and that they will “proceed very gingerly and very discreetly and work around this until we can determine what we have ahold of.”[89] [22][88]
  253. On the same day, an airgram is sent from the American Embassy in Copenhagen to the U.S. State Department from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC .” Its contents are unknown. [NOTE: The only record of this airgram is a later memorandum, dated 5 September 1972 (see), to Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray, enclosing a copy of the airgram, saying it is “self-explanatory.”]
  254. According to Ingo Swann, he arrives in Washington, D.C. from Minnesota, ostensibly to “do book research at the Library of Congress”—but Swann says elsewhere that his trip to D.C. in 1972 was “to discuss psi phenomena with a variety of officials.”[44]
  255. Hal Puthoff contacts K. Green, Office of Strategic Intelligence (OSI) at CIA, informing Green of the results of the Varian Hall magnetometer experiment with Ingo Swann. There are also subsequent conversations between Puthoff and CIA personnel regarding this event.[19]
  256. L. Patrick Gray gets a call from CIA Director Richard Helms, who asks Gray “not to interview active CIA men Karl Wagner and John Caswell.” Gray immediately orders “that the interviews of John Caswell and Karl Wagner be held in abeyance.” Caswell and Wagner’s names have been found in a telephone-address notebook belonging to E. Howard Hunt.
  257. In the evening, John Dean turns over some of the items from the White House safe of E. Howard Hunt to Gray. Gray is provided with a large brown envelopes to carry the items away in. Dean tells Gray that included papers have “national security implications,” saying they should “never see the light of day.” Gray purportedly never looks at the papers, but takes them to his apartment in Washington D.C. and puts them on a closet shelf under his shirts.
  258. Gray has a meeting with Mark Felt and SA Bates on “the CIA ramifications.”[88]
  259. Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff says in a letter to Dr. Gertrude Schmeidler in New York that he has “obtained a contract to investigate the primary perception hypothesis of Cleve Backster.”[44]
  260. The classified Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) report entitled “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR” is published, though its findings have been known by top personnel for months. In part, it states: “The Soviet Union is well aware of the benefits and applications of parapsychology research. The term parapsychology denotes a multi-disciplinary field consisting of the sciences of bionics, biophysics, psychophysics, psychology, physiology and neuropsychology.Celebrity Centre’s Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch has standing orders to be located for any incoming calls from Puthoff or Swann Many scientists, U.S. and Soviet, feel that parapsychology can be harnessed to create conditions where one can alter or manipulate the minds of others. The major impetus behind the Soviet drive to harness the possible capabilities of telepathic communication, telekinetic and bionics are said to come from the Soviet military and the KGB [Committee of State Security; Secret Police]. …Soviet knowledge in this field is superior to that of the U.S. …The potential applications of focusing mental influences on an enemy through hypnotic telepathy have surely occurred to the Soviets… . Control and manipulation of the human consciousness must be considered a primary goal. …Soviet efforts in the field of psi research, sooner or later, might enable them to do some of the following: (a) Know the contents of top secret US documents, the movements of our troops and ships and the location and nature of our military installations (b) Mould the thoughts of key US military and civilian leaders at a distance (c) Cause the instant death of any US official at a distance (d) Disable, at a distance, US military equipment of all types, including spacecraft.”[71]
  261. Yvonne Gillham Jentzsch, Executive Director of Scientology’s Celebrity Centre, is married to Heber Jentzsch. Despite running an organization with over 200 staff members and a grueling schedule, including appearances around the U.S. and several foreign countries, she has standing orders with her office and public relations staff to locate her wherever she is if a call should come in for her from OT VIIs Hal Puthoff or Ingo Swann. [NOTE: According to staff members who contributed the information, Yvonne Jentzsch had no specific knowledge at the time of Swann or Puthoff’s connections with CIA or NSA, only that they both had contact with various influential people, and possibly even was of the belief that their connections were related somehow to NASA and the space race, but not to military intelligence.]
  262. According to one of several conflicting accounts told by L. Patrick Gray, he burns the papers given to him by John Dean that had been taken from the safe of E. Howard Hunt in a wastebasket in his office at the FBI. [NOTE: Gray later retracts this story, saying that he kept the papers first in his apartment, then moved them to his office, then to his home, where he burned them on or around 27 December 1972 (see).]
  263. Gray has another meeting with Mark Felt, Bates, and also “Mr. Kunkel, the Special Agent in charge of the Washington Field Office” on “the CIA ramifications.”[88]
  264. A sum equivalent to US $1,119,678 in Swiss francs is withdrawn in cash by Fred Hare and Vicki Polimeni from a trust fund (of questionable origin) in Switzerland and purportedly is brought aboard the Flagship Apollo and put into a safe. [NOTE: Conflicting accounts in the same referenced Tax Court ruling say that the amount was “over $2 million,” and also say the cash was put into “a file cabinet in a strongroom” instead of a safe. The same ruling also provides no accounting of what happened to the actual cash.][90]
  265. Fred LaRue gives $40,000 to Herbert W. Kalmbach, who takes it to New York and gives it to Anthony Ulasewicz.
  266. Ulasewicz delivers $40,000 to Dorothy Hunt—wife of E. Howard Hunt—and $8,000 to G. Gordon Liddy in unmarked envelopes left in lockers at Washington National Airport.[91]Cash to Dorothy Hunt, wife of CIA’s E. Howard Hunt, and more cash to G. Gordon Liddy
  267. A report is issued entitled “Report of an Out-of-Body Experiment Conducted at the American Society for Psychical Research: Participants: Dr. Carole Silfen, Janet Mitchell, Ingo Swann.” The report describes an OOB experiment that suggests that a point of perception exterior to the body is able to assume “at a different location the functions performed by the visual system and the brain in the body.” This is the first such experiment that verified the capability of such remote points of view.[44]
  268. OT VII Ingo Swann flies to San Francisco and is met by OT VII Hal Puthoff. Puthoff gives Swann an envelope containing an unspecified amount of cash, and a copy of their three-week schedule. They are to have a one-week informal period, and then a two-week formal set-up. The latter two-week segment will be attended by two CIA representatives.[44]
  269. Ingo Swann flies to Los Angeles for the weekend with psychiatrist Shafica Karagulla and “her associate,” even though he has come to SRI specifically to perform experiments in the presence of CIA personnel. No reason is given for the trip. [NOTE: Karagulla is a neurosurgeon. and has studied under Canadian psychiatrist Wilder Penfield, infamously known for putting electrical probes into the brains of conscious subjects.][44]
  270. Swann is back at SRI, after his trip to Los Angeles with psychiatrist Shafica Karagulla, and is ready to begin the two-week formal experiments in the company of two representatives from CIA.[44]
  271. A CIA project officer contracts Hal Puthoff for a demonstration with OT VII Ingo Swann. Swann is asked to describe objects hidden out of sight by CIA personnel. The descriptions are so “startlingly accurate” that Swann purportedly is asked if he will complete the necessary forms “for a security clearance.” [NOTE: Swann is already on record as having a top secret clearance.] He agrees to do it once he gets back to New York “where his papers are.” The CIA rep suggests to CIA that the work be continued and expanded. CIA’s Sidney Gottlieb reviews the data, approves another work order, and encourages the development of “a more complete research plan.”[19]
  272. Ingo Swann returns to New York from SRI. He prepares the application for security clearance and sends it off to Hal Puthoff.[44]
  273. A once-sentence letter is received by the FBI. It says: “Did you receive the printed matter that was sent to you concerning Scientology, if so please acknowledge. Thank you.” [NOTE: In the released FBI copy, the signature is blacked out. The letter is answered two days later (see 1 September 1972) by Acting FBI Director L. Patrick Gray.]
  274. The Scientology Flagship Apollo is moved to Spain for refit. The crew and officers are given the story that L. Ron Hubbard is still “living ashore” to account for his absence.
  275. Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray responds to a once-sentence letter received by the FBI received two days earlier (see Wednesday, 30 August 1972). Gray’s reply says: “Your letter was received on August 30th. With respect to your inquiry, a search of our records does not reveal any prior communication from you.” [NOTE: In the released FBI copy, the address block and the person’s name is blacked out, and the letter has a note at the bottom: “Correspondent is not identifiable in Bufiles.”]
  276. Acting Director of FBI L. Patrick Gray receives a memorandum from the Legal Attaché (LEGAT) Copenhagen (163-222) (RUC) titled “SUBJECT: L. RON HUBBARD FPC regarding an airgram sent to the State Department on 23 June 1972 (see). It says: “ReCOPlet 5/23/72. Enclosed are single copies [sic] of an airgram dated 6/23/72, captioned “THE CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY IN DENMARK,” from AmEmbassy, Copenhagen, to U.S. Dept. of State, which is self-explanatory.” [NOTE: Copies go to Foreign Liaison, Legat Madrid, and Copenhagen]
  277. Hunt, Liddy, McCord and the Watergate burglars are indicted by a federal grand jury. The involvement of McCord and Liddy provide investigators with a link to the Nixon campaign. The involvement of E. Howard Hunt provides investigators with a link to the White House.[92]
  278. Anthony Ulasewicz flies to Washington, D.C. and delivers $53,000 cash to Dorothy Hunt—wife of E. Howard Hunt—and $29,000 to Fred LaRue by leaving unmarked envelopes in a locker at Washington International Airport and in the lobby of a motel near LaRue’s residence.[91][93]
  279. According to one of the conflicting stories he told, at the end of September Acting Director of the FBI L. Patrick Gray takes files that had been in E. Howard Hunt’s White House safe to his home in Stonington, Connecticut, and puts them in a chest-of-drawers intending to burn them.[88]
  280. On a Sunday, CIA’s Technical Services Division (TSD) awards OT VII Hal Puthoff a top-secret research contract to develop “remote viewing” for military espionage purposes. [NOTE: TSD is the CIA division formerly known as “Technical Services Staff.” TSD is also the division running MK-ULTRA. The head of TSD is Sidney Gottlieb. The name of TSD will change a month after this contract to “Office of Technical Services.” Its acronym, OTS is a pun.][19][94]
  281. CIA Director Richard Helms calls L. Patrick Gray’s “number two man,” Mark Felt, stating that Helms is going to call Assistant Attorney General Peterson regarding the interview of CIA’s Karl Wagner to see if it “could not be conducted…be held off.”
  282. CIA’s Sidney Gottlieb “retires.”
  283. The name of CIA’s TSD is changed to Office of Technical Services (OTS).[88][19]OT III Pat Price
  284. L. Ron Hubbard purportedly “goes into hiding” in New York in the company of Green Beret Paul Preston.
  285. Scientology OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann, now under contract with CIA, “run into” Scientology OT III Pat Price, who purportedly is selling Christmas trees at a lot in Mountain View, California—close to SRI. Puthoff is reported to “have met” Price “several years earlier” at a lecture in Los Angeles. [NOTE: Los Angeles is the location of Scientology’s Advance Organization Los Angeles (AOLA), the only place in the U.S. at the time where the OT Levels are delivered.][94]
  286. E. Howard Hunt’s wife, Dorothy Hunt, is killed in the United Airlines airplane crash of Flight 533 as it approaches Chicago. Dorothy Hunt’s purse contains $10,585 cash, most of it in hundred dollar bills.
  287. OT VII Ingo Swann arrives to begin his CIA contract at Stanford Research Institute.
  288. James W. McCord writes a letter to Jack Caulfield that says in part: “If Helms goes, and if the WG (Watergate) operation is laid at the CIA’s feet, where it does not belong, every tree in the forest will fall. It will be a scorched desert. The whole matter is at the precipice right now. Just pass the message that if they want it to blow, they are on exactly the right course.” Caulfield replies: “I have worked with these people and I know them to be as tough-minded as you. Don’t underestimate them.”[94][44][95]
  289. CIA Director Richard Helms orders that records of CIA’s OTS, including records relating to MK-ULTRA, be deliberately destroyed.[96]
  290. Daniel Ellsberg goes on trial, accused of theft and conspiracy in the disclosure of the Pentagon Papers.[97]
  291. On the same day, CIA’s Anthony Goldin hand delivers to the Department of Justice Watergate prosecutors copies of 10 photos of E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy taken at the office of Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding, with Fielding’s name on the door clearly visible. [NOTE: See 26 August 1971, when Liddy and Hunt flew to Los Angeles to take the photos of each other.][93]
  292. Jack Caulfield delivers to John Dean a handwritten copy of the 21 December 1972 letter Caulfield had received from James McCord: “If Helms goes, and if the WG (Watergate) operation is laid at the CIA’s feet, where it does not belong, every tree in the forest will fall. It will be a scorched desert.”[93]
  293. A translation of a Soviet paper, “Report from Movosibirsk: Communicaion between Cells,” appears in Vol. 7, No. 2 of the Journal of Parapsychology. The report says that experiments conducted in “Special Department No. 8″ indicate that cells could communicate illness, such as a virus infection, despite the fact the cells are physically separated. The tests showed that when one group of cells was contaminated with a virus, the adjacent group—although separated by quartz glass—”caught the disease.”[17]
  294. OT VII Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ have meetings with “selected Agency [CIA] personnel” at CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia, to review the results of their research contract with CIA. Several Office of Research and Development officers show interest in contributiing their own “expertise and office funding” to the research efforts. Prior to this, the contract has been with CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS).[19]
  295. CIA Director Richard Helms purjures himself before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee about CIA attempts to overthrow the government in Chile.[98]
  296. CIA’s Office of Research and Discovery (ORD) sends Project Officers to SRI to report on the remote viewing experiments of OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann. ORD is considering joining CIA’s Office of Technical Services in sponsoring the research on a joint program basis.[19]
  297. Richard Helms testifies before the Multinational Committee, headed by Frank Church. Nothing about CIA’s remote viewing program is revealed.[98]
  298. John Dean informs President Nixon that the Watergate Committee has learned that Justice Department prosecutors have CIA-supplied photos of E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy taken at the office of Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding. It’s the first Nixon has heard anything about the Hunt/Liddy operation or of the photos. Dean says of Hunt and Liddy: “These fellows had to be some idiots.” [NOTE: See 26 August 1971 and 3 January 1973][64]
  299. On or about the same day, E. Howard Hunt meets with Paul O’Brien, an attorney for the Committee to Re-elect the President. He tells O’Brien that “commitments had not been met,” that he has done “seamy things for the White House,” and that unless he receives $130,000, he “might review his options.”[93]
  300. Fred LaRue arranges for $75,000 in cash to be delivered to E. Howard Hunt through Hunt’s attorney, William Bittman.
  301. According to CIA Project Officer over the SRI experiments, Ken Kress, it’s about this time that Scientology OT III Pat Price starts working with OT VIIs Puthoff and Swann at SRI, and that “the remote viewing experiments in which a subject describes his impressions of remote objects or locations began in earnest.” [NOTE: Hal Puthoff asserts that Pat Price came on board at SRI 1 June 1973.][19]
  302. Assistant Attorney General Henry Petersen supplies to Judge Matthew Byrne—the judge in the Daniel Ellsberg Pentagon Papers trial—copies of the CIA-supplied photos of E. Howard Hunt and G. Gordon Liddy in front of the office of Ellsberg’s psychiatrist, Lewis Fielding.[93]John Dean spills the beans on the “break-in” at psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding’s office. All charges soon will be dropped against Ellsberg.
  303. On the same day, John Dean tells federal prosecutors about the burglary of Dr. Lewis Fielding’s office in Los Angeles, engineered by E. Howard Hunt.[98]
  304. OT VII Ingo Swann comes up with the name “coordinate remote viewing” instead of just “remote viewing.”[94]
  305. E. Howard Hunt confirms what John Dean has told federal prosecutors the previous day about the burglary of psychiatrist Lewis Fielding’s office in Los Angeles.[98]
  306. CIA’s Office of Research and Development decides to become involved in the remote viewing research, requests an increase in the scope of the effort, and transfers funds to CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS): “C/TSD; Memorandum for Assistant Deputy Director for Operations; Subject: Request for Approval of Contract; 20 April 1973 (SECRET).”[19]
  307. OT VII Ingo Swann’s “coordinate remote viewing” experiments are getting more accurate and promising results, prompting Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ to continue the experiments.[94]
  308. CIA Project Officer Ken Kress is told not to increase the scope of the SRI remote viewing research because it’s “too sensitive”: CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS) is being investigated for involvement in the Watergate affair.[19]
  309. Director of Central Intelligence Dr. James Schlesinger issues a memorandum to all CIA employees requesting the reporting of any activities that may have been illegal and improper: CIA operations are being investigated in connection with Watergate.[19]
  310. Because of CIA-supplied photos of G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt at the office of Daniel Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis Fielding and the subsequent revelations, all charges against Daniel Ellsberg for leaking the Pentagon Papers are dropped and his case dismissed on the grounds of “government misconduct.”[99]
  311. A twenty-six-page preliminary summary of the reports from CIA employees regarding questionable activities is sent to DCI William Colby under the title “Potential Flap Activities.” The full report, completed later, comes to 693 pages in all, one for each “abuse,” and it quickly acquires the nom de scandale of “the Family Jewels.” It includes reports on CIA’s involvement in assassination plots.[98]
  312. CIA analyst Richard Kennet gives a set of coordinates he’s gotten from a CIA colleague to Hal Puthoff at SRI as a “rigorous scientific experiment,” coordinates that Kennet himself doesn’t know anything about.[94]
  313. OT VII Ingo Swann and OT III Pat Price do remote viewing sessions on the coordinates given to Hal Puthoff by CIA’s Richard Kennet. Their results are similar, both sketching something that resembles some sort of military installation. Price’s report is detailed, including even code names on file folders on desks and inside file cabinets, and names of military personnel. Puthoff sends the information off to CIA’s Richard Kennet.[94]
  314. Richard Kennett shows Pat Price’s and Ingo Swann’s “coordinate remote viewiing” results to his CIA colleague, Bill O’Donnell, who had provided Kennett the coordinates in question to begin with [see timeline entry for 29 May 1973]. O’Donnell it isn’t even close; he had given Kennett map coordinates for his summer cabin in the woods.[94]
  315. Richard Kennett takes his wife and children on a “drive into the coutryside” in the Blue Ridge Mountains to check out Bill O’Donnell’s accounting of the coordinates Pat Price and Ingo Swann had remotely viewed. “A few miles from his friend’s cabin,” Kennett discovers a dirt road with a government “No Trespassing” sign, and some satellite antennas in the background—”obviously some kind of secret installation.” It seems to match many of the descriptions provided by Price and Swann.[94]
  316. Richard Kennett looks up “an official who he thought might know about” the strange secret base he and his wife and kids have discovered on their weekend drive to West Virginia, and gives the unnamed official Pat Price’s and Ingo Swann’s descriptions from their “coordinate remote viewing” sessions.[94]
  317. CIA’s Richard Kennett finds himself at the center of an intense and hostile security investigation over the “coordinate remote viewing” descriptions of Scientology OTs Pat Price and Ingo Swann of the secret installation in West Virginia. The investigation soon extends to Price, Swann, and OT VII Hal Puthoff at SRI. The facility, ostensibly a U.S. Navy communications base, is actually a highly sensitive NSA installation.[94]
  318. The NSA’s David Young—who has been granted immunity by Watergate prosecutors—turns over to them a one-page memo revealing a 1971 plan for G. Gordon Liddy and E. Howard Hunt to arrange a break-in at the office of Ellsberg psychiatrist Lewis J. Fielding.[100]
  319. Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ brief senior CIA officials at CIA Headquarters in Langley, Virginia on their remote viewing research. The officials include Office of Technical Services (OTS) chief John McMahon and Deputy Director for Science and Technology Carl Duckett.[94]
  320. Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann travel to Prague for the First International Congress on Psychotronic Research. Word comes from CIA that the leader of the Soviet group is a KGB officer. At the same conference is CIA’s Cleve Backster.[94][101]
  321. OT III Pat Price is given coordinates supplied by CIA’s Ken Kress for coordinate remote viewing experiments. Price identifies a Soviet military research facility at the southern edge of the Semipalatinsk nuclear test area in the Kazakh Republic. The accuracy of Price’s reports about the place become an important factor in future funding of the remote viewing research of Puthoff, Targ, et. al.[94]
  322. CIA officials discuss parapsychology with “several members” of DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency). The “DIA people” are interested in the Soviet activities in this area, and express considerable interest in the CIA/SRI experiments.[19]
  323. Ingo Swann’s contract at SRI ends. He returns to New York. [NOTE: Later timeline entries indicate that Ingo Swann has been training CIA “in-house” remote viewers.][94]
  324. Ingo Swann is flying from New York to Los Angeles every weekend to receive Scientology services at Celebrity Centre from Jim Fiducia. Swann has completed a service called “Grade IV Expanded.” He writes a Scientology “success story” that says in part: “The precision of Ron’s (L. Ron Hubbard’s) auditing technology…is such a great contribution to history and humanity that words are not enough. Utilizing the technology is what to do ‘in this point in time.'”[102]
  325. William Colby has become Director of Central Intelligence (DCI).[19]
  326. CIA’s K. Green issues a report on the 1 June 1973 [see] coordinate remote viewing experiment with Ingo Swann and Pat Price that had targetted a secret NSA installation in West Virginia: “K. Green; LSD/OSI; Memorandum for the Record; Subject: Verification of Remote Viewing Experiments at Stanford Research Institute; 9 November 1973. (SECRET).” The “new directors” of CIA’s Office of Technical Services and Office of Research and Development are favorably impressed.[19]
  327. Based on the favorable impression made by the 9 November 1973 “Verification of Remote Viewing” report, a CIA Statement of Work is outlined, and the SRI team (Puthoff, Targ, et al.) is asked to propose another program.[19]
  328. NSA’s Hal Puthoff, a Scientology OT VII contracted to CIA, has completed “Dianetic Auditing” at Scientology’s Celebrity Centre in Los Angeles. His “Success Story” soon appears in Celebrity magazine saying he has “a feeling of absolute fearlessness.” He has represented himself to the Scientologists as merely a “Professor, Stanford Research Institute.”
  329. Somehow the Department of Justice and FBI have upper level, confidential Scientology (OT) materials in their files.[103]
  330. A new CIA program, jointly funded by Office of Research and Development (ORD) and Office of Technical Services (OTS) is begun at SRI. Kenneth Kress is the author Project Officer of the program. The project is to proceed on the premise that the phenomena associated with remote viewing exist; the objective is to develop and utilize them. The program is referenced by a cite: “Office of Technical Services Contract, FAN 4125-4099; Office of Research and Development Contract, FAN 4162-8103; 1 February 1974 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]
  331. Hal Puthoff is contacted by the Berkely police, requesting psychic assistance in the investigation into the disappearance of Patty Hearst. That afternoon, Puthoff and Pat Price meet with the police at Patty Hearst’s apartment, where Price says it is not a kidnapping for money, but for political reasons. Pat Price, a Scientology OT III involved in the secret CIA remote viewing program, is called in to help on the Patty Hearst kidnappingThey go down to the police station, where Price picks out three photos from mug books, and associates the word “Lobo” (spanish for “wolf”) with one of the men he has selected. (All three men Price picked are later confirmed to be members of the “Symbionese Liberation Army,” which has kidnapped Hearst. The man with the “lobo” association turns out to be William Wolfe, a.k.a. “Willie the Wolf.”)[94]
  332. Ingo Swann gives a lecture to about 250 Scientologists at Laurel Springs Ranch in Santa Barbara, California: “What has Scientology got to do with Psychic Research?” Its topics include, “What is a Spirit? Its Potentials, and How Scientology provides a workable way for anyone to know the answers for himself.” Swann has flown in from New York for the lecture—where Swann secretly has been training CIA personnel in Scientology-based remote viewing.[104]
  333. A secret internal CIA report is issued regarding OT III Pat Price’s August 1973 [see] remote viewing of a Soviet Research and Development facility: “W. T. Strand; C/ESO/IAS; Memorandum for Director, Officer of Technical Service; Subject: Evaluation of Data on Semipalatinsk Unidentified R&D Facility No. 3, USSR; 20 August 1974 (SECRET).”[19]
  334. Scientology legal has filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request to the U.S. Treasury Department that becomes civil case No. 76-1719, CSV v. Secretary of the Treasury, in U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. [NOTE: The case will be considerably expanded, entailing hundreds of documents, and including the Secret Service. Although some documents are ultimately released to the Scientologists, many are withheld under “the penumbra of agency’s executive privilege which exempts from FOIA the decision-making processes of government agencies” and under protected “inter-agency or intra-agency memorandums or letters.”]
  335. Ingo Swann returns to SRI as a “consultant.” [NOTE: Later timeline entries indicate that Ingo Swann has been training CIA “in-house” remote viewers.][94]
  336. A paper by OT VII Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ appears in Nature magazine: “Information Transfer Under Conditions of Sensory Shielding.”[94]
  337. A CIA report: “CI/Staff/DDO; Memorandum for the Record; Subject: SRI Experiment; 12 December 1974 (SECRET).”[19]
  338. The Founding Church of Scientology, Washington D.C. (FCDC) seeks access through FOIA to all records maintained by the National Security Agency (NSA) on FCDC and Scientology, as well as any records reflecting dissemination of information to other domestic agencies or foreign governments. [NOTE: The action is soon expanded to include all references to other specific Scientology organizations and to L. Ron Hubbard. NSA claims in response that it has no records related to Scientology or Hubbard. That will turn out to be a lie, but the documents ultimately will be withheld on grounds of “national security” and “confidentiality specifically imparted by other statutes.”]
  339. The Church of Scientology of California (CSC) files FOIA requests for 145 documents from the U.S. Treasury, the U.S. Secret Service, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of Secret Service pertaining to Scientology and Scientologists and to L. Ron Hubbard.
  340. The New York Times publishes an article by Seymour Hersh regarding the secret Operation Chaos. Gerald Ford is President. DCI William Colby phones Ford, who is vacationing in Vail, Colorado, and tells him that Hirsh has distorted the record, and that the “excesses” of CIA had all ended in 1973—following Helms’s departure.[98]
  341. Secret internal CIA reports are issued:
    1. “AC/SE/DDO; Memorandum for C/D&E; Subject: Perceptual Augmentation Testing; 14 January 1975 (SECRET)”
    2. “Chief/Division D/DDO; Memorandum for C/D&E; Subject: Perceptual Augmentation Techniques; 24 January 1975
    3. “J. A. Ball; “An Overview of Extrasensory Perception”; Report to CIA, 27 January 1975.
    4. “C/Libya/EL/NE/DDO; Memorandum for OTS/CB; Subject: Libyan Desk Requirement for Psychic Experiments Relating to Libya; 31 January 1975 (SECRET)”
    5. “C/EA/DDO; Memorandum for Director of Technical Service; Subject: Exploration of Operational Potential of ‘Paranormals’; 5 February 1975 (SECRET)”[19]
  342. An internal CIA report is issued regarding the results of remote viewing experiments performed by CIA “insiders”—all members of CIA’s Office of Technical Services (OTS): “OTS/SDB; Notes on Interviews with F. P., E. L., C. J., K. G., and V. C., January 1975 (SECRET).” [NOTE: This is the first confirmation that CIA has their own in-house personnel as remote viewers. Later timeline entries indicate that Ingo Swann has been training CIA in-house remote viewers.][19]Meade Emory becomes Assistant to Commissioner of IRS. By 1982, Emory will restructure all of Scientology, putting it in the control of three lawyers who are not Scientologists
  343. Around this time, Ingo Swann purportedly leaves Scientology: “I exited Scientology of my free will in 1975 and under reasonably amicable circumstances.” [NOTE: Unfortunately, Swann’s claim is simply a lie. In August 1977 (see) he is one of the speakers listed for Scientology’s “International Prayer Day,” and in April 1979 (see) he is listed in a Scientology publication as having completed a service called “New Era Dianetics for OTs”.]
  344. Around the same time, FCDC expands its FOIA action against NSA to include all references to L. Ron Hubbard, founder of Scientology.
  345. Around the same time, Meade Emory is appointed as Assistant to the Commissioner of IRS, Donald C. Alexander. [NOTE: During Emory’s tenure, a clerk typist named Gerald Wolfe will be hired at IRS despite a hiring freeze. Wolfe will begin feeding stolen documents to Scientology’s Guardian Office, which later will be raided by FBI. The Guardian Office principals, including Mary Sue Hubbard, will be sent to jail. In the aftermath, Meade Emory engineers L. Ron Hubbard’s probate, restructures all of Scientology, and becomes one of the Founders of Church of Spiritual Technology, the ultimate beneficiary of L. Ron Hubbard’s estate.]
  346. The NSA replies to FCDC’s FOIA action that it has not established any file pertaining either to FCDC or L. Ron Hubbard, and that it has transmitted no information regarding either to any domestic agencies or foreign governments. [This proves later to be a bald faced NSA lie.]
  347. CBS correspondent Daniel Schorr, in a meeting with CIA Director William Colby, asks Colby point blank, “Has the CIA ever killed anybody in this country?” Colby responds: “Not in this country.” Schorr is stunned at Colby’s oblique admission, but Colby will not answer further questions about it, saying only that assassinations had been “formally prohibited in 1973.” [NOTE: See 1972.][98]
  348. FCDC expands its FOIA action against NSA, naming other Scientology organizations that NSA is suspected of having documents on. NSA again denies possession of any of the data sought. [NOTE: This, too, proves later to be a lie. As has been thoroughly covered, OT VII Hal Puthoff, running the secret CIA remote viewing program, is NSA.]
  349. Around the same time, all CIA funding of remote viewing and paranormal research purportedly comes to a sudden halt. “To achieve better security,” the “operations-oriented testing” of remote viewing with Scientology OTs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann purportedly is stopped.[19]
  350. Around the same time, CIA “personal services” contract with Scientology OT III Pat Price is started.[19]
  351. Pat Price departs SRI. He claims he is going to “work for a coal company” in Huntington, West Virginia, and intends to return in a year. He is working directly for CIA as a contractor.[94]
  352. Two internal CIA reports are issued regarding a device being used at SRI in remote viewing research:
    1. “L. W. Rook; LSR/ORD; Memorandum for OTS/CB; Subject: Evidence for Non-Randomness of Four-State Electronic Random Stimulus Generator; 12 June 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”
    2. “S. L. Cianci; LSR/ORD; Memorandum for OTS/CB; Subject: Response to Requested Critique, SRI Random Stimulus Generator Results; 12 June 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]
  353. In the course of FOIA proceedings against the Department of State and the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), FCDC learns that NSA has at least sixteen documents concerning Scientology, FCDC and related organizations despite NSA’s claims for months that they had no such documents. Suddenly, confronted with details extracted by FCDC from the CIA, the NSA “succeeds” in locating fifteen of those items “in warehouse storage,” and obtains a copy of the sixteenth from CIA. Then NSA takes legal action to prevent release of the materials on grounds of national security.
  354. OT III Pat Price, on a “personal services contract” with CIA, is given a “second requirements list” for a Libyan installation Price had earlier identified with remote viewing as a guerilla training site. Price dies “a few days later.”[19]
  355. OT III Pat Price leaves from Huntington, West Virginia on a several-week trip west. He first stops and has dinner in Washington, D.C.[94]
  356. OT III Pat Price arrives in Las Vegas, en route first to SRI, then to Los Angeles. In Vegas, Price is met by an old friend named Bill Alvarez and his wife, Judy. The three check into the Stardust Hotel and go into the restaurant for dinner. Price begins to complain that he doesn’t feel well, and tells the Alvarezes that someone “had seemed to slip something into his coffee” at dinner in Washington the night before. Price soon feels so bad that he goes up to his room to lie down. He feels even worse and calls the Alvarezes. They come to his room and find him on the bed apparently in cardiac arrest. Bill Alvarez calls paramedics, who try without success to resuscitate Price. He is declared dead in the local hospital’s emergency room. A mysterious “friend” of Price’s turns up at the emergency room with “a briefcase full of his medical records,” which, along with the statments of the emergency room’s physician, are enough to waive an autopsy—which would normally be performed on an out-of-towner who had died outside the hospital.[94]
  357. Pursuant to FCDC’s FOIA requests, Department of Defense and Department of the Army have released a number of documents in their entirety, released only edited versions of others, and refused to release any portion of certain documents. Dissatisfied, the Church resorts to legal action to compel disclosure. On September 9, 1975, the Church files a complaint seeking an injunction against withholding of records: Church of Scientology v. United States Department of the Army, No. CV-75-3056-F. Named as co-defendants in the action are Secretary of the Army, the U. S. Intelligence Agency and Assistant Chief of Staff for Army Intelligence. [NOTE: This FOIA case will be lost mainly on grounds of “national security.”]
  358. A CIA report is done regarding experiments being done at SRI: “G. Burow; OJCS/AD/BD; Memorandum for Dr. Kress; Subject: Analysis of the Subject-Machine Relationship; 8 October 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]
  359. A CIA report is issued that’s somehow related to the “requirements list” for a Libyan remote viewing target that was allegedly passed to Pat Price just days before he died: “DDO/NE; Memorandum for OTS/BAB; Subject: Experimental Collection Activity Relating to Libya; 8 October 1975 (SECRET).”[19]
  360. In addition to it 9 September FOIA suit, Scientology’s FCDC files a complaint seeking an injunction against withholding of records in Church of Scientology v. United States Department of Defense, No. CV-75-4072-F. Named as co-defendants in the action are Office of the Secretary of Defense, Secretary of the Department of Defense, United States Department of the Navy, Secretary of the Navy, Naval Intelligence Command, and Director of Naval Intelligence. [NOTE: This FOIA case, too, will be lost mainly on grounds of “national security.”]
  361. On the same day, an internal CIA report is issued on a Pat Price remote viewing of a Soviet Research and Development facility is issued: “D. Stillman; Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; “An Analysis of a Remote Viewing Experiment of URDF-3″; 4 December 1975 (CONFIDENTIAL).”[19]
  362. The AiResearch Manufacturing Company completes a report to CIA indicating that further developments in long-distance telepathy aare continuing in the Soviet Union.[17]
  363. George H.W. Bush becomes Director of CIA.
  364. OT VII Hal Puthoff and Russel Targ publish an article: “A Perceptual Channel for Information Transfer Over Kilometer Distances; Historical Perspective and Recent Research” Proceedings of the IEEE LXIV March 1976 Number 3, 329-354.[19]
  365. Scientology’s FCDC files suit in District Court to compel NSA to conduct a renewed search of its files, and to enjoin NSA from any withholding of the materials. FCDC serves numerous interrogatories on NSA inquiring into its efforts to locate the records, its classification of documents, and its correspondence with CIA with respect to the NSA items that had been uncovered in FOIA actions against CIA. NSA declines to supply more than minimal information in answer to the interrogatories. [NOTE: All Scientology FOIA actions are being handled by Scientology’s Guardian Office, regardless of the specific Scientology organization filing the requests or suits.]
  366. Opening Day of Scientology’s “First International Conference for World Peace and Social Reform and Human Rights Prayer Day” at the Anaheim Convention Center in Anaheim, California. Ingo Swann has been promoted to be one of the many speakers at the event. Another one of the listed speakers is an unnamed “former Executive Assistant to the Deputy Director of the CIA.” Also featured at the event are the Hubbard children—Diana, Suzette, Quentin, and Arthur—as well as Celebrity Centre director Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch.[3][105]
  367. Quentin Hubbard, son of L. Ron Hubbard, is found in a coma in a car parked near McCarren airport in Las Vegas, Nevada without any identification on him. He never comes out of the coma and dies just over two weeks later, still unidentified. Clark County Medical Examiner Sheldon Green determines the cause of death to be carbon monoxide poisoning, but says the “mode and manner” of death are unknown. Although ultimately able to identify Quentin through automobile records, the effort isn’t made until after he has died. Autopsy reveals evidence of staph, and an angiogram had revealed a “possible cerebral abcess.” [NOTE: A little over a year later, Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch will die mysteriously, first diagnosed as having a staph infection, but with cause of death later being attributed to “a brain tumor.”]
  368. George H. W. Bush (Sr.) is Director of Central Intelligence. He learns that Soviet officials have been visiting and questioning Hal Puthoff and Russell Targ at SRI. Bush requests and receives a briefing on CIA’s investigations into parapsychology. Before there is any official response from Bush, he leaves CIA.[19]
  369. Scientology’s FCDC files a suit against the Director of CIA and others, No. 77-0175. The suit alleges that Scientology has been the subject of a government-wide conspiracy to destroy a religion. It claims that the church’s constitutional and statutory rights have been violated in that the government agencies have improperly maintained and disseminated information; harassed, observed, and infiltrated the organization; “blacklisted” members; and subjected the organizations to discriminatory tax audits. Defendants include the Director of the FBI, the Attorney General of the United States, the Director of the CIA, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Chief of the National Central Bureau of the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL); the Director of NSA; the Secretary of the Army; and the Postmaster General of the Postal Service. The United States is also named as a defendant. [NOTE: George H.W. Bush leaves as Director of CIA at almost the same time this case is filed. This suit, as all the other Scientology FOIA cases, is being handled by Scientology’s Guardian Office, run by Mary Sue Hubbard. Just over six months after this suit is filed, the Guardian Office is raided by the FBI and all of its senior members are charged with stealing IRS and other government agency documents. They will be sentenced to jail terms. In the aftermath, IRS’s Meade Emory will tear down the entire Scientology corporate structure and rebuild it, but Meade Emory’s work will be in secret, and the restructuring will be publically attributed to L. Ron Hubbard, whose whereabouts are unknown the entire time.]
  370. The CIA’s Office of Scientific Investigation completes a study about Soviet military and KGB applied parapsychology: “T. Hamilton; LSD/OSI; “Soviet and East European Parapsychology Research,” SI 77-10012, April 1977 (SECRET/NOFORN).”[19]
  371. The United States District Court for the Central District of California issues a Summary Judgement for the U.S. in the Scientology FOIA action No. CV-75-3056-F (CSC v. Army), granting the Department of the Army the right withhold documents and portions of documents pertaining to Scientology and its founder, L. Ron Hubbard. Grounds are “national security.”
  372. On the same day, the United States District Court for the Central District of California issues a Summary Judgement for the U.S. in the Scientology FOIA action No. CV-75-4072-F (CSC v. Defense), granting the Department of Defense the right withhold documents and portions of documents pertaining to Scientology and its founder, L. Ron Hubbard. Grounds are “national security.” [NOTE: The Guardian Office still has FOIA actions outstanding against NSA, CIA, et al. Just over a month after this ruling, though, the Guardian Office will be raided by the FBI.]
  373. The Federal Bureau of Investigation, using chain-saws and axes, mounts three simultaneous early-morning raids of Scientology Guardian Office facilities on opposite coasts: the Cedars complex and Fifield Manor in California, and the Washington, D.C. (FCDC) office 06:00 hours Pacific time. At the time of these raids, the Guardian Office is managing Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) suits against the Directors of CIA and the FBI, plus the CIA itself, the National Security Agency (NSA), the Department of Defense, Army Intelligence, Naval Intelligence, the Treasury Department (including IRS), INTERPOL, and the Attorney General of the United States. [NOTE: The senior Guardian Office (GO) personnel will be sent to jail as a result of the raid, with the GO soon being disestablished altogether. Control over the other Scientology FOIA actions is severely compromised, and all are ultimately lost on grounds of “national security.” Soon after, Meade Emory begins restructuring Scientology to have the ownership and control of the materials put under three non-Scientologist tax and probate attorneys. See 28 May 1982.]
  374. The CIA has appropriated Scientology Advanced Technology via the use of Scientology OTs who have developed “remote-viewing” techniques, and who have trained CIA personnel. The CIA has a super-secret remote-viewing installation now set up, which has been joined to the U.S. Army Intelligence Agency’s merger with the Army Security Agency to form the all-in-one “Intelligence and Security Command” (INSCOM). Under INSCOM, a major and super-secret remote-viewing program is being established at Fort Meade. It has been described thus: “The…researchers, in rivalry with their Soviet counterparts, were attempting nothing less than the development of the perfect spies, human beings who, undetectably and at almost zero cost, could spy upon the most remote, sensitive, and heavily guarded locations.” The program has gone under the code name SCANATE (for “SCAN by coordiNATE”), but soon will become Project GRILLFLAME, and evolve into Project STAR GATE. The CIA, NSA, and the Defense Intelligence agencies are all fighting the Guardian Office FOIA actions, largely on the grounds of “national security” (although other justifications are thrown in for window dressing). Even Congress, other than the oversight committee, does not know about these secret intelligence projects utilizing Scientology and Scientologists.
  375. CIA Director Stansfield Turner reveals publicly, but obliquely, that CIA has had “operational interest in parapsychology.” [106] [19]
  376. Former CIA Director Richard Helms appears in federal court in Washington, D.C. for sentencing on perjury before a Congressional Committee. Judge Barrington D. Parker reads Helm a stern lecture and announces the sentence: a $2000 fine and two years in jail—then suspends the sentence.[98]
  377. Yvonne (Gillham) Jentzsch, who founded Celebrity Centre and has been closely connected to Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann, dies at the Scientology Flag Land Base in Florida. There is a good deal of mystery surrounding her death. She had gone to Flag to be handled for a staph infection that had started in a leg, but then her death is reported as having been from a brain tumor.
  378. The SRI remote-viewing team is called upon to rapidly try and locate, with remote viewing, a downed Soviet Tupolev-22 bomber that had been configured for gathering electronic and photographic intelligence, and had gone down in the jungles the day before somewhere in Zaire. The task is given to two remote-viewers: Gary Langford at SRI (under Scientology OT VII Hal Puthoff), and a woman named Frances Bryan at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. Both produce sketches of a river, which get matched to maps of the general area where the plane is thought to have been. A cabled summary of their results goes to the CIA station chief in Kinshasa, but the co-ordinates are over 70 miles from where the local CIA team believe the plane has gone down. The wreckage of the plane is soon found less than three miles from where the remote-viewers had pin-pointed it. CIA Director Stansfield Turner briefs President Jimmy Carter on the successful operation and recovery. [NOTE: Seventeen years later, Carter briefly describes this incident during a speech at a college, even though the entire program is still top secret at the time.][94]
  379. Two senior scientists from the Soviet Ministry of Defense—Jan I. Koltunov and Nikolai A. Nosov—become members of the Moscow Bio-Electronics Laboratory, which is doing research in telepathy.[17]
  380. The KGB restructures the Moscow Laboratory for Bio-Electronics’ “Rules for Admittance to Membership in the Central Public Laboratory for Bio-Electronics,” creating stringent security requirements.[17]
  381. Funding and tasking of remote viewing are being coordinated by the DIA, and the separate elements of the project are going by the collective code name GRILL FLAME. Integration of the project provides political cover for other agencies that might have been embarrassed to fund psychic spying directly. Atop this cover is Jack Vorona, who heads the DIA’s Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate (known as “DT”) as one of the Pentagon’s top scientists. Funding for the SRI branch of the remote viewing operation alone, where Scientology OTs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann are operating, is estimated to run close to $1 million annually.[94]
  382. OT VII Hal Puthoff receives a call from the Jet Propulsion Labratory (JPL) at La Canada, California. Raw data is coming in from the space probe Voyager 1, which is approaching Jupiter. JPL scientists have been completely surprised to discover that there is a ring around Jupiter. Puthoff’s remote-viewing associate at SRI, OT VII Ingo Swann, had, on 27 April 1973 [see]—nearly six years earlier—remote-viewed Jupiter and had described and sketched just such a ring around the planet. Swann’s results regarding Jupiter had been laughed off at the time.[107]
  383. OT VII Ingo Swann is listed in Scientology’s Source magazine issue 20 as having completed New Era Dianetics for OTs.
  384. OT VII Hal Puthoff issues an SRI Internal Report, “Feasibility Study on the Vulnerability of the MPS System to RV [Remote Viewing] Detection Techniques.” [NOTE: MPS = Mapping, Chart, and Graphics Production System of the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA)][108]
  385. Hella Hammid, a remote viewer working in the CIA-initiated program at SRI under OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann, successfully describes microscopic picture targets as small as one millimeter square in an experimental series, and also correctly identifies a silver pin and a spool of thread inside an aluminum film can.[109][110]
  386. The GRILL FLAME remote viewing headquarters at Fort Meade, Maryland is an outgrowth of the Scientology-based CIA-initiated remote viewing studies conducted at SRI by Scientology OT VIIs Hal Puthoff—who is Director of the SRI facility—and Ingo Swann. The Fort Meade unit is housed in two single-story wooden structures numbered 2560 and 2561. Fort Meade is a base for the National Security Agency (NSA) and part of the Army’s Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM), under which GRILL FLAME is officially established. GRILL FLAME takes its orders from the Pentagon’s Office of the Army’s Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelligence, and its tasking originates from CIA, DIA, and the President’s National Security Council (NSC). Only a few dozen officials in the intelligence community have been briefed on the existence of GRILL FLAME. “Access is limited,” an Army memorandum of the time notes, “to those personnel approved on a ‘by name’ basis.”
  387. Joseph McMoneagle is a consultant for the SRI remote viewing labs OT VII Hal Puthoff is Director, and where OT VII Ingo Swann trains government remote viewers. McMoneagle is being assigned numerous remote viewing tasks, for which he will later be granted a Legion of Merit award for excellence in intelligence service. *U.S. Intelligence agencies have become aware that the Russians have built the largest building under a single roof in the world. No one in the agencies, however, knows what is going on inside. The President’s National Security Council staff orders INSCOM to have remote viewers see what they can determine about it. One of INSCOM’s better remote-viewers, Joseph McMoneagle (a consultant with OT VII Hal Puthoff) reports, after his remote viewing of the facility, that a very large, new submarine with 18-20 missile launch tubes and a “large flat area” at the aft end will be launched in 100 days. Two Soviet subs, one with 24 launch tubes, and the other with 20 launch tubes and a large flat aft deck, are sighted 120 days later. These are new Soviet “Typhoon”-class submarines—the largest in the world.[111][112][113][94]
  388. The Joint Chiefs of Staff issue orders for Scientology-trained government remote-viewing personnel to begin providing information on the location and condition of the Iranian hostages. [NOTE: A total of 206 remote-viewing sessions are ultimately devoted to the Iranian hostage crisis.]
  389. On the tenth anniversary of the purported Watergate first break-in, a corporation called Church of Spiritual Technology (CST), doing business as the “L. Ron Hubbard Library,” is created that controls all of L. Ron Hubbard’s intellectual property, including all research and materials of Scientology, including the OT Levels. Three non-Scientology lawyers create the corporation and appoint themselves for life as its “Special Directors,” vesting in themselves ultimate control over the corporation and all of the intellectual properties. The corporation has been created as part of a Scientology “restructuring” engineered by a former Assistant to Commissioner of IRS, Meade Emory.
  390. OT VII Ingo Swann, under the direction of OT VII Harold Puthoff, head of the Remote Viewing Laboratory at SRI, is training remote viewers for the the Army. According to Major Ed Dames, he and five others are sent to be trained by Swann, purportedly in a “new model” of remote viewing. [NOTE: Ed Dames has been documented as lying publically about the involvement of Scientology and of OT VIIs Hal Puthoff and Ingo Swann in the genesis of remote viewing, and reasonbly is viewed as a primary source of CIA disinformation and phony “technology” related to the subject. See CST and the CIA.]
  391. A press release promises construction in Los Angeles of an $8 million “L. Ron Hubbard Library” where the original works of Hubbard “will be made readily accessible” to all. The release goes on to say that “until construction of the library,” all the original manuscripts and tapes have been buried “in a series of underground vaults in half a dozen separate, but undisclosed locations.” [NOTE: No such library ever was built. The original works still remain buried in one or more underground vaults, of which only three have ever been identified. Also, the release omits any mention of the Meade Emory-created CST, which controls all the works, or of the fact that it is doing business at the time of the release under the exact name as the promised library (see 28 May 1982).][114][115]
  392. The Church of Spiritual Technology (CST), which had been set up by a former Assistant to the Commissioner if IRS, Meade Emory, to control all of L. Ron Hubbard’s works, makes a land swap with the U.S. government, giving the federal government one of the vaults it has constructed—the Trementina Base in New Mexico, and all the developments on it—in exchange for a like-sized but much cheaper piece of public and undeveloped land nearby. There is no accounting for the contents of the vault traded to the U.S. government. [NOTE: See Trementina Base for full coverage.]
  393. Just over a year after the land swap (see 24 August 1992), the U.S. government restores tax exemption to Scientology. [NOTE: See 1967 for date of revocation.]
  394. Ordered to declassify certain information about remote viewing, the CIA has its public relations office issue the following: “As mandated by Congress, CIA is reviewing available information and past research programs concerning parapsychological phenomena, mainly ‘Remote Viewing’ to determine whether they might have any utility for intelligence collection. CIA sponsored research on this subject in the 1970s. At that time, the program, always considered speculative and controversial, was determined to be unpromising.” [116]
  395. Remote viewer Joe McMoneagle says in an interview about CIA’s remote viewing programs: “Probably less than two percent of the information pertinent to the program has been released; certainly almost none of the operational data. A great deal of the research data is still classified as well.”[117]
  1. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z aa ab ac ad ae af ag ah Hunt, E. Howard Undercover, Memoirs of an American Secret Agent Berkely ISBN 399-11446-7
  2. a b c d e f g h i j Wells, Tom Wild Man; The Life and Times of Daniel Ellsberg
  3. a b c d e What is Scientology? Bridge Publications Los Angeles ISBN 1-573-18122-6
  4. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “The Story of Dianetics and Scientology” lecture of 18 October 1958
  5. ^ “Key Events in CIA’s History,” CIA Factbook on Intelligence 2002
  6. ^ Weiner, Tim “Robert Komer, 78, Figure in Vietnam, Dies” The New York Times 12 April 2000
  7. ^ Scan of letter
  8. a b Chase, Alston Harvard and the Unabomber: The Education of an American Terrorist W.W. Norton & Company 2003
  9. a b Ross, Colin Bluebird: Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists, Manitou Communications, 2000
  10. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental Health 1950
  11. a b c d What is Scientology “Complete List of Books and Materials”
  12. ^ Scan of Hubbard letter of resignation, 27 May 1950
  13. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “How We Have Addressed the Problem of the Mind” taped lecture 4 July 1957
  14. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Group Dianetics” Dianetic Auditor’s Bulletin Vol. 1 No. 7, January 1951
  15. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron Science of Survival limited manuscript edition Wichita, Kansas 25 June 1951
  16. ^ Project ARTICHOKE
  17. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n Ebon, Martin “Amplified Mind Power Research In The Former Soviet Union” Retrieved April 29, 2006
  18. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron What to Audit Scientific Press, Phoenix, Arizona July 1952 and “History of Man” Hubbard Association of Scientologists, London, July 1952
  19. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z aa ab ac ad ae af ag ah ai aj Kress, Dr. Kenneth A. “Parapsychology in Intelligence: A Personal Review and Conclusions” Studies in Intelligence (CIA publication) Winter 1977
  20. a b Schwalbe, David “LSD and the CIA, Part 2” Dateline 14 March 1999
  21. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron Philadelphia Doctorate Course lecture series
  22. a b c d e f g Kutler, Stanley I. Abuse of Power: the New Nixon Tapes
  23. a b Lee, Martin A. and Shlain, Bruce Acid Dreams; The CIA, LSD and the Sixties Rebellion Grove Press, New York: 1985; ISBN 0-394-55013-7
  24. ^ MK-ULTRA
  25. a b c d Martin, Harry V. and Caul, David “Mind Control” Napa Sentinel August-November 1991 http://www.whale.to/b/caul.html
  26. a b c Hubbard, L. Ron “Politics, Freedom From” LRH Secretarial Executive Directive 56 Int 14 June 1965 reissued as Hubbard Communication Office Policy Letter 10 January 1968
  27. ^ Declassified Documents—Microfilms Under MKULTRA” Research Publications Woodbridge, CT 1984 002258
  28. a b c d e Church of Scientology vs. Commissioner of Internal Revenue Docket No. 3352-78 United States Tax Court filed 24 September 1984
  29. ^ Miller, Russell Bare Faced Messiah
  30. a b c d e f g h i j k l Ellsberg, Daniel Secrets: A Memoir of Vietnam and the Pentagon Papers Penguin 2003 ISBN 0-142-00342-5
  31. ^ “Plants Do Worry and Feel Pain,” Garden News 18 December 1959
  32. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Creation and Goals” a recorded lecture of 3 August 1961
  33. ^ Sea Org Orders of the Day (OODs) 28 February 1969
  34. a b c d e Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings, Testimony of Witnesses, Book III: Responses by CIA to questions submitted by the Committee
  35. ^ Cooper, Paulette The Scandal of Scientology
  36. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Level VII” a taped lecture of 23 February 1965
  37. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “The Well-Rounded Auditor” a taped lecture of 29 June 1965
  38. a b c d e f g h A.J. Weberman
  39. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron, Scientology Policy of 28 December 1965, revised 1968, “Enrollment in Suppressive Groups”
  40. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron, Scientology Policy of 6 December 1976, revised 8 April 1988, “Illegal PCs, Acceptance Of”
  41. ^ Burton, Christine “Green Music” article
  42. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Clearing Course Security” Scientology policy letter of 16 August 1966
  43. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “OT Personnel” Scientology policy letter 10 November 1966 Issue II
  44. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z aa ab ac ad ae af ag ah ai aj ak al am an ao ap aq Swann, Ingo Remote Viewing—The Real Story
  45. ^ Miller, Russel Interview with David Mayo
  46. a b Miller, Russell Bare Faced Messiah
  47. ^ Meade Emory profile
  48. ^ Tanner, Jerald “Mormon Spies, Hughes and the CIA” citing testimony before Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings, Book III
  49. ^ CIA memo #104-10119-10323 from CIA Chief Central Cover Staff Corporate Cover Branch
  50. ^ James McCord biography
  51. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n Liddy, G. Gordon Will, the Autobiography of G. Gordon Liddy St. Martin’s ISBN 0-312-92412-7
  52. ^ Hal, Puthoff “Success Story” Scientology Advanced Org Los Angeles (AOLA) special publication, blue painting cover, printed in 1971
  53. a b c d e f g Liddy, G. Gordon Deposition in Dean v. Liddy et al., U.S. District Court D.C. 92-1807
  54. ^ Smith, J. “List of CIA Agents” Intelligence/Parapolitics magazine Brussels November 1985
  55. ^ Miller, Russell Interview with Kima Douglas
  56. ^ “Data Concerning the Death of Scientology Parishioner Susan Meister” Company Memorandum TSMY Apollo
  57. ^ White House Plumbers
  58. ^ Campaign Contributions Task Force #804—Hughes/Rebozo Investigation, Box 86, Caulfield, John: “7/71 Sandwedge proposal”
  59. ^ Caulfied, John J. (Jack Caulfield) “In Their Own Words”
  60. a b c d Memorandum for the Record: “Summary of Mr. Karl Wagner’s Knowledge of CIA Assistance to Mr. E. Howard Hunt” Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings
  61. a b c d Memorandum for the Record: “Summary of Contacts by Mr. Stephen Carter Greenwood with Mr. E. Howard Hunt” Judiciary Committee Impeachment hearings Book III
  62. a b c “Orders of the Day” (OODs) of the Scientology Flagship Apollo 1971-1972
  63. ^ Hubbard, L. Ron “Advanced Courses” Scientology policy letter of 12 August 1971
  64. a b Transcript of recording of a meeting among the President, John Dean, and H.R. Haldeman in the Oval Office on March 17, 1973 from 1:25 pm to 2:10 pm
  65. a b c Bernard Barker testimony, May 11 and May 24, 1973 Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings Book I, Events Prior to the Watergate Break-in
  66. ^ Victorian, Armen, quoting Ingo Swann “Remote Viewing and the U.S. Intelligence Community” Lobster Issue 31: June 1996
  67. a b Brussell, Mae “Why Was Martha Mitchell Kidnapped” The Realist August 1972
  68. ^ House of Representatives Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings, Book I
  69. ^ “Chasing George W. Bush and the F-102”
  70. ^ Citrine, Charlie Watergate Timeline
  71. a b c LaMother, Captain John D. Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) Report: “Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR” DIA Task Number T72-01-14 Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR large PDF file
  72. ^ Caddy, Douglas “Gay Bashing and Watergate” Advocate.com 1 August 2005
  73. a b c FBI files on L. Ron Hubbard
  74. ^ United States Court of Appeals, Eighth Circuit ruling April 10, 1972 Church of Scientology of Minnesota et al. v. Department of Health, Education & Welfare, etc., et al. No. 71-1507
  75. a b c “Bug Suspects Got Campaign Funds” Washington Post
  76. ^ FBI report dated 22 June 1972, “Memorandum to Mr. Bolz”
  77. a b c d e f g Congressional testimony of Alfred Baldwin, 24 May 1973
  78. ^ Document in PDF format “BushGuardmay4.pdf” released by CBS news in September 2004
  79. a b c d e U.S. v. George Gordon Liddy et al. Grand Jury Indictment; Grand Jury sworn in on June 5, 1972
  80. ^ James McCord testimony, May 11 and May 24, 1973 Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings Book I, Events Prior to the Watergate Break-in
  81. ^ Document in PDF format “BushGuardmay19.pdf” released by CBS news in September 2004
  82. ^ Excerpt of letter from Nixon to Kissenger and Haig
  83. a b c The Public Papers of President Richard Nixon; 1972
  84. ^ U.S. vs. G. Gordon Liddy, appelant No. 73-1565 United States Court of Appeals District of Columbia, decided 8 November 1974
  85. ^ Watergate first break-in
  86. ^ Arlington National Cemetary web page on John Paul Vann
  87. ^ Helms, Richard and Hood, William A Look Over My Shoulder Random House, 2003
  88. a b c d e f Testimony of L. Patrick Gray, former Acting Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, in Congressional hearings, 3 and 6 August 1973
  89. ^ Transcript from web site “History and Politics Out Loud”
  90. ^ Church of Scientology v. IRS, No. 3352-78, United States Tax Court, filed 24 September 1978
  91. a b Watergate Chronology
  92. ^ “Watergate burglars indicted” NBC News abstract
  93. a b c d e House of Representatives Judiciary Committee Impeachment Hearings, Book III
  94. a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x Schnabel, Jim Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s Psychic Spies Dell (1997) ISBN 0-440-22306-7
  95. ^ Bio of Jack Caulfield
  96. ^ “Project MKULTRA, the CIA’s Program of Research in Behavioral Modification” Report by U.S. Senate Select Committee on Intelligence
  97. ^ The New York Times Company Timeline: NY Times Timeline 1971-2000
  98. a b c d e f g h Powers, Thomas “Inside the Department of Dirty Tricks” Atlantic Monthly August 1979 Volume 244 No. 2 pages 33-64
  99. ^ “Pentagon Papers: Case Dismissed” Time magazine 21 May 1973
  100. ^ “Break-In Memo Sent to Ehrlichman” Washington Post Staff Writers Wednesday, June 13, 1973
  101. ^ Jensen, Derrick “The Plants Respond: An Interview with Cleve Backster” The Sun July 1997
  102. ^ Celebrity magazine Minor Issue 8 November 1973
  103. ^ RTC v. FACTnet, Inc. US District Court Colorado No. 95B2143 testimony of Robert Vaughn Young 21 September 1995
  104. ^ Celebrity magazine Minor Issue 11 September 1974
  105. ^ Celebrity magazine Major Issue 21
  106. ^ O’Leary, J. “Turner Denies CIA Bugging of South Korea’s Park” The Washington Star 9 August 1977.
  107. ^ Swann, Ingo The 1973 Remote Viewing Probe of the Planet Jupiter
  108. ^ Puthoff, Hal “CIA-Initiated RV Program at SRI” article
  109. ^ Puthoff, Harold and Targ, Russell, “Direct Perception of Remote Geographical Locations”, SRI Menlo Park, 1979
  110. ^ Targ, Russell Miracles of Mind; Remote Viewing
  111. ^ May, Dr. Edwin C. “Response to the CIA/AIR Report on Remote Viewing”
  112. ^ “Interview with Joseph McMoneagle” Psychic World Summer issue 1998
  113. ^ STAR GATE (Controlled Remote Viewing)
  114. ^ Untitled PR Newswire press release dated July 17 1984 but with July 16 dateline, begins “Construction of an $8 million library…”
  115. ^ Untitled PR Newswire press release dated July 17 1984 with July 17 dateline, begins “Construction of an $8 million library…” (text different from similar release with 16 July 1984 dateline)
  116. ^ CIA Public Affairs Office “CIA Statement on ‘Remote Viewing'”, 6 September 1995
  117. ^ Csere, Tom “Interview with Joe McMoneagle, World-Class Remote Viewer” Psychic World Summer 1998
  118. ^ Colodny, Len and Gettlin, Robert Silent Coup: The Removal of a President

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

Google at the core of the Cabal?

Pictures added by sharer.


This information can set you free?

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Vaping Increases Youths’ Risk of COVID-19

Vaping Increases Youths’ Risk of COVID-19

The New Abnormal: The Rise of the Biomedical Security State

The New Abnormal: The Rise of the Biomedical Security State

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1285813&v=20230219&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • It has become essential to enlighten people about the global forces that are trying to seize control, with the ultimate goal of eliminating human rights and freedoms, including your medical freedom
  • Google is a core powerbase of this global cabal, often referred to as the Deep State — a hidden power structure based on wealth and financial influence behind (and above) the individual governments of the world — because the cabal’s control powers hinge on electronic surveillance and social engineering
  • There is strong collaboration between organized crime and U.S. military intelligence going back to World War II. We now have evidence showing intelligence agencies have coerced private companies to censor and violate Americans’ Constitutional rights on their behalf
  • Understanding that The Great Reset is an enslavement system, some of the best defense strategies are to optimize your health, become more self-reliant and form communities willing to work together outside of the new enslavement system
  • Also, disengage from the control system as much as possible and refuse to go along with Great Reset agenda schemes such as vaccine passports, digital identity and central bank digital currencies (CBDCs), as all of these will be used to micromanage and control how you live your life

In the video above, I’m interviewed by Jason Shurka, author of several books1 about sacred knowledge, the raising of consciousness and the power we have within.

While my focus has always been to help people take control of their health and achieve optimal well-being by addressing basic lifestyle factors, in recent years, it’s become necessary to also enlighten people about the global forces that are trying to seize control, with the ultimate goal of eliminating human rights and freedoms, including your medical freedom.

It’s become imperative to understand what these larger forces are trying to achieve, because they’re driving The Great Reset agendas, which encompass every aspect of our lives, including food and health care. If you don’t understand what their goal is, you will naively go along and become an unwitting victim.

Google Is at the Core of the Global Cabal

As I explain in the interview, Google is a core powerbase of this global cabal, often referred to as the Deep State — a hidden power structure based on wealth and financial influence behind (and above) the individual governments of the world — because the cabal’s control powers hinge on electronic surveillance and social engineering.

Both require massive amounts of data on each individual, and artificial intelligence to predict and control behaviors. Google is the largest controller of data and owns the most advanced AI company in the world. Through their search engine alone, Google controls at least 93% and possibly over 95% of what people are able to see.

They hold the keys to the knowledge of humanity, stored on the internet. And if they don’t like what you say, they can bury you to the point where you basically cease to exist. You have no reach, no voice.

I’m no stranger to this censorship process, as I’ve been under attack ever since I started my website 25 years ago. In 2018, Google finally pulled the plug on me and buried my articles in the deepest recesses of its search engine.

Now, what you find about me are articles that discredit me. You also have to dig deep into the search results to find good information relating to health, nutrition and medicine in general.

There Are Many Levels of Censorship

While more and more people are becoming aware that censorship is happening on social media, there are many other levels of censorship that people don’t hear much about.

Payment processors, for example, are deplatforming people for views expressed online. PayPal can fine you $2,500 for infractions involving wrongthink. Banks are shutting down credit cards and bank accounts. Domains are booting people’s websites. YouTube is banning and taking down accounts.

Mainstream media publishes smear pieces that get top billing in search results, which drives people away from you. Social media platforms can shadow ban you, which throttles your reach, and they can bar articles from certain websites from being shared. Google buries search results that go against a given narrative.

If you have the URL to the webpage you’re looking for, you can get it. But most people don’t have that. They’re searching without knowing who has the answer. And, by default, 93% of the world’s population use Google, not realizing that Google has been progressively filtering access to articles it believes you should not have access to.

Many times, you can’t even go past six pages or so of search results. It just ends there and everything on page seven and beyond is unreachable. What this means is that the days of laypeople conducting their own research online are over. You can’t do it because the results are so tightly curated. You need to know, very specifically, what you’re looking for. The answer to this dilemma is to identify sources you trust, and follow the rabbit trails they give you.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

Cyberwarfare Is Now Par for the Course

On the extreme end, they’re using cyberwarfare to take out the opposition. My site was cyberattacked and taken offline in late September 2022. They also destroyed our email servers.

While we’ve been unable to identify the hackers, my website was labeled a “national security threat” by British and American intelligence agencies back in January 2021, and they were reportedly collaborating to eliminate “anti-vaccine propaganda” using sophisticated cyberwarfare tools.2,3,4

We’ve since migrated to using Substack as the main repository for articles, as the subscription option provides us with some level of protection from censorship, while our online store is still on Mercola.com. Articles are only viewable for 48 hours on Mercola.com. After that, they’re migrated onto the paid subscription platform.

We made the decision to do this after I started getting a lot of threats, against myself, my family and my business. It pained me to do that, but this way, subscribers of the newsletter can still read everything for free. You just must read or download it within 48 hours of getting the newsletter in your inbox.

Those who want access to the archive can sign up for a subscription on Substack for $5 a month. (Substack revenues are used to fund partner organizations such as the National Vaccine Information Center and several others.)

Websites created by physicians trying to get information out about early COVID treatments were also hacked and deleted early on in the pandemic. They’re also banning and shadow banning books sold online, and they manipulate ratings and reviews of books to thwart sales.

Sen. Elizabeth Warren actually demanded Amazon ban the sale of my book “The Truth About COVID-19.” She didn’t succeed and it became a No. 1 seller. I ended up suing Warren over that. I also sued Google and YouTube for breach of contract when they deleted my account for a community guideline violation they’d implemented that same morning.

The Disinformation Dozen Hoax

In the summer of 2020, a one-man organization with undisclosed funding5 and suspect connections6 popped onto the scene. The organization, called the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), immediately started publishing a series of fabricated reports claiming a small number of individuals were responsible for creating “vaccine hesitancy.”

In “The Anti-Vaxx Playbook,”7 published in July 2020, the CCDH identified six leading online “anti-vaxxers” — Barbara Loe Fisher, Joseph Mercola, Del Bigtree, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Sherri Tenpenny and Andrew Wakefield — and our alleged “plan to attack a forthcoming COVID vaccine.”

In March 2021, the CCDH published its most widely circulated report, “The Disinformation Dozen,”8 in which I was again elevated as the leading misinformation spreader. According to the CCDH, a mere 12 people were responsible for nearly two-thirds of all anti-vaccine content on social media.

In August that year, Facebook’s vice president of content policy, Monika Bickert, issued a rebuttal9,10 to the CCDH’s report, saying there was no evidence to support its claims. After conducting its own investigation, Facebook found that we, the so-called disinformation dozen, were in fact responsible for only a tiny fraction — 0.05% — of all vaccine content on Facebook.

Needless to say, media and government officials completely ignored Facebook’s correction and “The Disinformation Dozen” report has been regularly used to justify the censoring of us ever since. In January 2022, the CCDH published yet another report11 claiming Substack generates more than $2.5 million in revenue annually from “anti-vaccine newsletters.” I was again the primary target.

Funny enough, in that report, the CCDH claimed that “The New York Times described … Joseph Mercola as the most influential spreader of coronavirus misinformation online in 2021.” Meanwhile, The New York Times cited12 the CCDH as the source of that claim!

So, the CCDH uses media reports of its own fabricated claims to support fresh sets of defamatory claims. That’s how the game is played, folks! It’s a closed loop. Former House speaker Nancy Pelosi once referred to this tactic as “the wrap-up smear.”

The Global Cabal

Getting back to the global cabal, the Deep State, or what Shurka refers to as the Mafia, there is strong collaboration between organized crime and U.S. military intelligence going back to World War II. Investigative journalist Whitney Webb details this history in her two-volume book, “One Nation Under Blackmail.”

It’s their ideology and their overarching plan for achieving global domination, a one world government, that needs to be fully understood. When you see someone, anyone, pushing that ideology and that plan, you know the answer is to go in the opposite direction.

While many would like a detailed listing of every single person who is part of this cabal, such a list is almost irrelevant. Many who belong on such a list probably don’t even know they’re doing the cabal’s bidding. I like Catherine Austin Fitz’s term, “Mr. Global.” Thousands could probably be identified as playing a role in Mr. Global’s scheme, but knowing their names won’t necessarily fix anything.

It’s their ideology and their overarching plan for achieving global domination, a one world government, that needs to be fully understood. Then, it doesn’t matter who is doing what. When you see someone, anyone, pushing that ideology and that plan, you know the answer is to go in the opposite direction.

That said, we know this cabal includes (but is not limited to) several of the wealthiest families on the planet — families whose wealth is multigenerational and spans centuries. Most of these people are not in the public eye at all. They remain hidden, but their wealth has bought influence everywhere influence is desired.

Much of that influence-peddling is done through nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and foundations, and it doesn’t matter who runs those NGOs. Their mandates still support and further Mr. Global’s long-term plan.

So, it’s far more important to understand the big picture, the end goal, and the steps they’re taking to get to that goal, than to be able to point fingers at any given individual. You can eliminate most of the people suspected of being part of the cabal and the plan will still move forward, because it’s far bigger than any given person.

Can We Change Course?

The question is, is the situation hopeless, or is there something we can do to stop them from turning the world into a digital prison planet? I don’t know if we can stop them, but I do think we must try. My personal belief is that they’re in a self-destructive pattern. They think they’re smarter than everyone else, and a lot smarter than they really are, which may ultimately result in their downfall.

But they do hold all the cards, and they have all the wealth and the power. And, this is important to understand: Their incentive is not based in a desire to acquire more money. They don’t need more money. They’re literally creating money out of thin air. They control all the fiat currencies and central banks in the world. No, it’s about power and control. They want the power to control everything and everyone.

But I think it’s going to backfire. In some ways, it already has. They went too far, too fast during the COVID pandemic, and they showed their hand too many times. For example, we now know the government is willing and able to seize your bank account if they don’t like who you’re donating money to.

We know they’re willing and able to lock entire countries down, with or without good cause. We know they’re willing and able to ignore and circumvent human and Constitutional rights. They’re willing to destroy the educational foundation of millions of children for years on end.

We’ve learned a lot about the lengths they’re willing to go to in order to get what they want and quash what they don’t. We’ve learned our intelligence agencies are coercing private businesses to censor and violate the rights of Americans at their behest, and we can see they’ve weaponized the justice system and any number of federal agencies.

Six ‘Self-Defense’ Strategies

Knowing all of that, and understanding that The Great Reset is an enslavement system, I believe the best defense strategy is to:

  1. Optimize your health — In the interview, I review why it’s so important to get regular sun exposure, how eliminating omega-6 linoleic acid from your diet will improve your health, and the benefits of time-restricted eating.
  2. Become more self-reliant and have backup plans for when the systems you’ve relied on are dismantled.
  3. Work on forming communities that are willing to work together outside of this new enslavement system.
  4. Disengage from the system as much as possible — A good starting point is ditching all Google products, as they’re all part of the surveillance grid. Definitely stop using Gmail, as they censor your inbox without you even knowing it.
  5. Refuse to go along with The Great Reset agenda — This includes refusing vaccine passports, digital identity and central bank digital currencies (CBDCs), as all of these will be used to micromanage and control how you live your life.
  6. Identify trusted sources and change how you get your information You’ll need to be proactive when it comes to information gathering as most search engines provide highly curated material. Most truthful sources are censored, so you may need to get into the habit of going directly to their website, for example, or signing up for individual newsletters.

I suspect things will get far worse before they get better. They have a lot of power and control, and they’re going to use it. They haven’t played all their cards yet. But if enough people start moving in the opposite direction of where The Great Reset and Agenda 2030 is taking us, if we start moving toward decentralization and self-sustainable living instead of accepting more centralized power structures, then their control system may fall apart sooner rather than later.

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

WEF/NWO and UKRAINE

In brief who/what is the NWO/WEF

“We are not going to achieve a new world order without paying for it in blood as well as in words and money.” Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., in Foreign Affairs (July/August 1995) That quotation and the following – and many others like them – clearly demonstrate that the words “new world order” are not only deadly serious, but implemented by force if needed and furthermore, have been in development/use for decades.

They did not originate with President George Bush in 1990. The “old world order” is one based on independent nation-states. The “new world order” involves the elimination of the sovereignty and independence of nation-states and some form of world government. This means the end of the United States of America, the U.S.
Constitution, and the Bill of Rights as we now know them. Most of the new world order proposals involve the conversion of the United Nations and its agencies to a world government, complete with one real party, a world army, a world parliament, a world court, global taxation, and numerous other agencies to control every aspect of human life (education, nutrition, health care, population, immigration, communications, transportation, commerce, agriculture, finance, the environment, etc.).

The various notions of the “new world order” differ as to details and scale, but agree on the basic principle and substance. Total and absolute control including life/body.

Did US Build Bioweapons in Ukraine? (mercola.com)https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2023/02/16/did-us-build-bioweapons-in-ukraine.aspx?i=e9bc15645e33ce840f3a66be902fd766e7cc9162f9b5a99e98725540f42a943b&sd=20210224&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1ReadMore&cid=DM1340633&bid=1722080671&fbclid=IwAR0XnhEbWUgWjaLuqLE8nNRwSPD6NBjVbDD4NSH1Z9apD0m3Y_QvqCvmGKk

By DR Mercola

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Ukraine is slated to be the largest, most comprehensive test lab for globalist takeover tools such as digital ID, central bank digital currency (CBDC), a social credit system and even an AI-aided judicial system. American citizens are helping to pay for the implementation of this Orwellian techno-dystopia through U.S. “security assistance,” which as of October 20, 2022, had surpassed $98 billion
  • Ukraine is also a “testbed for Western weapons and battlefield innovation”
  • The CIA and the U.S. Department of Defense’s Threat Reduction Agency (DTRA) have also been funding a company called Metabiota to aid in the development of biological weapons in Ukraine
  • The U.S.-run biolabs in Ukraine are in violation of Article 1 of the Biological Weapons Convention, which prohibits the development, production, stockpiling, acquisition or retaining of biological weapons, and this illegal weapons development is paid for by U.S. taxpayers through the DTRA
  • Powerful interests are profiting from the Ukraine conflict and want it to continue, and one of those interested parties appears to be the Biden family. It’s time to end the United States’ involvement in the Ukraine conflict. February 19, 2023, an anti-interventionist coalition will be holding an anti-war rally in Washington, D.C. The lead demand: “Not one more penny for war in Ukraine”

Is the United States’ meddling in the Russia-Ukraine war really as altruistic as the Biden administration claims? Perhaps not. A number of revelations have come to light that raises questions about our involvement.

For starters, as detailed by Russell Brand in the video above, Ukraine is slated to be the largest, most comprehensive test lab for globalist takeover tools such as digital ID, central bank digital currency (CBDC), a social credit system1 and even an AI-aided judicial system2 — all under the guise of “humanitarianism.”

And who is helping to pay for the implementation of this Orwellian techno-dystopia? That’s right: United States taxpayers, through their “security assistance,” which as of October 20, 2022, had surpassed $98 billion.3,4

As reported by Reclaim the Net,5 “The general promise is that in the future, the Ukrainian government and Big Tech will be ‘closely interlinked.'” Well, it would have to be, wouldn’t it, in order to be 100% digital? This also means that government will be privatized, as tech companies will own and operate every last aspect of society and government.

All government services will be online, society will be completely paperless and cashless, government will be 100% digital, AI will run the court system, education will be 100% digital, as will the health care system and customs.

At the same time, President Volodymyr Zelenskyy “has imposed some of the world’s most aggressive anti-worker policies, passing legislation that deprives around 73% of workers of their right to union protection and collective bargaining.”6

Ukraine Is a Testbed for New Weapons

According to a January 16, 2023, CNN report, Ukraine is also a “testbed for Western weapons and battlefield innovation.”7 Examples of such innovations include a cell phone app that allows front line soldiers to accurately direct fire onto specific targets, inexpensive grenade-dropping drones, 3D printers that allow soldiers to repair heavy field equipment on site and other MacGyver-like battlefield solutions.

The U.S. and Western allied militaries are also studying how their own weapons systems are performing in the field. One alleged “source familiar with Western intelligence” told CNN:8

“Ukraine is absolutely a weapons lab in every sense because none of this equipment has ever actually been used in a war between two industrially developed nations. This is real-world battle testing.”

Powerful Interests Are Profiting From the Conflict

Summarizing the situation, Brand says:

“What we’re suggesting to you now, is that not only is Ukraine being used as a testing ground for weapons and an opportunity to create profit for the American military-industrial complex, but subsequent to the war — where they’re also creating privatization opportunities for companies like BlackRock — they also use it as a testing ground for favored globalist modalities such as mass surveillance, digital IDs and CBDCs.

Everybody wins — except for Ukrainian people, of course … The initiative, the plan, the vision, the scheme — while we’re continually told … that Russia attacked unprovoked … — is that some of the most powerful interests in the world are benefiting from and profiting from this conflict.

My concern is that Ukrainian people will not benefit in the short term, there’s potential for nuclear conflagration, and it looks like now, even for the rest of us, [there’s] and opportunity to pilot ideas and schemes … that will ultimately lead to more and more centralized authority that cannot help but lead to less individual and community freedom for you and your family.”

In short, a globalist cabal is carrying out a long-ranging plan that involves the use of endless wars and pandemics to legitimize centralization, digitization, dystopian mass surveillance and other totalitarian controls.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

US Biolabs in Ukraine

https://rumble.com/embed/vuemrx/?pub=4Video Link

In addition to all of that, we also have the CIA and the U.S. Department of Defense’s Threat Reduction Agency (DTRA) funding biological weapons research in Ukraine, even though at the time that the contracts were issued, Ukraine was recognized as the most corrupt country in the world.

It was a bizarre decision to say the least — unless, of course, there was some benefit to having hazardous research done in a country where corruption is the norm. The Reese Report video above reviews the connections between the U.S. government, Hunter Biden, World Economic Forum (WEF) founder Klaus Schwab and the Ukraine biolabs. Here’s a quick summary of the key points:

According to China, the U.S. is operating 336 biolabs in 30 different countries. Russia claims the U.S. has more than 30 biolabs in Ukraine alone.
After Russia secured biological weapons laboratories in Ukraine, the U.S. embassy removed all evidence of connecting the U.S. to the biolabs in Ukraine from its website.
In a Senate hearing, undersecretary of state for political affairs, Victoria Nuland, confirmed the presence of biolabs in Ukraine, and that they contained weaponized biological agents the State Department feared may be used by Russia to start World War III.
The U.S.-run biolabs in Ukraine are in violation of Article 1 of the Biological Weapons Convention, which prohibits the development, production, stockpiling, acquisition or retaining of biological weapons.
The illegal biological weapons development is paid for by U.S. taxpayers through the DTRA.
A U.S. company called Black & Veatch has built bioweapons labs with the DTRA 2003. In the city of Kiev, Black & Veatch share an office with a company called Metabiota.

Metabiota Is a Key Player

Metabiota is a key player in this scheme, as it provides scientific and technical consulting services to the DTRA’s biolabs in Ukraine and Georgia.9

It’s also a core partner in the United States Agency for International Development’s (USAID) PREDICT program (a pandemic threat program that sought to identify viruses with pandemic potential), and has worked in close collaboration with the EcoHealth Alliance. In fact, Metabiota founder Nathan Wolfe has served on the EcoHealth Alliance’s editorial board since 2004.

EcoHealth Alliance, of course, is the research company Dr. Anthony Fauci used to funnel money to the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV), long suspected of being the source of SARS-CoV-2. While Fauci has denied funding gain of function research at the WIV, the National Institutes of Health has confirmed it.10

According to its mission statement, Metabiota seeks to make the world more resilient to epidemics by providing “data, analytics, advice and training to prepare for global health threats and mitigate their impacts.”11 Through data analysis, they help “decision makers across government and industry” to estimate and mitigate pandemic risks.

But they also claim to support “sustainable development,” which seems to have little to do with pandemic risk management. That term, “sustainable development,” is one promoted by Schwab, founder of the WEF, and is part of Schwab’s plan for a global Great Reset and transhumanist revolution (aka, the Fourth Industrial Revolution).

Metabiota’s Founder Is a Deep State Insider

It’s not surprising, then, to find out that Wolfe not only has close ties to the WEF, but is also a rising star there. He’s a WEF Young Global Leader graduate and was awarded the WEF’s Technology Pioneer award in 2021.

Wolfe is also a member of DARPA’s Defense Science Research Council, and was a personal friend of deceased pedophile Jeffrey Epstein. In his 2012 book, “The Viral Storm,” Wolfe thanked friends for their support, including Epstein and Dr. Boris Nikolic. Nikolic, a biotech venture capitalist, was named “back-up executor” in Epstein’s will.

On a side note, Epstein, who besides being a convicted pedophile and accused child sex trafficker, also had a robust interest in eugenics. It’s now well-known that he dreamed of creating a “superhuman” race of his own by impregnating dozens of women over a period of time at his New Mexico ranch.12 Epstein also secured meetings with Bill Gates,13 whose family history is also marked by an interest in eugenics and population control.

Metabiota Funding Sources

Metabiota receives funding from several interconnected organizations and agencies, including:14

In-Q-Tel, a CIA venture capital firm that specializes in high-tech investments that support or benefit the intelligence capacity of U.S. intelligence agencies
The DTRA.15 By outsourcing work to private companies, DTRA is able to circumvent Congressional oversight. Russia is now accusing the U.S. of funding secret and illegal bioweapons research in these Ukraine labs, and claims this was the real reason behind its invasion
Rosemont Seneca,16 an investment fund co-managed by Hunter Biden.17 This tie may prove deeply problematic for the White House, as the Biden family appears to have been more or less directly involved in the funding of illegal biological weapons research18
The NIH, Google and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation
Pilot Growth Management, cofounded by Neil Callahan. Callahan is also a cofounder of Rosemont Seneca Technology Partners, and he sits on Metabiota’s board of advisers
The Global Virome Project, which was set up with the intention to collect, identify and catalogue 1 million viruses from wildlife in an effort to predict which ones might cause a human epidemic19

The Global Virome Project was founded by Dennis Carroll, while he was still director of the the USAID PREDICT program. According to an investigation by U.S. Right to Know (USRTK),20 Carroll appears to have diverted government funds from the PREDICT program while he was running it, to fund this personal side project.

Metabiota and the DTRA

In late May 2016, Metabiota hired Andrew C. Weber,21 a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, to head up its global partnerships.22 Between 2009 and 2014, Weber served as assistant secretary of defense for Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Defense under then-president Obama.

Weber is credited with creating the DTRA (U.S. Department of Defense’s Threat Reduction Agency) — a combat support agency within the DOD, specializing in countering weapons of mass destruction, including biological weapons23,24 — and as mentioned earlier, the DTRA has reportedly funded Metabiota to operate U.S.-funded biological research labs in Ukraine.

The DTRA has also issued a number of grants to the EcoHealth Alliance, totaling at least $37.5 million,25,26 including a 2017 grant for $6.5 million to “understand the risk of bat-borne zoonotic disease emergence in Western Asia.”27

According to a December 2020 report by The Defender,28 EcoHealth Alliance had tried to hide most of the Pentagon funding that it had received between 2013 and 2020, most of which came from the DTRA.

Metabiota and Rosemont

In a January 31, 2023, Twitter thread,29 Rogan O’Handley, a lawyer and civil rights activist, reviewed newly obtained documents showing that two months after receiving a $500,000 investment from Rosemont Seneca in 2014, Metabiota received contracts to the tune of $23.9 million directly from the DOD.

Curiously, in a February 24, 2022, letter, Zelensky ordered the destruction of all government files relating to Metabiota, including the personal files of servicemen, employees and staff of the Center for Public Health and the Research Anti-Plague Institute of Ukraine who worked with Metabiota scientists. 

Did Zelensky order the destruction of these documents to hide what Metabiota was doing under that DOD contract? And/or was he destroying evidence linking bioweapons research in Ukraine to the Biden family?

We don’t have the answers to those questions. But what we do know, and what makes this scheme even more mindboggling, is that Metabiota — which produces biological agents for the DOD — is also selling pandemic insurance and pandemic tracking programs to help countries prepare for pandemic outbreaks.

Following this thread to its logical conclusion, it would appear Metabiota is getting paid by the DOD to develop biological weapons, and profiting from countries paying to “get ahead” of the biological agents created by the very same company selling them the trackers and insurance.

And, as an investor, Rosemont Seneca, co-managed by the son of the sitting president of the United States, is profiting from this devilish scheme as well. It’s not a good look.

Was FTX Laundering Money for the US and Ukraine?

Making matters even stickier for the Biden administration, we also have what looks like a money laundering scheme through the now-bankrupt FTX. As detailed in “Is the Ukraine War a Money Laundering Scheme?” the ill-fated crypto exchange is heavily linked to the Democratic Party, Ukraine, the WEF and even the suppression of COVID-19 treatments through the funding of fake science.

FTX’s founder, Sam Bankman-Fried — suspected of having absconded with $1 billion to $2 billion of client funds as the exchange went belly-up in mid-November 2022 — was a top donor to the Democratic Party, second only to George Soros.30

During the 2022 midterms, Democrats received nearly $38 million from the crypto billionaire,31 and in May 2022, he said he was planning on contributing anywhere from $100 million to $1 billion in support to the Democrat nominee in the 2024 presidential election.32

Bankman-Fried reportedly visited the White House on several occasions and is said to have consulted with the Biden administration on crypto regulation. FTX is also a partner of the WEF. The WEF has now scrubbed FTX from its partner list,33 but an archived link34 confirms the relationship.

An anti-interventionist coalition will be holding an anti-war rally in Washington, D.C. February 19, 2023. The lead demand is simple: ‘Not One More Penny for war in Ukraine.’

FTX also partnered with Ukraine to help them raise funds for the war effort.35,36,37,38 An estimated $200 million were raised for Ukraine and distributed through FTX to a bank in Ukraine, but records show the Ukrainian government only used $22 million of that money. The remaining $178 million appears to have vanished, leading people to suspect it was laundered back to Democratic candidates.

End the War in Ukraine

https://rumble.com/embed/v25ky29/?pub=4Video Link

It’s time to end the United States’ involvement in the Ukraine conflict. To that end, an anti-interventionist coalition will be holding an anti-war rally in Washington, D.C., February 19, 2023. As reported by Modern Diplomacy:39

“The lead demand is simple and direct, ‘Not One More Penny for war in Ukraine.’ It is a demand that emphasizes what we in the US can do to end the war, not what others can do. After all, the only government we have the power to influence is our own.

The potential power of this unique and promising movement arises from the nature of the sponsoring organizations – The Peoples Party, a progressive new Party, and the Libertarian Party. It is in fact what much of the press would term a ‘Right-Left Coalition,’ spanning a spectrum broad enough to actually bring the proxy war in Ukraine to an end.

Fittingly, the organizers are calling the protest ‘Rage Against the War Machine.’ With the war in Ukraine putting us the precipice of nuclear Armageddon, ‘rage’ might be considered a mild reaction.”

Demonstrators will meet at the Lincoln Memorial and then march to the White House. In addition to putting a firm freeze on any additional funding of the Ukraine conflict, other demands of the demonstration include the pursuit of peace negotiations between Russia and Ukraine, the end to war inflation, as the conflict is accelerating inflation on food, gas and energy.

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

Mind Control using electromagnetic Frequencies.

Join nowSign in

Soleilmavis LiuClick here to view Soleilmavis Liu’s profile

Soleilmavis Liu

Sponsor and Activist of Peacepink: Worldwide campaign to stop the abuse and torture with mind control technologies

Published Jun 7, 2016

+ Follow

Soleimavis Liu presented this paper at the recent E-Leader conference held by Fudan University and Chinese American Scholars Association in Shanghai, January 5-7, 2015.

Recent years, the words “mind control abuse and torture” and “target individual” appears frequently online. Thousands of people in groups or individually cries attention to the abuses and tortures with electromagnetic mind control technologies through internet and all other channels. The scale of the ongoing crimes is large, and hidden. People are asking for the worldwide attention and an international investigation of enormous human rights violations that are silently taking place worldwide at this moment.

Can you imagine an all powerful group, that knows no national boundaries, above the laws of all countries, one that controls every aspect of politics, religion, commerce and industry, banking, insurance, mining, the drug trade, the petroleum industry, a group answerable to no one but its members on planet earth? Their real masters are an Alien race called the Marcabians.

To the vast majority of us, such a group would appear to be beyond the realms of possibilities and capabilities of any given traditional organization.


If that is what you believe, then you are in the majority. The conception of a secret, elite group exercising control of every aspect of our lives is beyond our comprehension. Americans are prone to say, “It can’t happen here, our Constitution forbids it.”

Not that we were not warned.

Like a body, called “The committee of 300.When most people attempt to address our problems, they speak or write about “they”.

Who is they and what “They” have planned for our future, how “they”
have been at war with us, setting up the traps, busy destroying the US and EU for the last 45 years from the inside out, part of the so-called war on the poor, own nothing and be happy, were they got us where we are now. A few small nuclear explosions and give up the last bit of little on freedoms left.


a war on the so-called poor and how we got which we are now and on the brink of losing.


The Alien connection and use of alien developed mind control technology/knowledge.

If you are Puzzled and perplexed as to why things are occurring that we as a nation don’t like yet seem powerless to prevent, why it is that the United States always seems to back the wrong horse,
Why the united states is in a depression from which it will not emerge, why our former sacred social and moral values are now being buried.

If you are confused by the many conspiracy theories, that these conditions have been deliberately created to bring us to our knees, subjugate/enslave/most will be terminated or so-called depopulation victims. They are operating from there underground cities/tunnel complexes.

PHIL SCHNEIDER’S LAST LECTURE

(Phil Schneider was employed by one faction of the U. S. government and liquidated just prior to releasing a tell-all book. He had a Hyalite clearance— the highest ever to come out and tell it like it is.
The “Esoteric World News” printed much about Phil Schneider a couple years back, including the part about his fears that the “gumshoes” were after him. In May 1995, Phil Schneider did a lecture on what he had discovered.


Seven months later, he was tortured and killed by those for whom he had previously worked.
This man’s final acts should not go unnoticed)

DEEP UNDERGROUND MILITARY BASES AND THE BLACK BUDGET; and use of the Hans Coler free energy device to produce electricity in it with no waste. ( added And our fake climate change hoax, and no need for fossil fuel).

“I love the country I am living in more than I love my life, but I would not be standing before you now,
risking my life, if I did not believe this was so. The first part of this talk is going to concern deep
underground military bases and the Black Budget. The Black Budget is a secretive budget that garners 25% of the
gross national product of the United States. The Black Budget currently consumes $1.25 trillion per year.
At least this amount is used in black programs, like those concerned with deep underground military bases.


Presently, there are 129 deep underground military bases in the United States. “They have been building these 129 bases day and night, unceasingly, since the early 1940s. Some of them were built even earlier than that.
These bases are large cities underground connected by high-speed, magneto-levity trains that have speeds up to Mach 2. Several books have been written about this activity. Al Bielek has my only copy of one of them.
Richard Souder, a Ph.D. architect, has risked his life by talking about this. He worked with a number of government agencies on deep underground military bases. In Idaho alone, there are 11 of them.” (Richard Souder ~ not to be confused with Richard Sauder, Ph.D., an underground bases researcher and author
of the book, Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the Government Trying to Hide?)
“The average depth of these bases is over a mile, and they again are basically whole cities underground.
They all are between 2.66 and 4.25 cubic miles in size. They have laser-drilling machines that can drill a
tunnel seven miles long in one day. The Black Projects sidestep the authority of Congress, which, as we know, is illegal.

Right now, the New World Order is depending on these bases. If I had known at the time that I was
working on them (that the NWO was involved), I would not have done it. I was lied to rather extensively.”

DEVELOPMENT OF MILITARY TECHNOLOGY, IMPLIED GERMAN INTEREST IN HYPERSPACIAL TECHNOLOGY

“Basically, as far as technology is concerned, for every calendar year that transpires, military technology
increases about 44.5 years. This is why it is easy to understand that back in 1943 they were able to create,
with vacuum tube technology, a ship that could literally disappear from one place and appear in another place.


My father, Otto Oscar Schneider, fought on both sides of the war. He was originally a U-boat captain, and was captured and repatriated in the United States. He was involved with different kinds of concerns, such as the A-bomb, the H-bomb and the Philadelphia Experiment. He invented a high-speed camera that took pictures of the first atomic tests at Bikini Island on July 12, 1946.

I have original photographs of that test, and the photos show UFOs fleeing the bomb site at a high rate of speed. Bikini Island at the time was infested with them, especially under the water; the natives had problems with their animals being mutilated.

At that time, General MacArthur felt that the next war would be with aliens from other worlds. Anyway, my father laid the groundwork with the theoreticians about the Philadelphia Experiment, as well as other experiments.
What does that have to do with me? Nothing, other than the fact that he was my father. I don’t agree with what he did on the other side, but I think he had a lot of guts in coming here. He was hated in Germany.


There was a monetary reward, payable in gold, to anyone who killed him. Obviously, they didn’t succeed.
Anyway, back to our topic–deep underground bases.”

THE FIRE FIGHT AT DULCE BASE IN NEW NEXICO

“Back in 1954, under the Eisenhower administration, the federal government decided to circumvent the Constitution of the United States and form a treaty with alien entities. It was called the 1954 Grenada Treaty, which made the agreement that the aliens involved could take a few cows and test their implanting techniques on a few human beings, but that they had to give details about the people involved. Slowly, the aliens altered the bargain until they decided they wouldn’t abide by it at all. Back in 1979, this was the reality, and the fire fight at Dulce occurred quite by accident. I was involved in building an addition to the deep underground military base at Dulce, NM, which is probably the deepest base. It goes down seven levels and is over 2.5 miles deep. At that particular time, we had drilled four distinct holes in the desert and we were going to link them together and blow out large sections at a time.

My job was to go down the holes and check the rock samples and recommend the explosive to deal with the particular rock. As I was headed down there, we found ourselves amidst a large
cavern that was full of outer-space aliens, otherwise known as large Greys. I shot two of them. At that time, there were 30 people down there. About 40 more came down after this started, and all of them got killed.
We had completely surprised an underground base of existing aliens. Later, we found out that they had been living on our planet for a long time, perhaps a million years. This could explain a lot of what is behind the theory of ancient astronauts. Anyway, I got shot in the chest with one of their weapons—which was a box on their body—that blew a hole in me and gave me a nasty dose of cobalt radiation.

I have had cancer because of that. I didn’t get really interested in UFO technology until I started work at Area 51, north of Las Vegas.
After about two years of recuperation (after the 1979 incident), I went back to work for Morrison and Knudson, EG&G and other companies. At Area 51, they were testing all kinds of peculiar spacecraft. How many people here are familiar with Bob Lazar’s story? He was a physicist working at Area 51 trying to decipher the propulsion factor in some of these craft.”

SCHNEIDER’S WORRIES ABOUT GOVERNMENT FACTIONS RAILROAD CARS AND SHACKLE CONTRACTS

“Now, I am very worried about the activity of the federal government. They have lied to the public, stonewalled Senators, and have refused to tell the truth in regard to alien matters. I can go on and on. I can tell you that I am rather disgruntled.

Recently, I knew someone who lived near where I live in Portland, Oregon. He worked at
Gunderson Steel Fabrication where they make railroad cars. Now, I have known this fellow for the better part of 30 years; he was kind of a quiet type. He came in to see me one day, excited, and told me, ‘they’re building prisoner cars.’

He was nervous. “Gunderson,” he said, “had a contract with the federal government to build 107,200 full-length railroad cars, each with 143 pairs of shackles.” There are 11 sub-contractors in this giant project. Supposedly, Gunderson got over 2 billion dollars for the contract. Bethlehem Steel and other steel outfits are involved. He showed me one of the cars in the rail yards in North Portland. He was right.
If you multiply 107,200 times—143 times 11, you come up with about 15,000,000. This is probably the number of people who disagree with the federal government. No more can you vote any of these people out of office.


Our present structure of government is “technocracy,” not democracy, and it is a form of feudalism.
It has nothing to do with the republic of the United States. These people are Godless, and have legislated away
prayer in public schools. You can be fined up to $100,000 and two years in prison for praying in school.
I believe we can do better. I also believe that the federal government is running the gambit of enslaving the people of the United States. I am not a very good speaker, but I’ll keep shooting my mouth off until somebody puts a bullet in me, because it’s worth it to talk to a group like this about these atrocities.

Abstract:

One of the twenty-first century’s greatest violations of human rights is the proliferation of mind control technologies and their accompanying abuse and torture. Thousands of innocent victims across the globe have become activists for their freedom. 

Electromagnetic mind control technologies are weapons which use electromagnetic waves to hijack a person’s brain and nervous system and subvert an individual’s sense of control over their own thinking, behavior, emotions or decision making.

This article is a brief introduction to mind control technologies, the grave situation of hidden mind control abuses and tortures, and victims, including Soleilmavis Liu, whose work is to expose mind control technologies and their torturous abuses, and to urge governments worldwide to investigate and halt these egregious violations of human rights. 

Keywords: Mind control technology; voice-to-skull; victim, Human Rights; Torture; Abuse

Introduction

Thousands of people in groups or individually cries attention to the abuses and tortures with electromagnetic mind control technologies through internet and all other channels. The scale of the ongoing crimes is large, and hidden. People are asking for the worldwide attention and an international investigation of enormous human rights violations that are silently taking place worldwide at this moment. 

This article will briefly introduce mind control technologies, current data of mind control victims, Soleilmavis’ case summary, and their work to expose mind control abuse and torture. Soleilmavis’ case summary and her work will hopefully bring more public awareness to the secret crimes of mind control abuses and tortures. 

Brief introduction of mind control technologies

Mind control technologies are weapons which use electronic microchip implants, nanotechnologies, microwaves and/or electromagnetic waves to subvert an individual’s sense of control over their own thinking, behavior, emotions or decision making by attacking the brain and nervous system. The development of these methods and technologies has a long history. 

  1. Nazi Wonder Drug

Nazi researchers used concentration camp inmates to test a cocaine-based “wonder drug” they hoped would enhance the performance of German troops. Hamburg-based criminologist Wolf Kemper believed that D-IX pills were Hitler’s last secret development. The so-called Experiment D-IX started in November of the year 1944 in Sachsenhausen concentration camp. The results of all those tests inspired their initiators to supply D-IX drug to the entire Nazi Army. However, they failed to launch the mass production of the substance. The allies’ victories at both fronts in winter and spring of in 1945 resulted in the collapse of the Nazi regime. The absurd dream of the wonder drug was crushed. [1] 

According to the “Want to Know” information site, “After the end of World War II, German scientists were held in a variety of detainment camps by the allies. In 1946, President Truman authorized Project Paperclip to exploit German scientists for American research, and to deny these intellectual resources to the Soviet Union.” Some reports bluntly pointed out that they were “ardent Nazis.” They were considered so vital to the “Cold War” effort that they would be brought into the US and Canada. Some of these experts had participated in murderous medical experiments on human subjects at concentration camps. A 1999 report to the Senate and the House said “between 1945 and 1955; 765 scientists, engineers, and technicians were brought to the US under Paperclip and similar programs.” (Bluebird Report

  1. Mk-ultra, America’s Central Intelligence Agency mind control project.

The Central Intelligence Agency’s Fact Book states the NSC (National Security Council) and the CIA were established under the provisions of the National Security Act of 1947. In December 1947, the NSC held its first meeting. James Forrestal, the Secretary of Defense, pushed for the CIA to begin a “secret war” against the Soviets. Forrestal’s initiative led to the execution of psychological warfare operations (psy-ops) in Europe. CIA personnel were not opposed to working with Nazi doctors who had proven to be proficient in breaking the mind and rebuilding it. In some cases, military bases were used to hide these covert activities. It was decided that the communist threat was an issue that took priority over constitutional rights. 

One of the areas to be investigated by the CIA was Mind Control. The CIA’s human behavior control program was chiefly motivated by perceived Soviet, Chinese, and North Korean use of mind control techniques. Under the protection of “national security,” many other branches of the government also took part in the study of this area. The CIA originated its first program in 1950 under the name BLUEBIRD, which in 1951, after Canada and Britain had been included, was changed to ARTICHOKE. MKULTRA officially began in 1953. Technically it was closed in 1964, but some of its programs remained active under MKSEARCH well into the seventies. In 1973, tipped off about forthcoming investigations, CIA Director Richard Helms ordered the destruction of any MKULTRA records. (MC 10, 17

There is an overwhelming body of evidence that confirms the existence of Mk-ultra. More than 250 people who claim they were the victims of “brainwashing” by America’s Central Intelligence Agency were set to win a multimillion dollar legal battle for compensation. Nine already had each received $67,000 (£33,500) compensation from the spy agency, which had admitted to setting up an operation codenamed MK-Ultra during the Cold War. [Mike Parker, CIA’s Bourne Identity Plot (Mkultra), Express.co.uk, July 8, 2007] [2] 

  1. Implantable electronic chip mind control

Many researchers, using nanotechnologies had developed implantable electronic chips that established new nerve connections in parts of the brain that controlled movement or even altered emotion and thought. Researchers at the University of Washington (UW) had been working on an implantable electronic chip that might help establish new nerve connections in the part of the brain that controlled movement.

Their study, to be published in the November 2, 2006, edition of Nature, showed such a device could induce brain changes in monkeys lasting more than a week (Leila Gray, Tiny Electronic Chip, Interacting with the Brain, Modifies Pathways for Controlling Movement, University of Washington News, October 24, 2006). [3] 

On March 18, 2008, the Central Intelligence Agency responded in writing to a Larson Media Freedom of Information Act request. The document disclosed that the CIA’s use of biomedical intellectual property developed at the Alfred Mann Foundation, Second Sight LLC, Advanced Bionics, and under Naval Space Warfare (SPAWAR) contract #N6600106C8005, was “currently and properly classified pursuant to an executive order in the interest of national security,” and applied to the CIA Director’s “statutory obligation to protect from disclosure, intelligence sources and methods.” The technology, developed under the DARPA programs of Tony Tether, Col. Geoffrey Ling and N.I.H programs of William Heetderks, had been protected as a Defense “Special Access Program1” (SAP), which was the official terminology for a “black project.”

The research had resulted in implantable devices that were millimeter and sub-millimeter in size, could be surreptitiously implanted (and had been fabricated in a manner that the devices could not be detected or localized by clinical medical or radiology techniques), and provided a shocking amount of surveillance capability regarding a subject’s activities, which might include visual and auditory biofeedback data.

Additionally, the devices were capable of delivering testosterone or any other biological agent. 

  1. Voice to Skull Technologies

Artificial microwave voice-to-skull transmission was successfully demonstrated by researcher Dr. Joseph Sharp in 1973, announced at a seminar at the University of Utah in 1974, and in the journal “American Psychologist” in the March 1975 issue, the article was titled “Microwaves and Behavior” by Dr. Don Justesen (1975). [4] 

In 2002, the US Air Force Research Laboratory patented precisely such a device: “a nonlethal weapon which includes (1) a neuro-electromagnetic device, which broadcast sound into the skull of persons or animals by way of pulse-modulated microwave radiation; and (2) a silent sound device, which can transmit ultrasound (above human hearing) into the skull of mammals.” NOTE: The sound modulation might be voice or audio subliminal messages. One application of voice-to-skull uses was an electronic scarecrow to frighten birds in the vicinity of airports. [5] 

  1. Mind reading technologies

A team of world-leading neuroscientists has developed a powerful technique that allowed them to look deep inside a person’s brain, and to read their intentions before they act. 

The research broke controversial new ground in scientists’ ability to probe people’s minds and eavesdrop on their thoughts, ethically to be condemned in its technology and applications. 

“Using the scanner, we could look around the brain for this information and read out something that from the outside, there is no way you possibly could tell is in there. It is like shining a torch around, looking for writing on a wall,” said John Dylan Haynes at the Max Planck Institute for Human Cognitive and Brain Sciences in Germany in 2007, who led the study with colleagues at University College London and Oxford University. 

In 2011, neuroscientists at the University of California Berkeley put electrodes inside the skulls of brain surgery patients to monitor information from their temporal lobe, which was involved in the processing of speech and images. As the patient listened to someone speaking, a computer program analysed how the brain processed and reproduced the words they had heard. 

The scientists believed the technique could also be used to read and report what they were thinking of saying next. 

In the journal Plos Biology, they wrote that it took attempts at mind reading to “a whole new level.” 

Harvard’s Buckner won the Alzheimer’s award for reading our minds in 2011. Researchers had shown a capability to read a subject’s mind by remotely measuring their brain activity.

This technique could even extract information from individuals, who were unaware of themselves. [6] 

Those mind reading technologies use EEC with decoding of neurological signals remotely with or without an implant through satellite or through TV Mobile transmission towers. The following data was from NASA’s Jet Propulsion Lab, “The sensitivity of our deep-space tracking antennas located around the world is truly amazing. The antennas must capture Voyager information from a signal so weak that the power striking the antenna is only 10 exponent -16 watts (1 part in 10 quadrillion). A modern-day electronic digital watch operates at a power level 20 billion times greater than this feeble level.” 

Scientists believed the weak radio emission of a cubic centimeter of brain matter was within the detectable limits of the satellite. It was technically possible for a satellite to detect your thoughts, emotions and perceptions, and pass that information to a computer for interpretation. [7] 

  1. Patents of Mind Control Technologies

Many patents had indicated the existence of mind control technologies, such as:

USP # 6,729,337 (May 4, 2004), Sony owned a patent “Sony Brain Waves Manipulation By Ultrasound” for an “ultrasound array” that supposedly stimulated your brain waves to simulate sensory experiences causing its users to experience smells, tastes and even touch without external stimuli.

USP # 6,488,617 (December 3, 2002), Nervous System Manipulation by EM Fields from Monitors. 

  1. More evidence to prove the existence of mind control technologies.

There is sufficient evidence to prove the existence of mind control technologies. I will only give a few as example. 

Microwave Irradiation of the U.S. Embassy in Moscow, review of its history and studies to determine whether or not related health defects were experienced by employees assigned in the period, 1953-1977, prepared at the request of Howard W. Cannon, chairman, Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, United States Senate, published in 1979 by U.S. Government Printing Office in Washington, disclose that since 1952, the Soviet government began directing microwave beams at the U.S. embassy in Moscow. 

A study funded by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, has perfected the art of using electrical signals to manipulate the color of a squid’s iridescent skin over the entire color spectrum. The Marine Biological Laboratory in Massachusetts carried out the research.[8] If they could manipulate animals, they could manipulate humans too. 

A former KGB officer has divulged secrets of special mind control techniques that security services in developed nations used during and after the Cold War, a Russian government daily said in December 2006. 

General Boris Ratnikov, who served in the KGB department for Moscow and the Moscow Region, told Rossiiskaya Gazeta that people in power had resorted to various methods of manipulating individuals’ thoughts since ancient times and that it was hardly surprising that secret services adopted the practice when it acquired a scientific foundation in the twentieth century. 

In the mid-eighties, about fifty research institutes in the Soviet Union studied remote mind control techniques backed by substantial government funding, but all such research efforts were halted with the demise of the Soviet empire in the early nineties. 

Ratnikov, who subsequently served as deputy head and then senior consultant at the Federal Guard Service from 1991 to 1997, said his department was in charge of safeguarding top officials in post-Soviet Russia against any external influence on their sub-conscious.

The general stated emphatically that he and his colleagues had never manipulated the minds of the then president, Boris Yeltsin, or of economic reformer Yegor Gaidar, but claimed to have used mind-reading to save Russia’s first president and the country from a war with China. 

Yeltsin had planned to visit Japan in 1992, but Ratnikov’s department detected attempts to “program” the president’s mind, to make him give the Kuril Islands back to Japan. The move would have led to demands from China that it regains its disputed territories from Russia as well, a conflict that could have sparked a war between the two neighbors. Yeltsin, therefore, was forced to cancel the trip.

 Another of the general’s revelations is that senior officials in Western Europe and the United States unwittingly provided information to his department, which was able to read their minds thanks to Soviet-era scientific achievements. 

In the early nineties, Ratnikov and his colleagues “scanned” the mind of new U.S. Ambassador Robert Strauss to see that the embassy building contained equipment to exert psychotronic influence on Moscow residents but, according to the general, it had been deactivated. [9] 

Research into electromagnetic spectrums weapons had been secretly carried out in the US and Russia since the fifties. Plans to introduce the super-weapons were announced quietly in March 2012 by Russian Defense Minister Anatoly Serdyukov, fulfilling a little-noticed election campaign pledge by president-elect Putin. Mr. Serdyukov said, “The development of weaponry based on new physics principles – Direct Energy weapons, Geophysical weapons, Wave-energy weapons, Genetic weapons, Psychotronic weapons, and so on – is part of the state arms procurement programme for 2011-2020.”[10] 

There was no doubt that, notwithstanding that governments still covered-up the development and research of mind control technologies, the government owned advanced technologies, which could read mankind thoughts remotely and subvert an individual’s sense of control over their own thinking, behavior, emotions or decision making by attacking the brain and nervous system with electromagnetic frequencies. 

As early as 1998, scientists had warned that the control and manipulation of a human brain was a terrifying possibility. Lieutenant Colonel Timothy L. Thomas, US Army (ret), published an article in the military journal Parameters which likened the mind to a new battlefield. He quoted a Russian army major in relation to weapons that affected the mind, “It is completely clear that the state, which is first to create such weapons, will achieve incomparable superiority.” Thomas expressed concern about “information dominance,” though he stopped short of the moral implications. (Timothy L. Thomas, The Mind Has No FirewallParameters, Spring 1998, pp. 84-92) [11] 

Mr. Peter Phillips, Lew Brown and Bridget Thornton raised high concerns of human rights violations implemented with electromagnetic spectrums weapons in the article “US Electromagnetic Weapons and Human Rights.” (Peter Phillips, Lew Brown and Bridget Thornton, US Electromagnetic Weapons and Human Rights, December 2006) [12] 

Carole Smith, a British psychoanalyst, in recent years has been openly critical of government use of intrusive technology on non-consenting citizens, in the article “Diagnosis Psychosis in Light of Mind Invasive Technology – On the Need for New Criteria of Diagnosis of Psychosis in the Light of Mind Invasive Technology.” 

The European Parliament A4-0005/1999 Paragraph 27 called for a worldwide ban on weapons that might enable “any form” of the “manipulation of human beings.” [13] 

USA Representative Dennis Kucinich introduced bill H.R. 2977 (2001), which was referred to the Committee on Science, and in addition to the Committees on Armed Services, and International Relations, for a period to be subsequently determined by the speaker, in each case for consideration of such provisions as fall within the jurisdiction of the committee concerned. 

H.R. 2977 (2001) preserved the cooperative, peaceful uses of space for the benefit of all humankind by permanently prohibiting the basing of weapons in space by the United States, and required the President to take action to adopt and implement a world treaty banning space-based weapons. 

In this bill, the terms “weapon” and “weapons system” included a device capable of the following: “directing a source of energy, including molecular or atomic energy, subatomic particle beams, electromagnetic radiation, plasma, or extremely low frequency (ELF) or ultralow frequency (ULF) energy radiation, against that object,” “through the use of land-based, sea-based, or space-based systems using radiation, electromagnetic, psychotronic, sonic, laser, or other energies directed at individual persons or targeted populations for the purpose of information war, mood management, or mind control of such persons or populations.” 

The United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research (UNIDIR) formally listed a special category of psychotronic (psycho = “mind” & tronic= “electronic”) mind control and other electromagnetic resonance weapons in their 2002 Media Guide to Disarmament. [14] 

Reported stories about people who claimed that they were mind control victims

There are many reported stories about people who have claimed that they were tortured and harassed by remote voice-to-skull and electromagnetic mind control technologies. Most of the public including media labeled them as conspiracy theorists, or mentally ill persons. Their stories were regarded as conspiracy work. 

In the days and weeks before authorities say he shot three people at the Florida State University library and was then gunned down by Tallahassee police, Myron May posted a video about mind control to Facebook, and earlier an image of a Google business card with the words “Targeted individual.” He also posted a video of former professional wrestler and Minnesota Governor Jesse Ventura interviewing a man who claims to have created technology that allows the federal government to control people’s minds. 

Jimmy Shao of Sacramento, California, was arrested for calling 911 more than one hundred times in one month in May 2013. Shao said he would not stop until Congress investigates the shadow government who use satellites to control his mind and body. 

Jared Loughner, 23, who accused of shooting a US congresswoman in Arizona and killing six others on January 8, 2011, claimed that he was being mind-controlled. Fayette woman Angela Modispaw claimed she heard voices telling her to kill her mother in 2009. 

Another suspected victim, Honduras’ fallen leader told The Miami Herald, he was being subjected to mind-altering gas and radiation – and that “Israeli mercenaries” are planning to assassinate him. 

Ronald Morgan, 18, a teenage high school dropout who told investigators he was acting on God’s orders confessed to beating his father to death with a baseball bat on May 27, 2001. Morgan said God had told him in a dream to kill his parents. Michael Robert Lawrence, accused of murdering a vacuum cleaner salesman in Waialua, said he was on a “mission” to kill people and chop up their bodies after voices commanded him to do so, a psychiatrist testified on April 3, 2001. T.J. 

Richard Scott Baumhammers, 34, was arrested Friday, April 28, 2000, following a shooting rampage that left five dead and one seriously injured in the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania area. Baumhammers told a psychiatrist that he could hear people talking about him, and it interfered with his work. 

Solomon, 15, allegedly opened fire on other students at Heritage High School on August 10, 1999. He heard voices telling him to do strange things, but they were robotic voices, not human voices. 

Tami Stainfield is a woman with evidence that proves she and others are victims of predictive analytics robotics and human logistics. She claimed that “we are tortured, hostages, and slaves to a network of technology void from identification and protection.” She had filed as a “no party” candidate in 2012 for the Presidency of the United States. 

On February 28, 2011, many mind control victims provided statements to Presidential Commission for the Study of Bioethical Issues on a meeting in Washington, DC. 

These were only a very few reported stories from many victims all over the world. The majority of victims’ stories had been ignored by the media and the public. 

Current data about mind control victims

Since 2006, many people who claimed to be mind control victims started connecting through the Internet, working together to write countless letters to government departments, social communities, human rights organizations, the media and the general public. Some victims organized some demonstrations in their countries and filed their lawsuits. Some victims organized meetings to meet together to discuss how to fight well. Some victims placed advertisements in major newspapers. Victims also launched worldwide conference calls. 

Mind Control abuse and torture is becoming a larger issue worldwide. So far, USA, Europe, and China are the most impacted areas. At least more than 2,000 victims in each of these areas have complained about being attacked by voice-to-skull and electromagnetic mind control technologies. There are also many victims in other countries, including over 200 in Russia, over 100 in India, and over 100 in Japan. 

According to an anonymous survey (result on December 19, 2009) for 296 mind control victims all over the world, including 130 females and 166 males, 71.29% of all victims had completed a college degree, with 13.86% of all victims attaining a Master or a Doctor degree. [15] 

Their Ages were: 10-20: 13 (4.39%); 21-30: 64 (21.62%); 31-40: 87 (29.39%); 41-50: 70 (23.65%); 51-60: 42 (14.19%); 61-70: 15 (5.07%); above 70: 5 (1.69%).

 Year Torture Began: 1970-1980: 29 (9.80%); 1981-1990: 40 (13.51%); 1991-1995: 34 (11.49%); 1996: 18 (6.08%); 1997: 5 (1.69%); 1998: 11 (3.72%); 1999: 6 (2.03%); 2000: 16 (5.41%); 2001: 17 (5.74%); 2002: 15 (5.07%); 2003: 12 (4.05%); 2004: 21 (7.09%); 2005: 15 (5.07%); 2006: 17 (5.74%); 2007: 11 (3.72%); 2008: 23 (7.77%). 

Ages when they were aware of being a target: 10-20: 69 (23.31%); 21-30: 92 (31.08%); 31-40: 49 (16.55%); 41-50: 59 (19.93%); 51-60: 21 (7.09%); 61-70: 5 (1.69%); above 70: 1 (0.34%). 

The possible reasons victims believed they became a target were:

  1. Government Secret Human Experiments or Scientists Performing Secret Human Experiments supported by Government (58.11%);
  2. Scientists Performing Secret Human Experiment (36.82%);
  3. Government Secret War (33.45%);
  4. Secret Political persecution (32.77%);
  5. Terrorist violence (22.97%);
  6. Misuse of weapons by government corruption (45.27%).

The symptoms victims experienced as a possible result of this technology:

  1. Hot and Cold Flashes 148 50.00%
  2. Nausea 151 51.01%
  3. Severe sweating 119 40.20%
  4. Induced Sleep 193 65.20%
  5. Sleep deprivation 233 78.72%
  6. Extreme Fatigue 203 68.58%
  7. Blurred Vision 170 57.43%
  8. Sensations of pain in internal organs 183 61.82%
  9. Sensations of pain in backbone, arms, legs, and muscles 174 58.78%
  10. Numbness and tingling, Paresthesias, Loss of sensation 144 48.65%
  11. Muscle Cramps /Spasms/tension 167 56.42%
  12. Sudden Headaches 189 63.85%
  13. Irregular Heartbeat 180 60.81%
  14. False Heart Attacks 115 38.85%
  15. Tooth Pain 149 50.34%
  16. Diarrhea. 131 44.26%
  17. Acute inflammation/autoimmunity reactions 75 25.34%
  18. Autoimmune disorders like Fibromyalgia 50 16.89%
  19. Urinary tract infections 53 17.91%
  20. Skin problems and skin irritations 149 50.34%
  21. Change in growing of hair and nails 95 32.09%
  22. Female problems which eventually lead to hysterectomy 24 8.11%
  23. Cancer 13 4.39%
  24. Fevers 68 22.97%
  25. Flulike Symptoms /Sneezing 126 42.57%
  26. Dizziness or Loss of Balance 164 55.41%
  27. Sudden loss of consciousness 91 30.74%
  28. Benign or Malignant Tumors 24 8.11%
  29. Sensation of Electric Current Running through the Body 161 54.39%
  30. Induced Thoughts/ telepathic communication, messages 191 64.53%
  31. Hearing “voices” (reception of auditory acoustic weapon transmissions or similar) 201 67.91%
  32. Seeing “Holograms” 124 41.89%
  33. Dream Manipulation 211 71.28%
  34. Artificial Emotions (induced fear, anger, shame, joy, hate, sadness) 201 67.91%
  35. Sudden “unexpected” Sexual Arousal 159 53.72%
  36. Genital manipulation 163 55.07%
  37. Induced Smells 154 52.03%
  38. Sudden extreme moodswings (depression – euphoria) 142 47.97%
  39. Induced pleasure-aversion reactions towards people or objects 133 44.93%
  40. Making you say things (forced speech) 135 45.61%
  41. General behaviour control in some situations 147 49.66%
  42. Manipulation of Memory (forgetting/remembering/screen memories) 199 67.23%
  43. Remote steering of eye movements 114 38.51%
  44. Remote steering of body movements/motor control 126 42.57%
  45. Virtual reality experiences while awake 104 35.14%

50.34% of all victims have been forced to accept psychiatric treatment, the length of being forced to accept psychiatric treatment were:

(1) 1-3 months 66 22.30%

(2) 4-6 months 12 4.05%

(3) 7-12 months 4 1.35%

(4) 1 year 10 3.38%

(5) 2-3 years 17 5.74%

(6) 4-5 years 11 3.72%

(7) 6-8 years 9 3.04%

(8) 9-10 years 1 0.34%

(9) above 10 years 20 6.76% 

All victims claimed that the psychiatric treatment did not have any therapeutic effect.

Soleilmavis’ Case summary of Mind Control abuse and torture

Soleilmavis is a Chinese citizen, born and raised in China, who was first attacked in December, 2001 when she was studying for a Master’s Degree in Australia. At the time she was unfamiliar with remote electromagnetic weapons which can control thinking, behavior, emotions or decision making by attacking the brain and nervous system. Eventually, she would come to learn of these technologies that are being secretly used or covered by governments worldwide to control and harass the populace. 

Noticeable effects started with some noises (whispering voices) which she heard from the floor below her or from the neighbors’ houses. The other people who lived in the same house could not hear them. Soon she started to experience a wide variety of symptoms. 

Majority of the symptoms were: pain all over the body, stomach pain, toothaches, headaches, involuntary hand tremors, inability to stand firmly on her legs, alternation of cold and hot sensations, excessive perspiration, high fevers, constipation, faece and piss incontinence, sexual harassment, sleep deprivation, dream manipulation, artificial emotions (induced fear, anger, shame, joy, hate, sadness), and manipulation of memory (forgetting/remembering/screen memories). Torturers also can make her say things (forced speech). All those symptoms would disappear without any medical treatment, or sometimes, a pain would persist, even if she had strong medication. 

She was like a little trapped marionette being controlled by invisible strings. Some unknown people held the strings and controlled her actions: speaking, walking, eating, sleeping, and even her thoughts and emotions. 

On April 5, 2002, she left Australia, and went to Hong Kong, Thailand, Shanghai and New Zealand, but could not escape the harassment and torture. When she was in Hong Kong, her brain was controlled by voice-to-skull and remote electromagnetic mind control technologies, and she was taken into the US Embassy in Hong Kong. It was strange that there were so many Security Guards outside the US Embassy, but nobody stopped her or asked her anything. 

During the past years, Soleilmavis worked hard to expose mind control technologies and their torturous abuses, and urge governments worldwide to investigate and halt these egregious violations of human rights. She wrote her book “Twelve Years in the Grave – Mind Control with Electromagnetic Spectrums, the Invisible Modern Concentration Camp” to let the public know details of her story. She and other victims in her network have started a concerted campaign against secret mind control weapons abuse and torture. They are demanding an international investigation into these crimes which constitute immense violations of the United Nations’ Universal Declaration of Human Rights. 

Provided the fact that her brain was remotely controlled by voice-to-skull and electromagnetic mind control technologies, and she was taken into the US Embassy in Hong Kong, she urges the US government to investigate her case. She also requires the cooperation and support of the governments of Australia and China, and requests assistance from the United Nations and other governments in investigating her case. She wishes the public help her to urge governments to take immediate actions. 

Conclusions

It can be seen that mind control weapons are well developed and they are being used secretly to torture and harass innocent citizens. Many victims are currently working in conjunction with Soleilmavis to start a worldwide campaign against secret mind control weapons abuse and torture. 

In this research, the following conclusions were reached:

1) Many countries have developed various types of mind control methods: drugs, microchips, nanotechnologies and electromagnetic waves. Could these governments also introduce legislation to regulate the use of such weapons?

2) Effective laws and other measures from our governments need to be enacted to prevent the misuse of such weapons.

3) In the event of misuse of such weapons, government intervention is required to protect the victims’ and prosecute torturers to the fullest extent of the law. 

It is hoped that this paper will bring about public awareness and solutions to mind control weapons abuse and torture.

References:

[1] Nazi Wonder Drughttp://www.amphetamines.com/nazidrug.html, 9/11/2002, accessed August 19, 2013

[2] Mike ParkerCIA’S BOURNE IDENTITY PLOT (Mkultra), Express.co.uk, July 8, 2007,

http://www.express.co.uk/posts/view/12781/CIA   accessed August 19, 2013

[3] Leila Gray, Tiny electronic chip, interacting with the brain, modifies pathways for controlling movement, University of Washington News, October 24, 2006

http://www.washington.edu/news/archive/27624   accessed August 19, 2013

[4] Dr. Don Justesen, Microwaves and Behavior, American Psychologist, March 1975, http://www.randomcollection.info/ampsychv2s.pdf accessed August 19, 2013

[5] Voice-to-skulldevices http://www.fas.org/sgp/othergov/dod/vts.html   accessed August 19, 2013

[6] Harvard’s Buckner wins Alzheimer’s award for reading our minds, February 24, 2011,

http://blogs.wickedlocal.com/goodage/2011/02/24/harvards-buckner-wins-alzheimers-award-for-reading-our-minds/#axzz1U2ENzowU     accessed August 19, 2013

[7] Can A Satellite Read Your Thoughts

http://peacepink.ning.com/forum/topics/satellite-surveillance accessed August 19, 2013

[8] T. J. Wardill, P. T. Gonzalez-Bellido, R. J. Crook, R. T. HanlonNeural control of tuneable skin iridescence in squid. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 2012; DOI: 10.1098/rspb.2012.1374

[9] Ex-agent reveals KGB Mind Control techniques – paper 22/12/2006

http://www.en.rian.ru/russia/20061222/57596889.html accessed August 19, 2013

[10] Christopher Leake and Will Stewart, Putin targets foes with ‘zombie’ gun which attack victims’ central nervous system Could be used against Russia’s enemies and perhaps its own dissidents, March 31, 2012

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2123415/Putin-targets-foes-zombie-gun-attack-victims-central-nervous-system.html   accessed August 19, 2013

[11] Timothy L. ThomasThe Mind Has No Firewall, Parameters, Spring 1998, pp. 84-92.

[12] Peter Phillips, Lew Brown and Bridget ThorntonUS Electromagnetic Weapons and Human Rights, December 2006,

http://www.earthpulse.com/epulseuploads/articles/MindControlHumanRights.pdf?/ accessed August 19, 2013

[13] Environment, security and foreign affairs, A4-0005/1999, The European Parliament

http://www.europarl.europa.eu/sides/getDoc.do?pubRef=-//EP//TEXT+REPORT+A4-1999-0005+0+DOC+XML+V0//EN#Contentd14937e476 accessed August 19, 2013

[14] 2002 Media Guide to Disarmament in Geneva,

A Joint Initiative of: Quaker United Nations Office, Geneva

United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research

Programme for Strategic and International Security Studies, IUHEI

http://www.unidir.ch/pdf/activites/pdf2-act201.pdf accessed August 19, 2013

[15] An anonymous Survey for Mind Control Victims (result on 19 Dec 2009)

http://groups.yahoo.com/group/Peacepink/message/2569

157 140 Comments

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

The US government and mind reading!

Copy of Lifesite

USA: To summarize: in 2013 the U.S. federal government legalized “

(Government officials legalized this surveillance system after their political party lost major elections to an incoming president who was known to nationally publicize what was on his mind without much reservation. This might suggest at least the possibility that some government officials might have been attempting to protect themselves by (attempting to) legalize inhumane and torturous surveillance that would otherwise be illegal.)

BLOGS

Do the government’s broad ‘biosurveillance’ powers including brain reading?


The federal government’s ‘bio-surveillance’ isn’t just mundane data collection, but something much more concerning.

Featured Image


Mon Feb 13, 2023 – 8:09 pm EST

BeyondWords

(LifeSiteNews) — The main subject of this article is refuting the suggestion that the U.S. federal government’s legalization of both “biosurveillance” and “surveillance of neurological conditions” is merely counting the number of people with diseases (sometimes similarly described as “prevalence,” “incidence,” or “frequency” of diseases). 

Before getting to the main subject, though, it is necessary to make some points on the use of “hoaxes and false information” and extensive propaganda by secret U.S. federal government entities like the intelligence community and the FBI as well as potentially even local police and local secret police. (U.S. law provides a “law enforcement exemption,” which apparently allows entities like the FBI, the intelligence community, and local police to commit hoaxes or propagate false information.)

First, many know that it is probably a good idea to observe much of what is published in the “news” as if it could be a law enforcement, intelligence community, or “national security” hoax or use of misleading or false information. 

Also, some might have a misunderstanding of what a “hoax” is; hoaxes are not necessarily completely fictional stories published in the news. Hoaxes can include some truth and some misleading or false information.  

An example of such a potentially partially true and mostly falsified hoax might include renaming the common cold that has been going around for hundreds of years, falsely claiming that it is a new virus, falsely claiming that it is very deadly, continuously publishing false death counts in the news, and then suddenly providing a life-saving, government-forced injection which is also falsely said to be safe and effective. 

Most people would not get injected for a common cold, so such a hoax might be partially intended to coerce (potentially a type of terrorism, due to the use of causing false fear of death) citizens into getting injected every few months. Other reasons might include attempting to ruin economies and/or coerce churchgoers into not going to church. 

In such a potential hoax, the partial truth would be that there is a real virus, but almost everything else about it is falsified. 

Another point about the government’s use of hoaxes and conveying false or misleading information is that there could be more than one reason for using the hoax; some of those reasons may not be completely obvious, but many of those reasons might ultimately be the intention to get “public opinion” in favor of whatever is wanted by law enforcement, the intelligence community, secret police, or the federal or local governments. 

For example, some might publicly criticize a federal or local government for its potential use of a communist torture method sometimes described with the German word “Zersetzung.” Such citizens might then suggest that the use of torture in America should be illegal and determine it is likely necessary for Congress to require the publicizing of all current and former secret police and intelligence community employees as well as all policing and intelligence community methods and technologies used by both local and federal governments. Many, possibly most, people probably do not think it is controversial for Congress to require publicizing methods, employees, and technologies of federal and local law enforcement, intelligence community, etc.

Government entities might use a hoax for propaganda in attempt to change public opinion if such opinions gained in popularity. Such a hoax might include a falsified crime published in national news which results in the falsified deaths of several people. The government entities involved might then claim that law enforcement’s secret policing methods like “Zersetzung” or secret surveillance technologies are necessary to “prevent crimes” or determine “potential threats.” 

Another reason may not be as obvious but is based on the known phenomenon that humans often subconsciously arrive at conclusions through comparing one event to another or one person to another person; philosophers sometimes describe this as learning through simile. Government propaganda employees might know this phenomenon and exploit it.

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR DAILY HEADLINES US Canada Catholic

For example, the government’s secret police or surveillance employees might intentionally make a hoax appear as an obvious hoax all while pretending it is real. The purpose of such a hoax might be to make other real things which are almost unbelievable like real, very advanced surveillance technologies which seem almost impossible to appear as if they too are hoaxes. The purpose of a potentially obvious hoax like publishing a falsified surveillance technology might be to attempt to get the public to think that other real advanced surveillance technologies are also hoaxes. 

Other reasons for such hoaxes might also be possible like making it appear as though government national security and secret police entities are not collaborating with America’s enemies, when they really might be collaborating with America’s enemies.

(While it is off subject, Congress should likely be making hoaxes and conveying false or misleading information illegal for law enforcement, the intelligence community, and other government or non-government entities. And Congress should be making it illegal for the FBI, other law enforcement, other government entities, and local police to commit “otherwise illegal activity,” secretly own and operate businesses, cause financial loss, and commit violence.  

One might re-read the previous sentence; you know your government is corrupt and the Department of Justice is falsely labeled when citizens are asking Congress to make it illegal for the Department of Justice/FBI and local police to commit otherwise illegal activity, secretly own or operate businesses, cause financial loss, and commit violence. And such “otherwise illegal activity” has apparently been authorized since the 1990s and was ongoing for many years prior, without much, if any, opposition.)

Obama-Biden administration’s legalization of ‘real-time’ and ‘ongoing’ biosurveillance

A previous article described U.S. federal government documents clearly stating that mind reading and mind control are possible. The documents use the words “human brain recording,” “brain monitoring,” “record neural activity,” “neural recording,” or similar phrases to describe what a person using words that most understand would say is “mind reading.” (Also pages 74-80, etc.

“Monitoring” is also another word sometimes used for “surveillance” and “biosurveillance” (“human health … monitoring systems”). Thus, it can be accurately stated that multiple U.S. federal government documents state that both “mind reading” and “brain surveillance” can be achieved with science. 

It was explained in separate articles that the U.S. federal government’s “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System” could easily be interpreted to be such “neural recording” or mind reading. 

Now, some may object and say something like, “not only are you crazy, but you are ignorant! The word ‘surveillance’ simply means counting the number of people with diseases, not surveilling human brains or knowing your thoughts or emotions! Law enforcement, the FBI, and other government surveillance entities have better things to do! Didn’t you hear about the surveillance balloon? Nobody would ever…!” etc. 

Thus, some may object to the suggestion that a “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System” might be a government way to legalize the “neural recording” or “neurological surveillance” of the thoughts, plans, and emotions of everyone in America or throughout the world. (It also might be just another way for government employees to get paid a lot of money to count; but, as is going to be explained, there is no reason to legalize such counting and call it a “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System.”

One problem with those objections is that the U.S. federal government’s Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) was apparently already determining the prevalence of diseases in the United States prior to the legalization of the “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System.” 

If “surveillance” was merely counting the number of people with diseases and/or “neurological conditions,” then there was no need to legalize a “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System.” Previous laws also required minimizing duplicating “biosurveillance” “programs.” (127 STAT. 178) The law requiring minimizing duplicating “biosurveillance” was passed in 2013. 

In other words, if “surveillance” was merely keeping a count of the diagnoses that physicians or others put in every patient’s electronic medical records (also known as “International Classification of Diseases, (ICD) codes”), then there was no need for a “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System.”

The law legalizing the “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System” was passed in 2016 by the Obama-Biden administration (after President Trump was elected, which may be significant). 

And prior to the passing of that 2016 law, the CDC already had “programs” that used “[International Classification of Diseases] codes to conduct surveillance.” It is unnecessary to legalize a “surveillance system” for every disease or “condition” if “surveillance” (and “biosurveillance”) merely means “counting the incidence or prevalence of diagnoses.”

The legalizing of a specific “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System” might suggest at least the possibility that U.S. federal government officials intended to use such a system with advanced innovative technologies to surveil targeted peoples’ brains and felt the need to attempt to protect themselves with laws.

There is more. The same section of the 2013 biosurveillance law which requires minimizing duplication of “surveillance programs” makes another significant statement. It provides the requirement to “achieve real-time and appropriate data that relate to disease activity” for humans. (127 STAT. 178, emphasis added) This is a significant point: the requirement to “achieve real-time data” for human diseases suggests ongoing and continuous surveillance by the federal government.

If a patient presents to a physician and the physician diagnoses a person with a disease, and then the patient leaves the physician’s office or hospital, if the “biosurveillance” (or “neurological surveillance”) does not continue after the patient leaves the hospital or doctor’s office, then it is not “real-time” data. 

The U.S. federal government’s definition of “biosurveillance” in federal law supports the previous suggestions:

the term “biosurveillance” means the process of gathering near real-time biological data that relates to human and zoonotic disease activity and threats to human or animal healthin order to achieve early warning and identification of such health threats, early detection and prompt ongoing tracking of health events, and overall situational awareness of disease activity.

Thus, the U.S. federal government’s definition of “biosurveillance” clearly states that the government’s surveillance is both in “real-time” and “ongoing.” 

There is more, though. Not only is biosurveillance required to be “real-time” and “ongoing” surveillance, but it is also required to be “prompt ongoing” surveillance of “health events.” “Health events” could likely be anything in any way related to human beings, including “mental health.” 

And it has to be “prompt” ongoing surveillance, with “early detection” of, say, “mental health events.” The U.S. federal government’s intent of both “biosurveillance” and “neurological surveillance” is therefore clearly much more than merely counting the prevalence of a disease or “neurological condition.” 

There is yet more. The U.S. government’s requirement to achieve “real-time” biosurveillance (and “neurological surveillance”) also apparently implies determining human disease activity before a diagnosis is made by a physician; this suggestion is supported by U.S. federal laws which require “biosurveillance” to include the “early detection” of “health events.” The biosurveillance law does not say “early diagnosis;” it says, “early detection.” “Detection” is much broader than diagnosis, and when combined with the other words in biosurveillance laws, apparently implies that the government is continuously and secretively looking for “health events.”

To summarize: in 2013 the U.S. federal government legalized “biosurveillance” which was required to “achieve real-time data.” Also in 2013, the Obama-Biden administration legalized and required “early detection” and “ongoing” surveillance of “health events.” (127 STAT. 179) Those words imply early detection and ongoing surveillance of “mental health” events. Then, in 2016 the Obama-Biden administration legalized specifically a “National Neurological Conditions Surveillance System.” 

(Government officials legalized this surveillance system after their political party lost major elections to an incoming president who was known to nationally publicize what was on his mind without much reservation. This might suggest at least the possibility that some government officials might have been attempting to protect themselves by (attempting to) legalize inhumane and torturous surveillance that would otherwise be illegal.)

Now, what is another way to describe “real-time” and “ongoing” surveillance of “mental health” or mental “health events?” It might also be described as real-time and ongoing “neurological conditions surveillance.” 

Or, using simpler words that most understand, it might be real-time, ongoing, continuous mind reading.

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

Manipulation our environment/health?


A Primer on Medical Gaslighting

Analysis by A Midwestern Doctor

Pfizer Admits 'Directing' the Evolution of COVID-19 Virus

Pfizer Admits ‘Directing’ the Evolution of COVID-19 Virus

USA Today Smears Mercola Over Vitamin C and D Information

USA Today Smears Mercola Over Vitamin C and D Information

medical gaslighting

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • The medical industry has a vested interest in concealing injuries from its products
  • A cruel but common method for accomplishing this is medical gaslighting
  • Two of the most common diagnoses use to gaslight patients severely injured by the COVID-19 vaccines are “anxiety” and “functional neurologic disorder”
  • Most doctors do not intend to gaslight their patients, but this behavior is an almost inevitable consequence of of their training and the modern practice of medicine. A patient understanding their perspective helps make it possible for doctors to see that patient’s medical injuries

One of the classic ways an abuser controls their prey is to manipulate the environment so that the abused individual begins doubting their own observations regardless of what is occurring in front of them.

In the 1944 movie, Gaslight, this was accomplished by the villainous husband (played by Charles Boyer) adjusting the intake to gas-powered lights (causing them to flicker) and simultaneously denying that any change was occurring to his mentally abused wife (played by Ingrid Bergman). The term gaslighting originated from this classic movie.

In modern times, this is accomplished by having medical providers all echo the same message that a patient’s injury has nothing to do with the pharmaceutical (or other medical procedure in question). Most commonly, it instead is argued that the symptoms they are experiencing are due to pre-existing psychiatric issues the patient has (e.g., anxiety), which are treated with medications that often create additional issues.

Before we go any further, I want to emphasize just how miserable this is to go through as an injured patient. Imagine what it would be like if (due to the medical injury) the world you had previously known collapsed around you and every single person you trusted (including your friends and family who defer to the judgment of “experts”) told you that it was all in your head and you just needed psychiatric help. It’s a perfect recipe for going insane.

For example, let’s consider the recent experiences of Maddie De Garay in the pivotal Pfizer trial that was used to argue for the safety of the COVID-19 vaccines in the adolescent population:

Note: This was clipped from episode 280 of the Highwire which we shortened (e.g., much of what she had to deal with in the hospital was cut out) so her story could reach a broader audience.

Although Maddie’s experience was atrocious, it was sadly not unique and many others had similar experiences in the COVID-19 vaccine trials. Similarly, I have heard many similar stories from other people who were harmed by the medical system.

Pharmaceuticals are inherently toxic. For example, most medications work by inhibiting enzymes (which are essential for life) and because of how interconnected the body is, this inhibition will create a variety of unintended consequences.

Similarly, most vaccinations function by making the immune system (often with the aid of toxins that help provoke that response) have an unnatural and narrowly focused response to a target substance.

The creation of this immune response unfortunately also often creates dysregulation within the immune system as this provocation can cause the immune system to be diverted away from attacking things it is supposed to address (e.g., microbes and cancers), while simultaneously triggering it to attack the body’s own tissue.

Since toxicity has always been inherent to the practice of allopathic (Western) medicine, the profession has gradually come up with a playbook to prevent its inevitable medical injuries from sabotaging business. This has essentially been accomplished by doing the following:

•Telling patients the adverse events they experienced either are not occurring or are unrelated to the toxic pharmaceutical.

•Developing an elaborate scientific apparatus that provides evidence refuting the link between these injuries and pharmaceuticals on the market, while concurrently training the population to defer to the scientific consensus rather than trusting their own observations.

•Making competing forms of medicine that lack a similar degree of inherent toxicity illegal, therefore making the only choice within the existing medical monopoly be a toxic form of medicine (similarly consider how allopathic medicine is always considered to be the best form of medicine every other approach must find a way to measure up to).

This is also why we have the doctrine in allopathic medicine that every treatment has risks and the treatments are chosen because its benefits outweigh its risk (as opposed to just exploring systems of medicine without those risks).

All of this in turn results in the tragic phenomenon known as medical gaslighting, or as some like to put it “allopathic medicine gaslights you to death.”

Why Can’t Doctors Diagnose Medical Injuries

I have found numerous documented examples of medical gaslighting stretching back to the late 1700s and in each case, typically only a minority of the medical profession is willing to acknowledge the injuries that are occurring could be linked to their pharmaceuticals.

At the same time, it’s rare for me to meet doctors I consider to be evil; on the contrary, most tend to be remarkably intelligent and well-intentioned individuals who genuinely want the best for their patients.

At this point, I believe medical gaslighting is a natural consequence of our training. Since the therapeutic toolbox of allopathic medicine is quite limited, most doctors cannot practice their craft without administering unsafe pharmaceuticals to their patients, and thus for the sake of their self-identity, they must fully believe in their pharmaceuticals (this subject was discussed further here).

It is an enormous personal investment to become a physician and it is extremely difficult for someone who goes through that to acknowledge that much of what they learned is highly questionable.

Similarly, no well-intentioned doctor wants to harm a patient, and since they often do, the reflexive psychological coping mechanism is to deny the possibility of each injury that occurs (discussed further here).

This first dawned on me at the start of my medical education when one of our professors inserted a tirade against anti-vaxxers into his lecture and concluded his argument with “… and just think about it. Do you really think pediatricians would vaccinate their patients if they thought vaccines could harm them?”

Although widespread denial of the harms that Allopathy causes likely explains some of my profession’s predilection for gaslighting, I do not believe it is the primary issue. Instead, I believe it is a result of the training doctors receive making them unable to recognize medical injuries.

The Origins of Medical Blindness

Because the human body is immensely complex, humans in every era face significant difficulties in being present to everything that is occurring within a human being. Most medical systems address this challenge by creating diagnostic models which simplify the immense complexity present in each patient down to the key things that must be focused upon to positively affect patient wellbeing.

The downside to this approach is that there will always be things in each patient that lie outside the diagnostic model being used to evaluate them. When this happens, those things understandably will not be recognized (unless the medical practitioner innately can perceive a complexity that transcends the limitations of their diagnostic model, something the majority of the population is not capable of).

In the case of allopathic medicine, we are taught a diagnostic model that is excellent for identifying many things (particularly indications for prescribing pharmaceutical drugs). However, our model also fails to notice many other things which are critical for health and wellness.

For example, much of medicine is taught by having a series of lists to memorize that are plugged into linear algorithms. Because this requires breaking many complex subjects into a binary “yes” or “no,” many important things that lie between these two polarities get lost in translation.

This is the easiest to illustrate with the nervous system (but the issue is by no means exclusive to it). When evaluating it, one of the things we are all taught to do is quickly check if the twelve cranial nerves are functioning normally (e.g., can you swallow, make a smile, or follow a finger with your eyes).

Frequently, although the cranial nerves are “generally normal” they will have some difficulty firing (e.g., at some point in the motion arc as the eyes travel side to side, they will jump instead of moving smoothly). These “minor” deficits often have a significant impact on a patient’s quality of life, but in most cases (except when evaluated by certain neurologists or neurosurgeons), the function of those nerves will be noted as normal and ignored.

One of the most common signs of a vaccine injury is a subtle cranial nerve dysfunction (discussed further here). While these are very easy to recognize if you are trained to look for them, that training does not exist within allopathic medicine, and as a result, most physicians simply cannot see the large number of vaccine injuries occurring around them.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

Simplifying Illness

The cranial nerve example unfortunately is only one of many areas where a complex presentation of symptoms is simplified into a box that excludes an inconvenient diagnosis from ever being recognized. Another common way this boxing occurs is when an authoritative diagnosis is used to define a complex phenomenon without actually stating what it is.

For example, many disorders in medicine are simply symptoms written in Latin. Dermatitis quite literally translates to “inflammation of the skin,” and in most cases is simply treated with a cream that suppresses that inflammation.

Conversely, in many other medical systems, inflammation of the skin is recognized as an important sign of something being awry in the body, and the exact character and location of the inflammation are focused upon to identify and address the root cause of that inflammation (to some extent this is recognized in dermatology, but even there it occurs nowhere to the degree that it should).

Similarly, “migraine” headaches, although not exactly Latin, falls into a similar boat. While many things can cause migraines (e.g., they are very frequent after COVID-19 vaccine injuries) their cause is rarely focused upon, and instead, the standard medical approach is to throw pharmaceuticals at them until something improves the headache.

In my medical practice, I frequently treat migraines. In these patients, I find over and over that they have seen numerous doctors (including highly regarded specialists). Despite this, it is very rare anyone they saw was able to recognize the diagnostic signs or aspects of their history that point to the root actual cause of their headaches, and thus, not surprising that they will simply be prescribed more and more medications in the hope one will work.

Framing the Iatrogenic Debate

Iatrogenesis is the term for any type of illness or medical complication resulting from a bad reaction to medical care (e.g., a complication from a surgery or a pharmaceutical). A common pattern I’ve observed for decades is everyone denying a particular iatrogenic complication exists (e.g., “there is no evidence”), and then once overwhelming evidence exists that it does, it will be acknowledged.

Once this happens, the harm from the drug will be reframed so that only the accepted harm can be bad and an underlying assumption is created that nothing else is a possible complication.

For example, fluoroquinolones (e.g., Cipro) are fairly toxic antibiotics that can severely harm people and are frequently given for many minor infections (e.g., urinary tract infections) where their corresponding toxicity is simply not justified.

In medical school, everyone learns that a tendon rupture (something unique and hard to ignore) is a side effect of these drugs, and as a result, when doctors evaluate for harms, they will look for that but not be able to recognize most of the other well-documented complications from them.

My favorite recent example of this reframing occurred with the J&J COVID-19 vaccine. At the start of Operation Warp Speed, I hypothesized that a major goal was to get mRNA technology onto the market since it held the promise of trillions of dollars in future revenue for the pharmaceutical industry (but since there were safety challenges with it, nothing short of an “emergency” would be able to break the barrier to human testing).

Because of this, I suspected that once vaccine safety concerns emerged, a non-mRNA COVID-19 vaccine would be thrown under the bus to make the mRNA technology look “safe.” This is what then happened with the J&J vaccine when six cases of an extremely unusual blood clot being linked to that vaccine caused the FDA and CDC to pause its administration for 11 days.

By doing so, it created the perception the FDA was monitoring for vaccine side effects with a fine-tooth comb and was willing to pull the vaccine if it caused a rare side effect in a very small number of people.

Nothing could be further from the truth as the mRNA vaccines have caused far more blood clots than the J&J vaccine. Similarly, investigation after investigation shows the FDA is ignoring the endless deluge of red flags from the COVID-19 vaccines.

Unfortunately, this ploy worked, and in the odd instances where I hear a doctor willing to debate the safety of the vaccines, one of the most common arguments they still utilize is that if the FDA was willing to temporarily pause J&J after six blood clots, there is no possible way a larger unaddressed problem exists with the mRNA vaccines.

Psychiatric Complications and Iatrogenic Injuries

As the above points have shown, a variety of factors work against doctors being able to recognize the presence of medical injuries. The question then becomes, how will the injuries that inevitably occur be explained?

As you might imagine, the default strategy is to fold the injury into an amorphous diagnosis which (instead of allopathic medicine) can take the blame for the medical injury and then put that label on everyone with the injury. Typically this is done with psychiatric diagnoses, but recently COVID-19 infections have also been appointed to that role (both of these diagnoses were used to gaslight patients in the clinical trials for those vaccines).

The earliest references to this gaslighting I have found were at the time of Freud, where his new model of psychoanalysis was used to explain the complex symptoms observed within patients doctors otherwise had difficulty making sense of. However, as detailed in The Age of Autism: Mercury, Medicine, and a Man-Made Epidemic, an outside evaluation of Freud’s case studies suggests those patients’ problems actually arose from mercury poisoning.

Mercury, despite being extremely toxic, was used by the medical profession for centuries (and to some extent still is). Frequently, individuals with mercury poisoning would develop a wide array of complex diseases which included neurological and psychiatric complications (which like many other conditions were often attributed to “female hysteria”).

Freud’s message that these complications were the fault of the patient (e.g., as a result of unresolved sexual desires) rather than the physician was an immensely appealing message to the medical profession, and as a result, became the party line.

Ever since this time there has been a systemic failure to recognize that neurologic damage can produce psychiatric symptoms. Instead, neurologic symptoms are viewed as a manifestation of a pre-existing psychological illness that must be treated with psychological counseling and psychiatric medications.

One of the best examples of this issue is “Functional Neurological Disorder” (FND) which recognizes that something is wrong with the brain, but since no explanation can be found, it is assumed to have been due to pre-existing psychiatric conditions.

If you review the National Institute of Health’s description of FND, you will see that the above description is no exaggeration, and it is extremely sad to hear about the experiences vaccine-injured patients go through since FND is one of the most common diagnoses they receive.

When I look at FND cases, the cause of the disorder (e.g., seizures) can frequently be found, but since neurologists (including friends of mine) do not want to consider the actual cause, the tests needed to diagnose it are often not ordered or even known about by the doctors attending to the patient.

If you review Maddie’s story, you will note that this is also exactly what happened to her and her permanent paralysis from the vaccine was labeled as FND resulting from a psychiatric condition. Because of this gaslighting, she was not able to get appropriate care when her neurological reaction to the vaccine was occurring (that would have prevented permanent disability).

I believe this occurred because the chief investigator was fully aware that a severe neurologic reaction to a single participant would have made the vaccine too dangerous for children to take, so he decided to gaslight Maddie so her injury would not need to end up in the trial. Sadder still, Maddie’s experiences were not unique, and their experiences that indicate systemic fraud in the vaccine trials were detailed here.

Another common symptom doctors place the blame for medical injuries on is “anxiety.” The two major problems with this process are:

  • Failing to recognize that having a life-changing injury will normally create distress, and similarly failing to recognize that being collectively gaslighted by medical providers is not good for anyone’s mental health.
  • Pharmaceutical injuries frequently cause tissue damage that will trigger anxiety.

Sadly, very few doctors recognize that damage to the nervous system (which is a common toxicity of pharmaceuticals) can also create psychiatric disturbances. Instead, they only can recognize that psychiatric distress can often worsen neurologic symptoms, but do so without also realizing that it is much rarer for psychiatric distress to be the originating cause of a neurologic issue.

Similarly, many common psychiatric disorders have organic causes (e.g., chronic undiagnosed infections, traumatic brain injuries, or nutritional and metabolic deficiencies). However, in most cases, psychiatrists prescribe medications based on the symptoms a patient presents with (e.g., you are depressed so you need Prozac) rather than looking at the underlying cause.

I believe this is because doing the former pays well but the latter typically does not and is not emphasized in a psychiatrist’s training.

In addition to neurological damage frequently creating psychiatric complications (e.g., vagal dysfunction creating anxiety), damage to other organ systems can as well (Chinese medicine does an excellent job of mapping these correlations out). One of the best examples I have seen with the COVID-19 vaccines relates to the heart and I have had variations of the following conversations multiple times since 2021:

Friend: I have been having severe anxiety attacks since I got the vaccine. My heart starts beating rapidly, and I start to have pain in my chest. I never had this problem before, but now everything makes me anxious and it’s so hard for me to be calm.

Me: You should get your heart looked at.

Friend: What do you mean? Everyone told me it was anxiety due to stress.

Me: Trust me, you need to get your heart looked at.

(Time passes)

Friend: How did you know I had myocarditis?

Damage to the heart (or the vagus nerve) will often create an irregular heart rate and chest pain, and these palpitations often provoke anxiety. Unfortunately, since these symptoms are also triggered by anxiety, when they are observed, doctors will often default to a diagnosis of anxiety and look no further.

Conclusion

There are essentially two models of medical practice which are followed:

  • The paternalistic model (where you are expected to unquestioningly trust and comply with everything the doctor tells you).
  • The collaborative model where the physician is your partner in working towards health.

Although the paternalistic model was the standard for most of allopathic medicine’s history, in recent times, there has been a push for the collaborative model. Presently, many patients are seeking out collaborative physicians (especially since system doctors have to spend so much time going through checklists that there is little time for actual engagement with their patients), and the market is economically rewarding physicians who are making this change.

A key misconception much of the public holds about doctors is that we are infallible beings (which is a key justification for the paternalistic model). In reality, once you peer behind the lab coat, we struggle with many of the same issues you all do too. Being able to genuinely recognize this and respectfully treat the physician you see as a fellow human being is one of the most effective strategies for initiating a collaborative doctor-patient relationship.

Although doctors sometimes gaslight injured patients for self-serving reasons (e.g., to protect Pfizer’s vaccine in its clinical trials or under the misguided belief it will protect a doctor from a lawsuit), I believe the majority of cases occur because the doctors simply cannot see the injury occurred. As a result, these doctors believe they are doing the best for the patient when in reality they are just gaslighting them.

One of the largest issues in our modern era is how disconnected we have become from ourselves and others. Within the doctor-patient relationship, this disconnection makes it much less likely a physician will be able to recognize what is happening in a patient (e.g., a medical injury) or feel compelled to go to bat for them while every other healthcare provider is gaslighting them.

When people ask me for their best options to avoid being gaslighted, I thus suggest pursuing one of the following options:

1)See a physician who you pay directly (rather than one who takes insurance). This business model matters because it forces the doctor to have a collaborative doctor-patient relationship and stay in business (no one will pay to see them if they just get gaslit). I am a big believer in the statement “you get what you pay for” and if only see system doctors who base their practice around insurance payments, you often do not get a good outcome.

For example, I had a patient recently who I felt exemplified this issue. He had what I felt was a relatively straightforward problem that had significantly impacted his life for 25 years. When I reviewed his history, he told me he had seen a dozen (insurance-taking) doctors, many of whom promised they could fix the problems with elaborate procedures from their specialty (all of which did nothing or made his issue worse).

What was striking about his story was that only one of them had ever even performed an extensive evaluation (e.g., talking with him about the history of his disease) to try to figure out what was causing the problem.

2)However, while seeing a private-pay physician often is an excellent investment, many patients simply cannot afford to do so. In this case, the ideal scenario is to find an insurance-taking physician through word of mouth who has earned a reputation for forging collaborative doctor-patient relationships. Unfortunately, these recommendations are hard to come across and typically these doctors will have full practices that are hard to get into.

3)The third (and often the only available option is to take the initiative to forge a collaborative relationship with the doctor through having a respectful demeanor where you treat the doctor as a fellow human being rather than “the doctor.”

In general, this approach will be the most effective on doctors who recently completed their medical training (everyone becomes more rigid with age, plus their practices are not yet full), and in medical settings where the doctors get longer per visit (you can’t really build a collaborative relationship in 10-15 minutes).

Regardless of the option you choose, it is also often important to provide the documentation to support the occurrence of your medical injury. This includes records establishing a timeline of the injury following the medical therapy and scientific literature substantiating the link between the two.

Physicians in turn (especially younger ones) will be the most receptive to considering this link if it is presented in a composed and thoughtful way rather than a confrontational manner, because like every other human they tend to become defensive. Given how upsetting the process of being gaslighted is, maintaining this demeanor can be extremely challenging.

Sadly though, it is necessary because doctors are trained to see these injuries as being psychological in nature, and a patient expressing their completely justifiable feelings about the situation will often feed into the doctor’s erroneous perceptions about the patient’s mental health.

About the Author

A Midwestern Doctor (AMD) is a board-certified physician from the Midwest and a longtime reader of Mercola.com. To find more of AMD’s work, be sure to check out The Forgotten Side of Medicine on Substack.

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

The Marcabians and President Eisenhower!

World GOV Bases and Colonies in MARS Since 1962! – Bing videohttps://www.bing.com/videos/search?q=World+GOV+Bases+and+Colonies+in+MARS%c2%a0Since+1962&view=detail&mid=DD679FFCC6F037D2B958DD679FFCC6F037D2B958&FORM=VIRE

alienshift.com/sitebuildercontent/sitebuilderfiles/marsvideo2_0001.avi

Marcabians and Eisenhower

about: Survival and migration of certain percentage of humans like cream of the crop or corruption or may be both to MARS before the Pole Shift and the future Cataclysm in the Earth!

However first, Who are the Marcabians?


Marcabians & Hitler!

How does this information relate to current events in the present time?
The broader hyper-dimensional significance of these Nazi manipulations and assassinations in preparation for World War II emerged during a much later series of highly detailed revelations through the Cassiopaea transmissions channeled by Laura Knight-Jadczyk,24 during a session conducted on December 2, 1995:

Q: (L) Did the Germans construct a time machine during WWII? A: Yes…

Q: (L) Where? A: Mausenberg, Neufriedland… Antarktiklandt.

Q: (L) Who is in control of or running this machine? A: Klaus Grimmschackler…
Q: (L) Did they use this machine to transport themselves there and also in time?
A: Has been performed in Glophen… They got the information on such things from channeled sources.
Q: (L) Did the Germans get the information from the Vril Society? A: Partly. Also Thule Society.
Q: (L) These individuals who have this time machine in Antarctica,… what do they plan to do with it?
A: Exploring time sectors through loop of cylinder… Complex, but is profile in 4th through 6th density.
Q: (L) Are there any particular goals… in doing this “time exploration?”

A: Not up to present, as you measure it.
Q: (L) Well, if they escaped and took this time machine to Antarctica, are they working with any of the so-called “aliens?” A: 4th density STS [or Service To Self].

Q: (L) Are these Germans and their time machine, any part of the plan to take over Earth when it moves into 4th density. A: Maybe.
The advanced technological process of time travel was described in greater detail during another
channeling session with the Cassiopaean 6th density thoughtforms conducted on November 14, 1994:
Q: (L) I would like to know what is the specific mode of time travel? A: Complex… Trans dimensional transfer utilizing electromagnetic adjustment of atomic structure to alter speed of time cycle convergence… The first step is to artificially induce an electromagnetic field. This opens the door between dimensions of reality. Next, thoughts must be channeled by participant in order to access reality bonding channel. They must then focus the energy to the proper dimensional bridge. The electrons must be arranged in correct frequency wave. Then the triage must be sent through realm “curtain” in order to balance perceptions at all density levels…

Triage is as follows: 1. Matter, 2. Energy, 3. Perception of reality. That is it folks.
Time travel experiments conducted by the US Navy in 1941 used Tesla’s Gravity Motor on the USS Eldridge.
The Nazi German mass migration to the Mausenburg underground base in Neufriedland, Antarctica was
addressed further during another fascinating dialog with the Cassiopaeans, conducted on August 31, 1996:
Q: (L) Now, in talking about these large underground cities or enclaves that we’ve talked about…

(T) When did they go underground? A: Several occasions, the most recent being, on your calendar: 1941 through 1945… Last episode of mass migration, mostly Deutschlanders… Antarctica. Under there… Entry port…
Q: (T) They went underground in Antarctica, they built a large underground base there, this is where the Germans, as in the Nazi Germans, claimed as Vineland, I think it is, where the older maps that show Antarctica…

Yes, but they entered through their constructed base, as instructed, then were assimilated.
Q: (L) They were assimilated into the population already existent? Underground cities, underground bases? A: Yes…
Q: (T) They were instructed to go there? A: [By] those identifying themselves as “Antareans”… An STS race from Orion that is humanoid… The Thule Society originated contact…


Q: Admiral Byrd was sent down there, supposedly to go to the South Pole… but he took a large military force with him… The large military force encountered resistance and got their asses whupped real good down there. But, they kept it real quiet… they just said, oh, it was a scientific expedition… (T) They lost a whole lot of people and a whole lot of ships, and a lot of equipment down there… A: This is where “The Master Race” is being developed.


Essential background information concerning the psychopathic Nazi obsession with creating the Aryan STS “Master Race” had been previously discussed with the Cassiopaeans on September 24, 1995:
Q: (L) Why was Hitler so determined, beyond all reason, even to his own self-destruction, to annihilate the Jews?


A: Many reasons and very complex. But, remember, while still a child, Hitler made a conscious choice to align himself with the “forces of darkness,” in order to fulfill his desires for conquest and to unite the Germanic peoples.
Henceforth, he was totally controlled, mind, body, and soul, by STS forces. Q: (L) So, what were the purposes of the STS forces that were controlling Hitler causing him to desire to annihilate an entire group of people?


A: To create an adequate “breeding ground” for the reintroduction of the Nephilim, for the purpose of total control of the 3rd density earth prior to elevation to 4th density, where such conquest is more difficult and less certain!
Q: (L) Do you mean “breeding ground” in the sense of genetic breeding? A: Yes. Third density.


Q: (L) Did they accomplish this goal? A: No. Q: (L) So, the creation of the Germanic “Master Race” was what they were going after, to create this “breeding ground?” A: Yes.

Q: (L) And, getting rid of the Jews was significant? Couldn’t a Germanic master race be created without destroying another group? A: No… Because of 4th density prior encoding mission destiny profile…

This means encoding to activate after elevation to 4th density, thus if not eliminated, negates Nephalim domination and absorption.

Jews were prior encoded to carry out mission after conversion, though on individual basis. The Nazis did not exactly know why they were being driven to destroy them, because they were being controlled from 4th density STS. But, Hitler communicated directly with Lizards, and Orion STS, and was instructed on how to create the “master race.”
Consequences of the negative spiritual orientation of the Reptilian extraterrestrial humanoids (or Lizards)
was explained in a previous Q&A session with the Cassiopaeans that took place on October 22, 1994:
[T]hose who are described as the Lizards have chosen to firmly lock themselves into service to self [STS]. And, since they are at the highest level of density where this is possible, they must continually draw large amounts of negative energy from those at the third level, second level, and so on, which is why they do what they do.

This also explains why their race is dying, because they have not been able to learn for themselves how to remove themselves from this particular form of expression to that of service to others [STS]. And, since they have such, as you would measure it, a long period of time, remained at this level and, in fact, become firmly entrenched in it, and, in fact, have increased themselves in it, this is why they are dying and desperately trying to take as much energy from you as possible and also to recreate their race metabolically.

Q: (L) Well, if we are sources of food and labor for them, why don’t they just breed us in pens on their own planet? A: They do.
Q: (L) Well, since there [are] so many of us here, why don’t they just move in and take over?
A: That is their intention. That has been their intention for quite some time. They have been traveling back and forth through time as you know it, to set things up so that they can absorb a maximum amount of negative energy with the transference from third level to fourth level that this planet is going to experience, in the hopes that they can overtake you on the fourth level and thereby accomplish several things. 1: retaining their race as a viable species. 2: increasing their numbers; 3: increasing their power; 4: expanding their race throughout the realm of fourth density.

These facts –directly confirming first-hand knowledge of underground Nazi bases shared in deathbed confessions by Nazi/CIA agent Otto Skorzeny– ongoing CIA suppression of information concerning Tesla’s Gravity Motor and HHO invisibility-cloaking inventions coherently explains the complete eradication of relevant public records pertaining to the great lifetime achievements and covert government assassinations of Edgar and Gertrude Cayce, Nikola Tesla, Lillie Delaney and several other members of the Delaney family.

To do all of this they have been interfering with events for what you would measure on your calendar as approximately 74 thousand years.

And they have been doing so in a completely still state of space-time traveling backward and forward at will during this work. Interestingly enough, though, all of this will fail.
Complex hyper-dimensional dynamics described in these lengthy replies given by the Cassiopaeans allude to a convergence of events, with plans for overt world domination by the Nazi “Master Race” being linked with major astronomical events now building toward culmination on the December Solstice of 2017.
The timeframe reference for the “transference from third level to fourth level that this planet is going to experience” was not clearly stated back in 1994, when that channeling session took place, yet strong indications have been given in recent sessions in 2017. On August 5, 2017, the Cs stated planetary chaos would occur “Soon!” A few sessions later, on October 14, 2017, strikingly chaotic behavior patterns were characterized by the Cassiopaeans as an effect of the imminent approach of the realm border crossing:

General chaotic energies of transition affect environment in many ways…
Q: (L) You say the word, “transition”… What kind of transition are we talking about here?
A: Planetary movement through space-time area of realm border.


Strategic long-term plans of the time-traveling Orion STS humanoids, who directed the Nazi migrants to sub terrain bases, aim to exploit the mass confusion and amplify the natural fear response that will inevitably be evoked by the upcoming transference from 3rd density to 4th density reality on Earth.

Subversion of Nikola Tesla’s technological developments from the awareness of the great masses of Earthly humanity inhabiting the planetary surface appears to have been a crucial disorienting factor facilitating their control.

Dulce, New Mexico.


However, genetic enhancement of terrestrial humans who are consciously aligned to receive the DNA upgrade to restore the original 135 chromosomes of the full human genome will be conferred by the atmospheric luminosity of the impact of the Galactic Super wave of June 22-24, 2018. This is the crucial factor that will negate the controlling influence of the Orion STS consortium, causing their failure.

The Marcabians had an oppressive political system: “if [a person] was considered to be in contempt of court or anything like that, [he was] simply fried since there was a curtain of radioactive material which went clear across the front of the bench anywhere that a witness or anybody would stand, and so on.”[3]

The Big Dipper constellation, where Hubbard said the Marcab Confederacy are still headquartered today.

Hubbard said that the Marcab Confederacy invented income tax as a means of punishment, with the death penalty imposed for making even the slightest mistake in returns — “one comma wrong and it’s ‘dead forever’.” The Marcabians also appear to have been distinctly socialistic, having “had plan balanced economies” (presumably some form of planned economy).[4] They were also keen on motor racing and every once in a while Scientologists undergoing auditing “will run into [memories of] race tracks and race-track drivers”. Hubbard described this in some detail in a 1960 lecture:

Marcabians and Eisenhower.

President Eisenhower was informed about the peril situation on earth and suggested that plans should have to be drawn-up and preparation started to try and save at least a part of the population of planet earth. That there were some friendly alien also willing to help out being the Marcabians.

Suggested: Survival and migration of certain percentage of humans like cream of the crop or corruption or may be both to MARS before the Pole Shift and the future Cataclysm in the Earth!

Alternative One: Elimination of a huge portion of world population. 
They are in the process of doing that on a more or less permanent scale since 1945. See list at the bottom of the article. First by means of war, second diseases/illness mainly contagious ones. Effecting immune system using toxins/vaccinations and use of artificial sterilization. If they are not able to execute population thinning will be blamed on acts of terrorism. If study many of the contacts between people on earth and alien connection always high on the agenda.

Alternative Two: To build many underground bunkers, as large as small towns, to protect the Shadow

government in seclusion until the surface population thinning was finished.

They have built over 200 such “underground cities” and interconnecting. 

Alternative 3:To build a “transfer station” on the backside of the Moon, build an underground base on Mars and remove a certain limited “Noah’s Ark” cross section of Earth’s population, artists, scientists, engineers, writers, etc, to Mars as a survival colony in the event of “catastrophe” on Earth within the already existing underground cities/tunnels.

The universe, the new frontier.

Israel’s Yediot Aharomat newspaper published a story in this respect.

He stated that the Galactic  Federation is conducting experiment’s on the ”fabric of Space there” and cooperation between the US administration and extra-terrestrials on the operation in an underground base on Mars.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is UFO-Report-Featured.jpg

There source a respected professor and retired general. His name Haim Eshed.

He stated that the Galactic  Federation is conducting experiment’s on the ”fabric of Space there” and cooperation between the US administration and extra-terrestrials on the operation in an underground base complex on Mars.

In 2020, the US government established Space Force, which is mandated to project military Power across the solar system. The cooperation agreement is been signed between the species, including an ”underground base”.

There are American Astronauts and Alien representatives working together.

Also told that former US president Donald Trump was aware of the Alien existence and intended to bring it the public. He was requested not to do so in order to fend of mass hysteria.

William Cooper continues with his report by stating:”…A symposium was held in 1957 which was attended by some of the great scientific minds then living. They reached the conclusion that by, or shortly after, the year 2000 the planet WOULD self-destruct due to increased population and man’s exploitation of the environment WITHOUT ANY HELP FROM GOD OR THE ALIENS. 

“By secret Executive order of President Eisenhower, the JASON Scholars were ordered to study this scenario and make recommendations from their findings. The JASON Society CONFIRMED the findings of the scientists and made three recommendations called ALTERNATIVES 1, 2, AND 3.

“Alternative 1 was to use nuclear devices to blast holes in the stratosphere from which the heat and pollution could escape into space. They would then change the human cultures from that of exploitation into cultures of environmental protection.

Of the three this was decided to be the least likely to succeed due to the inherent nature of man and the additional damage the nuclear explosions would themselves create.
THE EXISTENCE OF A HOLE IN THE OZONE LAYER MAY INDICATE THAT ALTERNATIVE 1 MIGHT HAVE BEEN ATTEMPTED. THIS IS, HOWEVER, ONLY CONJECTURE.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is mars1.jpg

“ALTERNATIVE 2 WAS TO BUILD A VAST NETWORK OF UNDERGROUND CITIES AND TUNNELS IN WHICH A SELECT REPRESENTATION OF ALL CULTURES AND OCCUPATIONS WOULD SURVIVE AND CARRY ON THE HUMAN RACE. THE REST OF HUMANITY WOULD BE LEFT TO FEND FOR THEMSELVES ON THE SURFACE OF THE PLANET.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Dulce2.jpg


We know that these facilities have been built and are ready and waiting for the chosen few to be notified.

The following excerpt was taken from an outline of a Government Project: The Wildlands Project.

  • 1945 MayNewburgh’s water was fluoridated, and over the next 10 years its residents were studied by the New York State Health Department.
     
  • 1945-1955
  • Much of the original proof that fluoride is safe for humans in low doses was generated by A-bomb program scientists who had been secretly ordered to provide “evidence useful in litigation” against defense contractors for fluoride injury to citizens. The first lawsuits against the American A-bomb program were not over radiation, but over fluoride damage, the documents show. Human studies were required. Bomb program researchers played a leading role in the design and implementation of the most extensive US study of the health effects of fluoridating public drinking water, conducted in Newburgh, New York, from 1945 to 1955. Then, in a classified operation code-named “Program F”, they secretly gathered and analyzed blood and tissue samples from Newburgh citizens with the cooperation of New York State Health Department personnel. The original, secret version (obtained by these reporters) of a study published by Program F scientists in the August 1948 Journal of the American Dental Association shows that evidence of adverse health effects from fluoride was censored by the US Atomic Energy Commission (AEC)-considered the most powerful of Cold War agencies-for reasons of “national security”. The bomb program’s fluoride safety studies were conducted at the University of Rochester-site of one of the most notorious human radiation experiments of the Cold War, in which unsuspecting hospital patients were injected with toxic doses of radioactive plutonium. The fluoride studies were conducted with the same ethical mindset, in which “national security” was paramount.
    Hitler claimed to have gotten his inspiration for the “final solution” from the extermination of Native Americans in the U.S.
     
  • 1947By then, as the 1950s dawned, mad sheep disease was shown in the United States to jump the species barrier when a scrapie-infected food supplement brought a similar brain illness to farm-raised mink in 1947. By this stage, the medico-scientific fraternity was intensely preoccupied with another incurable brain illness, kuru, which had reached epidemic proportions amongst the Fore people living in the highlands of New Guinea. Anthropologists from the University of Adelaide unraveled a chain of events to trace the origin of kuru back to the reverent consumption of deceased tribal members’ bodies. Kuru was essentially eradicated by New Guinean authorities acting in 1959 on the anthropological clue to outlaw the eating of human flesh.
     
  • 1947The CIA begins its study of LSD as a potential weapon for use by American intelligence. Human subjects (both civilian and military) are used with and without their knowledge.
     
  • 1949U.S. Army begins 20 years of simulated germ warfare attacks against American cities, conducting at least 239 open air tests. see Chemtrail’s
     
  • 1950 Sept. 20-26One of the biggest experiments involved the use of Serratia marcescens and bacillus globigi being sprayed over 117 square miles of the San Francisco area, causing pneumonia-like infections in many of the residents. The family of one elderly man who died in the test sued the government, but lost. To this day, syraceus is a leading cause of death among the elderly in the San Francisco area.
     
  • 1950Department of Defense begins plans to detonate nuclear weapons in desert areas and monitor downwind residents for medical problems and mortality rates
     
  • 1953U.S. military releases clouds of zinc cadmium sulfide gas over Winnipeg, St. Louis, Minneapolis, Fort Wayne, the Monocacy River Valley in Maryland, and Leesburg, Virginia. Their intent is to determine how efficiently they could disperse chemical agents.
     
  • 1953CIA initiates Project MKULTRA. This is an eleven year research program designed to produce and test drugs and biological agents that would be used for mind control and behavior modification. Six of the subprojects involved testing the agents on unwitting human beings.
     
  • 1955Another case was the joint Army-CIA BW test in 1955, still classified, in which an undisclosed bacteria was released in the Tampa Bay region of Florida, causing a dramatic increase in whooping cough infections, including twelve deaths.
     
  • 1956The Soviet Union accused the U.S. of using biological weapons in Korea, which lead them to threaten future use of Chemical and Biological weapons. This changed the focus of the U.S. program to a more defensive one. Before this, the bulk of the research was based at Ft. Detrick and used “surrogate biological agents” to model more deadly organisms. Most of the offensive tests were based on “secret spraying” of organisms over populated areas. This program was (supposedly) shut down in 1969.
     
  • 1956Cambodia established gun control. From 1975 to 1977, one million “educated” people, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.  
  • 1956U.S. military releases mosquitoes infected with Yellow Fever over Savannah, Ga and Avon Park, Fl. Following each test, Army agents posing as public health officials test victims for effects.
     
  • 1958LSD is tested on 95 volunteers at the Army’s Chemical Warfare Laboratories for its effect on intelligence.
     
  • 1960The Army Assistant Chief-of-Staff for Intelligence (ACSI) authorizes field testing of LSD in Europe and the Far East. Testing of the European population is code named Project THIRD CHANCE; testing of the Asian population is code named Project DERBY HAT.
     
  • 1963The mass vaccination campaigns of the 1950s and ’60s may be causing hundreds of deaths a year because of a cancer-causing virus that contaminated the first polio vaccine, according to scientists. Known as SV40, the virus came from dead monkeys whose kidney cells were used to culture the first Salk vaccines. Doctors estimate that the virus was injected into tens of millions during the vaccination campaigns, including several million in Canada, before being detected and screened out in 1963. Those born between 1941 and 1961 are thought to be most at risk of having been infected.
     
  • 1964Guatemala established gun control. From 1964 to 1981, 100,000 Mayan Indians, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.
     
  • 1965Aspartame is the technical name for the brand names, NutraSweet, Equal, Spoonful, and Equal-Measure. Aspartame was discovered by accident in 1965, when James Schlatter, a chemist of G.D. Searle Company was testing an anti-ulcer drug. Aspartame was approved for dry goods in 1981 and for carbonated beverages in 1983.
     
  • 1965CIA and Department of Defense begin Project MKSEARCH, a program to develop a capability to manipulate human behavior through the use of mind-altering drugs.
     
  • 1965Prisoners at the Holmesburg State Prison in Philadelphia are subjected to dioxin, the highly toxic chemical component of Agent Orange used in Viet Nam. The men are later studied for development of cancer, which indicates that Agent Orange had been a suspected carcinogen all along.
     
  • 1966CIA initiates Project MKOFTEN, a program to test the toxicological effects of certain drugs on humans and animals.
     
  • 1966 July 7-10The virus Bacillus subtilis was released throughout the New York subway system, conducted by the U.S. Army’s Special Operations Division. Due to the vast number of people exposed it would virtually impossible to identify, let alone prove, and specific health problems resulting directly from this test.
     
  • 1967CIA and Department of Defense implement Project MKNAOMI, successor to MKULTRA and designed to maintain, stockpile and test biological and chemical weapons.
     
  • 1968CIA experiments with the possibility of poisoning drinking water by injecting chemicals into the water supply of the FDA in Washington, D.C.
     
  • Often/ Chickwit -1967 or 1968Project OFTEN/CHICKWIT was initiated by the Army Chemical Corps and the CIA’s Office of Research and Development to create new drug compounds “that could be used offensively.” Hallucinogens were tested on inmates in Pennsylvania, but very little is known about the experiments.
    • “CIA documents mention ‘several laboratory accidents’ in which a drug designated as EA-3167 produced ‘prolonged psychotic effects in laboratory personnel’ “
     U.S. Army dispenses Bacillus subtilis variant niger throughout the New York City subway system. More than a million civilians are exposed when army scientists drop light bulbs filled with the bacteria onto ventilation grates. It would appear that the CIA’s drug testing continued throughout the 1970s since, “A CIA memo dated March 8, 1971, indicates that a backlog of more than twenty-six thousand drugs had been acquired ‘for future screening'”
     
  • 1968 – 69The Hong Kong flu, which was influenza A type H3N2, killed over 30,000 people in the U.S. alone. That was a fortuitous learning event for some because it taught them that the flu could still conceivably be used to wipe out a population. But at the same time, it pointed out the need to precondition the populace so that those who might normally be resistant could be rendered susceptible. Hence the development of the vaccine program and the aerial spraying procedures to condition the population. The purpose of the chemicals in the chemtrail’s is to help the viral envelope fuse with lung cells, permitting easier penetration and infection.
     
  • 1969At a House Appropriations hearing, the Defense Department’s Biological Warfare (BW) division requested funds to develop through gene-splicing a new disease that would both resist and break down a victim’s immune system.
    • “Within the next 5 to 10 years it would probably be possible to make a new infective micro-organism which could differ in certain important respects from any known disease-causing organisms. Most important of these is that it might be refractory to the immunological and therapeutic processes upon which we depend to maintain our relative freedom from infectious diseases.”
     The funds were approved. AIDS appeared within the requested time frame, and has the exact characteristics specified.
     
  • 1970Uganda established gun control. From 1971 to 1979, 300,000 Christians, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.
     
  • 1972The World Health Organization (W.H.O.) published a similar proposal:
    • “An attempt should be made to ascertain whether viruses can in fact exert selective effects on immune function, e.g., by …affecting T cell function as opposed to B cell function. The possibility should also be looked into that the immune response to the virus itself may be impaired if the infecting virus damages more or less selectively the cells responding to the viral antigens.”(Bulletin of the W.H.O., vol. 47, p 257- 274.)
     This is a clinical description of the function of the AIDS virus.
     
  • 1972It was discovered that black children as young as age five were having psychosurgery performed on them at the University of Mississippi in Jackson in order to control “hyperactive” and “aggressive” behavior. Their brains were being implanted with electrodes that were heated up to melt areas of the brain that regulate emotion and intellect. When we first opposed these experiments, and eventually stopped them, we did so despite resistance from organized psychiatry and the research community.
     
  • Mid-1970’sThe incidence of AIDS infections in Africa coincides exactly with the locations of the W.H.O. smallpox vaccination program in the mid-1970’s (London Times, May 11, 1987). Some 14,000 Haitians then on UN secondment to Central Africa were also vaccinated in this campaign. Personnel actually conducting the vaccinations may have been completely unaware that the vaccine was anything other than what they were told.
     
  • 1975Two neuroscientists, Laura and (the late) Eli Manuelides, from Yale University in the US, went on to illustrate by 1975 that injections of human blood, like injections of brain taken from kuru and CJD victims, transmitted the disease across the species barrier to laboratory animals. Their prophetic, but unheeded, message implied that blood was the vehicle that carried the agent of CJD around the body until it chanced upon an hospitable residence like the brain. This meant that the blood route was the key to the transmission of CJD from a primary host to a secondary host.
     
  • 1975The virus section of Fort Detrick’s Center for Biological Warfare Research is renamed the Fredrick Cancer Research Facilities and placed under the supervision of the National Cancer Institute (NCI) . It is here that a special virus cancer program is initiated by the U.S. Navy, purportedly to develop cancer-causing viruses. It is also here that retrovirologists isolate a virus to which no immunity exists. It is later named HTLV (Human T-cell Leukemia Virus).
     
  • On October 5, 1976
    • …just as the so-called “SWINE FLU” inoculation program was getting under way, news reports suddenly told us that we were experiencing fallout from an alleged Chinese atmospheric nuclear blast on September 26. Oddly enough, the initial reports about this came from the East Coast, especially Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, and Connecticut; but certain areas of the Pacific Northwest were soon mentioned as being affected too. We were told that radioactive iodine-131 was showing up in milk at various locations; but we were also assured, as we invariably are whenever any radioactive hazard appears, that there was really no danger. In the days that followed we continued to hear about the supposed Chinese fallout, but other things probably seemed even more worrisome. For example, elderly people began dying of heart attacks shortly after taking swine flu shots, causing widespread alarm at first. But the Government quickly assured us that their deaths didn’t really matter at all, that they would have died anyway; and the swine flu inoculation program went right back into high gear.Dr. Peter Beter
       
  • 1976The joint KGB-CIA chemical warfare experimentation program began in Philadelphia at the American Legion Convention. A convenient test group was assembled, and it was exploited. Data was desired for the effects of a formulation of the new family of poisons on older men in particular, and the American Legion Convention was chosen as the perfect target. Aerosol spray cans containing poisoned room freshener were used to selectively saturate the atmosphere of the Legionnaires. Afterwards the special spray cans were taken from the hotel, leaving the city by airplane from a small airport on the northwest side of Philadelphia. Two of the active ingredients in the poison that produced the Legionnaires Disease were plutonium and zirconium.Dr. Peter Beter
     
  • August 1976About a month after the Legionnaire episode, and had quite a different purpose; and so a different poison formula was used. Plutonium was again an ingredient, as it is in the entire line of chemical warfare agents now being tested; but this time the formula was designed for very rapid effect with the victims receiving a massive dose. On a day late in August two Air Force C-141 Starlifter transport aircraft that were preparing to leave McGuire Air Force Base in New Jersey on flights over the Atlantic were sabotaged by the placement in their cockpits of concealed canisters of poison gas, rigged so that the gas would be released in flights without being detected. The two planes left McGuire at nearly the same time, and crashed within hours of one another when approaching separate destinations in Greenland and England. The very next day, with the wreckage of the aircraft hardly cooled, a Pentagon spokesman said, quote:
    • “Sabotage does not appear to be a factor. It’s not even being considered as a factor.”
     Officials also said there was no apparent connection between the crashes. Apparently leaving the same Air Base at practically the same time and then crashing almost simultaneously without warning is not supposed to suggest the possibility of anything but coincidence. No doubt it is also coincidence that McGuire Air Force Base, the origin of these two strange fatal flights, is right next door to Fort Dix where the whole swine flu cover-up scare originated!Dr. Peter Beter
     
  • 1976Nobel Prize went to American scientist Carleton Gajdusek for his experiments demonstrating that injections of kuru brain (1967) and CJD brain (1969) reproduced similar illnesses in chimpanzees.

    A striking feature of AIDS is that it’s ethno-selective. The rate of infection is twice as high among Blacks, Latinos and Native Americans as among whites, with death coming two to three times as swiftly. And over 80% of the children with AIDS and 90% of infants born with it are among these minorities. “Ethnic weapons” that would strike certain racial groups more heavily than others have been a long-standing U.S. Army BW objective. (Harris and Paxman, p 265)

    The “discovery” of the AIDS virus (HTLV3) was announced by Dr. Robert Gallo at the National Cancer Institute, which is on the grounds of Fort Detrick, Maryland, a primary U.S. Army biological warfare research facility.
     
  • 1977Senate hearings on Health and Scientific Research confirm that 239 populated areas had been contaminated with biological agents between 1949 and 1969. Some of the areas included San Francisco, Washington, D.C., Key West, Panama City, Minneapolis, and St. Louis.
     
  • 1978The Hepatitis B vaccine study appears to have been the initial means of planting the infection in New York City. The test protocol specified non-monogamous males only, and homosexuals received a different vaccine from heterosexuals. At least 25-50% of the first reported New York AIDS cases in 1981 had received the Hepatitis B test vaccine in 1978. By 1984, 64% of the vaccine recipients had AIDS, and the figures on the current infection rate for the participants of that study are held by the U.S. Department of Justice, and “unavailable.”
     
  • 1978-1987Even as the understanding of spongiform encephalopathy increased, various human pituitary hormone programs in countries such as Australia, France, New Zealand, the United Kingdom and United States were attracting hefty government sponsorships. Few of the programs’ stalwarts caught on to the implications of the Manuelides’ experiments, and unsuccessful attempts between the years of 1978 and 1987 to filter the CJD agent out of the pituitary hormones being injected into unsuspecting short-statured children and infertile women were left to one of this era’s rare visionaries, British scrapie expert Alan Dickinson. At about the same time, a British Royal Commission on Environmental Pollution in 1979 raised the possibility that the unregulated cycling of protein-rich sheep remains back into animal feed might spread scrapie to cattle, as it had done to farm mink in the US three decades beforehand, via the oral route.
     
  • 1979There was an explosion at a Soviet plant in Sverdlosk and an outbreak of anthrax followed. At the time, all accusations of BW research were vigorously denied by Soviet officials, with the explanation that anthrax outbreaks can occur naturally and that the explosion was merely a coincidence.
     
  • 1979 JuneA well-dressed, articulate stranger visited the office of the Elberton Granite Finishing Company and announced that he wanted to build an edifice to transmit a message to mankind. He identified himself as R. C. Christian, but it soon became apparent that was not his real name. He said that he represented a group of men who wanted to offer direction to humanity, but to date, almost two decades later, no one knows who R. C. Christian really was, or the names of those he represented. Several things are apparent. The messages engraved on the Georgia Guidestones deal with four major fields:
    • (1) Governance and the establishment of a world government,
    • (2) Population and reproduction control,
    • (3) The environment and man’s relationship to nature, and
    • (4) Spirituality.
    In the public library in Elberton, I found a book written by the man who called himself R.C. Christian. I discovered that the monument he commissioned had been erected in recognition of Thomas Paine and the occult philosophy he espoused. Indeed, the Georgia Guidestones are used for occult ceremonies and mystic celebrations to this very day. Tragically, only one religious leader in the area had the courage to speak out against the American Stonehenge, and he has recently relocated his ministry.The Georgia Guidestones
     
  • 1981Aspartame was invented by the G D Searle Co. acquired by Monsanto in 1985. For 16 years FDA refused to approve it until 1981 when Commissioner Arthur Hayes overruled the objections of a Public Board of Inquiry and the protests of the American Soft Drink Association and blessed it. The tests submitted by Searle were so bad the Department of Justice, initiated prosecution of Searle for fraud. Then the defense lawyers hired the prosecutors, Sam Skinner and Wm. Conlon, and the case expired when the statute of limitations ran out. Aspartame/Nutrasweet, a toxin that blinds, drops intelligence, eradicates memory, grows brain tumors and other cancers, brings fatigue. Depression, ADD, panic, rage, paranoia, diabetes, seizures, suicide and death. This toxin is supported by unlimited advertising and the manufacturers pay off the American Diatetics Association, the American Diabetics Association, the AMA, and whomever else, to convince us its safe as rain. These lies are backed by a Federal Bureaucracy knowing it may kill your child, but the bureaucrat who approved the poison got a fat job as have many of his successors. Suppose this government watchdog, ignoring thousands of consumer complaints, has become an Attack Dog protecting corporate corruption. This is the bitter reality of Aspartame/Nutrasweet, Monsanto, the FDA, Coca Cola, Pepsi, and the hundreds of food, drink and drug makers who add to their products a known poison Conceived in Fraud and Dedicated to the Proposition that Profit is all that Matters! (They’re Poisoning Our Kids – Aspartame Warning The Facts From Betty Martin Mission-Possible-USA@altavista.net)

    Dr Miguel A. Baret of the Dominican Republic removed milk from 360 children’s diets, because cow’s milk has a specific protein that can cause diabetes, especially in children. They drank juice laced with aspartame instead and many developed
    • “abnormal restlessness, lack of concentration, irritability and depression.”
     When Dr Baret removed it:
    • “The results were astonishing. Their symptoms disappeared in 4-6 days in ALL of them!” 
    Thank you, Dr Baret, for this study showing what aspartame does to the brains of our kids!
     
  • 1984, July 4The first detailed charges regarding AIDS as a BW weapon were published in the Patriot newspaper in New Delhi, India. It is hard to say where the investigations of this story in the Indian press might have led, if they had not been sidetracked by two major domestic disasters shortly thereafter: the assassination of Indira Gandhi on Oct. 31 and the Bhopal Union Carbide plant “accident” that killed several thousand and injured over 200,000 on Dec. 3.
     
  • 1985The first of the fatal legacies of this form of medical madness emerged with four cases of CJD in human pituitary growth hormone-treated children.
     
  • 1986According to the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (83:4007-4011), HIV and VISNA are highly similar and share all structural elements, except for a small segment which is nearly identical to HTLV. This leads to speculation that HTLV and VISNA may have been linked to produce a new retrovirus to which no natural immunity exists.
     
  • 1987Dr Louis Elsas, Professor of Pediatrics & Genetics at Emory University, testified before Congress;
    • “Aspartame is in fact a well known neurotoxin and teratogen [triggers birth defects] which in some undefined dose will irreversibly in the developing child or fetal brain, produce adverse effects I am particularly angry at this type of advertising that is promoting the sale of a neurotoxin in the childhood age group.” [Nov 2, 1987]
       
    Neurosurgeon Russell Blaylock, MD, declares Aspartame is a toxin like arsenic and cyanide that causes confusion, disorientation, seizures, cancer, pancreatic, uterine, ovarian and brain tumors and leads to Alzheimer’s. Read Excitotoxins, the Taste That Kills [505-474-0303]. Hear Dr. Blaylock’s radio interview on www.dorway.com‘ Courageous whistleblowers like these have spoken in three congressional hearings, but industry’s lobbying and political action keep the poison in the foods of the world. Our recourse as consumers is personal communication since the media is paid by advertising to push Nutrasweet/Equal/Diet Coke, etc..
     
  • 1987Department of Defense admits that, despite a treaty banning research and development of biological agents, it continues to operate research facilities at 127 facilities and universities around the nation.
     
  • 1989During which time the number of French children at risk of growth-hormone-related CJD had practically doubled, the first French children fulfilled that tragic legacy. In 1993, those responsible for this travesty were threatened with manslaughter charges. By 1997, France had half of the world’s 100-plus cases of pituitary hormone-related CJD.
     
  • 1990More than 1500 six-month old black and Hispanic babies in Los Angeles are given an “experimental” measles vaccine that had never been licensed for use in the United States. CDC later admits that parents were never informed that the vaccine being injected to their children was experimental.
     
  • 1991Although the general elitism of human-pituitary programs restricted this brand of medical madness to North America, Europe and Australasian, Third World children and women did not altogether escape the insanity of applying Frankenstein medicine to social conditions. A medical report in 1991 linked the CJD death of a young Brazilian man, like those of five youthful New Zealand men and women, with a childhood treatment involving pituitary growth hormone obtained from the US. Unfortunately, the fate of women in Mexico City whose breasts were injected with US pituitary hormones in an appalling experiment to increase the volume of milk in lactating mothers (some already pregnant again) will probably never be known.
     
  • 1992It was discovered the federal violence initiative – the federal government’s agency – wide plan to go into America’s inner cities to experiment on children in the hope of finding genetic and biological causes for violence. We opposed this program as racist and abusive of children. Our efforts led to the cancellation of this program. It also led the chief sponsor of the program, psychiatrist Frederick Goodwin, to resign from his post as director of NIMH and to leave a career in the government. The fenfluramine studies at Columbia and Queens College are part of the violence initiative. They were created under its umbrella before it was cancelled. They confirm our fears that while the public aspects of the violence initiative were withdrawn, the actual individual projects continue unabated.
     
  • 1992Boris Yeltsin confirmed that anthrax was being researched at Sverdlosk and vowed to stop all “Soviet” BW research. Unfortunately, defectors have contradicted Yeltsin and there are rumors that although the ‘official government’ statement and ideal may be an elimination of biological weapons, the military is still actively pursuing a BW program on its own.
     
  • 1993The FDA approved aspartame as an ingredient in numerous food items that would always be heated to above 86°degrees F (30°Degrees C). An act that can only be described as “unconscionable”
     
  • 1994One has only to learn what really happened to the Christians in Rwanda between April and July of 1994 to imagine what may lie in store for Christians here in America at some time in the not-too-distant future. After the Christian Tutsis had been disarmed by governmental decree in the early 1990s, Hutu-led military forces began to systematically massacre the defenseless Christians. The massacre began in April 1994 and continued until July 1994. Using machetes rather than bullets, the Hutu forces were able to create a state of abject fear and terror within the helpless Christian population as they systematically butchered hundreds of thousands of them. The United Nations immediately convened hearings on the genocide taking place in Rwanda, but Madeline Albright, the American Ambassador to the United Nations, argued strenuously that neighboring African nations should not be allowed to intervene until the “civil war had come to an end.” In reality, of course, there was no civil war since those being slaughtered had no weapons with which to defend themselves; it was simply a matter of mass murder. In addition to blocking intervention by neighboring nations, Madeline Albright also insisted that the word “genocide” must not be used, and that the United Nations forces stationed in Rwanda were not to be allowed to intervene. In the three months that followed, between one-half and three-quarters of a million Christians were systematically dismembered, hacked to death, and slaughtered in the bloody carnage that ensued. Tens of thousands of Christians were murdered in their churches; tens of thousands more were murdered in their hospitals and in their schools. On several occasions, United Nations soldiers stationed in Rwanda actually handed over helpless Christians under their protection to members of the Hutu militia. They then stood by as their screaming charges were unceremoniously hacked to pieces. At the end of the carnage, in late July 1994, the American government rewarded the Hutu murderers with millions of dollars in foreign aid. Strangely, the American press has remained silent Subversion Of The Free Press By The CIA about the fact that almost all of those who were slaughtered were Christians, and it was the policies of our government that were primarily responsible for blocking efforts by neighboring African countries to intervene.The Population Control Agenda
     
  • 1994With a technique called “gene tracking,” Dr. Garth Nicolson at the MD Anderson Cancer Center in Houston, TX discovers that many returning Desert Storm veterans are infected with an altered strain of Mycoplasma incognitus, a microbe commonly used in the production of biological weapons. Incorporated into its molecular structure is 40 percent of the HIV protein coat, indicating that it had been man-made. See also The Resnick Interview with Peter Kawaja and Ex-NSA Agent Joe Jordan
     
  • 1995Dr Phyllis Mullenix, former head of toxicology at Forsyth Dental Center in Boston and now a critic of fluoridation. Animal studies which Mullenix and co-workers conducted at Forsyth in the early 1990s indicated that fluoride was a powerful central nervous system (CNS) toxin and might adversely affect human brain functioning even at low doses. (New epidemiological evidence from China adds support, showing a correlation between low-dose fluoride exposure and diminished IQ in children.) Mullenix’s results were published in 1995 in a reputable peer-reviewed scientific journal.
     
  • 1995The University of Rochester’s classified fluoride studies, code-named “Program F”, were started during the war and continued up until the early 1950s. They were conducted at its Atomic Energy Project (AEP), a top-secret facility funded by the AEC and housed at Strong Memorial Hospital. It was there that one of the most notorious human radiation experiments of the Cold War took place, in which unsuspecting hospital patients were injected with toxic doses of radioactive plutonium. Revelation of this experiment – in a Pulitzer Prize winning account by Eileen Welsome – led to a 1995 US presidential investigation and a multimillion-dollar cash settlement for victims.
     
  • 1995U.S. Government admits that it had offered Japanese war criminals and scientists who had performed human medical experiments salaries and immunity from prosecution in exchange for data on biological warfare research.
     
  • 1995Dr. Garth Nicolson, uncovers evidence that the biological agents used during the Gulf War had been manufactured in Houston, TX and Boca Raton, Fl and tested on prisoners in the Texas Department of Corrections.
     
  • 1996, 27 Junewithout public notice, the FDA removed all restrictions from aspartame allowing it to be used in everything, including all heated and baked goods. The truth about aspartame’s toxicity is far different than what the NutraSweet Company would have you readers believe.
     
  • 1996A new scientific paper dealing with a meta-analysis of 23 different scientific studies on the relationship between first-trimester abortions and breast cancer was published in a British medical journal. That study clearly demonstrated a higher incidence of breast cancer in women who had had first-trimester abortions. In response to that publication, the American Medical Association (AMA), the American Cancer Society (ACS), and pro-abortion/population-control advocates joined together in an unholy alliance to attack the conclusions of the authors, and to block all efforts to disseminate that information to American physicians.The Population Control Agenda
      
  • 1997 OctoberSpeaking from Washington, DC, Nobel Prize winner for discovering the role of molecules known as “prions” in the invariably fatal brain illnesses such as “mad cow disease” or bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE) in cattle, and Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD) in humans, Dr Stanley Prusiner from the University of California predicted that the first drug therapy, which would not necessarily be a cure for BSE or CJD, was at least five years away. At the same time, on the opposite side of the Atlantic, the post-mortem of Chris Warne, a 36-year-old fitness fanatic from Derbyshire, England, revealed that he was the 21st victim of the new variant of CJD which had spread from BSE-infected cattle to humans via the food chain. Only 18 months earlier, a British House of Commons admission that BSE-infected meat had probably caused the CJD deaths of 10 youthful Britons left the British meat industry in tatters.

Since then, the history of BSE has gradually unfolded to reveal a brain-dead imperialism, one which, while blinded by its own arrogant greed to inflate market profits, has treated public and, indeed, world health with gay abandon.

Formerly a rare disease which affected less than one per million in most countries, one worst-case scenario predicts that BSE-infected meat will push the incidence of CJD in humans to claim 10,000 British lives by the year 2000, and a further 10 million by the year 2010.

Another predicts that half the British people, some 30 million, will be left brain-dead by CJD. As Chris Warne’s mother commented, her son was a health-conscious sportsman, but “after winning medals in March, by July he couldn’t stand on his feet, and by October he was gone”.

Researchers at the US Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases (or USAMRIID) at Fort Detrick in Frederick MD have reconstructed and modified the H1N1 Spanish Flu virus, making it far more deadly than it ever was back when it was responsible for the 1918-1919 flu pandemic that killed over 20 million worldwide and over 500,000 here in the US.

FRANCE is facing a new health scandal following allegations that the prestigious Pasteur Institute willfully ignored warnings that up to 600 children were being injected with cancerous hormones.


The disclosures that children may have been put at risk emerged during a new investigation into the link between the growth hormones and Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD), which caused a major scandal when acknowledged in the Nineties . So far, 74 children have died of CJD after being treated with growth hormones extracted from the bodies of victims of neurological illnesses in the Eighties.

That scandal and the contaminated blood affair in which 4,000 people were infected with HIV through unscreened blood transfusions – despite the availability of an American test for the virus – have contributed to France’s acute sensitivity on health issues. When the contaminated blood affair came to trial in 1998 , it was alleged that authorization for the American test was withheld to give the institute time to develop a rival French test.

The latest claims suggest that in 1985 the institute sold a batch of growth hormone to French hospitals without waiting for safety checks which showed the batch to have cancer marker cells at five times the permitted limit for use.

The institute is further alleged to have made no efforts to withdraw the batch once it was aware of the risk.

Also it is very clear/fact that it was a created problem/illusion and now at my writing 2023.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is antartica-base.jpg

In addition a German colony under need the ice at the South pole, booming and traveling not just alone between the planets in our solar system but also the Stars. Also clear the Eisenhower took the beet with hooker and all.

“Alternative 3 was to exploit the alien and conventional technology in order for a select few to leave the earth and establish colonies in outer space. I am not able to either confirm or deny the existence of ‘batch
consignments’ of human slaves, which would be used for the manual labor as a part of the plan.

The Moon, code-named ADAM, was the object of primary interest, followed by the planet Mars, code-named EVE.


I am now in possession of official NASA photographs of one of the moon bases. I believe that the Mars colony is also a reality (Note: There are some who suggest that “global warming” may not actually be taking place as believed, and that this “scare” is based largely on computerized models or simulations which have not always coincided with actual temperature variations.


Is it possible that the earth is attempting to “heal” itself? Could it be that to some extent “global warming” is more-or-less an “excuse” that is being used to justify huge expenditures for subterranean and exoterrene “bases” for secret government use such as in the “Alternative” scenarios?

This is of course, even if true, no reason to destroy this planet, as pollution of the air, water and earth IS
something which could lead to an eventual devastation of this Earth. – Branton).

“As a delaying action,

ALL THREE ALTERNATIVES included BIRTH CONTROL, STERILIZATION, AND THE INTRODUCTION OF DEADLY MICROBES TO CONTROL OR SLOW THE GROWTH OF EARTH’S POPULATION.

AIDS is only ONE result of these plans. It was decided BY THE ELITE that since the population must be reduced and controlled, it would be in the best interest of the human race to rid ourselves of undesirable elements of our society.

Specific targeted populations included BLACKS, HISPANICS, and HOMOSEXUALS.” (Note: It appears that when they made this decision the elite were on the verge of possessing the technology to solve the overpopulation, food and energy problems – even to the point of being able to transport excess populations to other planetary bodies if necessary.

To be able to sell planet earth with all resources/minerals an biological life would need a one world/one party dictatorship to be legal. That is the end goal. Total control/ownership of planet earth and the sale/ownership to some Aliens groups.

The cabal/elite apparently opted for mass genocide which they believed would keep the population to a manageable minimum, not wishing to give up the political and economic control which they

possessed as a result of the above and which would to a large degree be lost if they openly gave this super- technology freely to the masses including free electrical energy. (Tesla)

The main process has been to make sure that humanity would/could not develop themselves and be kept unaware of the planned game. Humans are very complex beings with at least with 5 different awareness levels of which the manifested bio life is only a small part.

From the day you get born these facts are repressed. Presented as if we and our bodily manifestation is the only thing that exist. Thanks to new and more refine measuring devices our physical body p——

Pro-abortion activist-leader and ‘Planned Parenthood’ founder Margaret Sanger betrays her own devotion to the Globalist genocidal policies and insensitivity to women’s rights, especially non-Aryan women’s rights–not to mention the constitutional rights to ‘life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness’ on the part of multi-millions of children–in the following words from her first book ‘PIVOT OF CIVILIZATION’.

In reference to free maternity care for the poor she states: “Instead of decreasing and aiming to eliminate
the stocks that are most detrimental to the future of the race and the world it tends to render them to a
menacing degree dominant.”

And in reference to her ‘Negro Project’ of the late 1930’s, which aimed at recruiting black ministers,
p